1?
i —
:
t:i:i:^^^:^:j;>
>:::^:o:::^:::i:^>;^;^i^i :"i-
T f\ -a-
'rr TlV- T
Xv W^iKJI
i8H
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
AT LOS ANGELES
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
BUREAU OF THE CENSUS
SAM. L. ROGERS, Director
CENSUS
OF THE
VIRGIN ISLAND
OF THE
UNITED STATES
NOVEMBER
1, 1917
PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OP
EUGENE F, HARTLEY
CHIEF STATISTICIAN FOE MANUFACTUKE3
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
.>
JOt£
U7V7
1 vj
CONTENTS.
Page.
Geography
H
Harbors
12
Trade with the United States
14
Minerals, flora, and fauna
16
Climate and rainfall
16
History
18
Efforts to acquire the islands
22
Government
24
St. Croix (Santa Cruz) Island
24
St. John Island
25
St. Thomas Island
26
Treaty between Denmark and the United States
28
Act to provide a temporary government for the Virgin Islands
33
POPULATION.
Introduction
35
Population and its distribution
36
Total population
36
Decrease in population
37
Causes of decrease in populatirm
37
Population of cities
40
Urban and rural population compared
41
Table 3.—Total population for islands, cities, and rural districts: 1835-
1917
41
Density of population
43
Minor civil di\dsions
44
Color or race
44
Sex distribution
46
Table
10.—Males and females and
ratio of males to females for islands,
cities, and rural districts: 1917
49
Age distribution
50
Table 11.—Distribution by sex and age periods: 1917 and 1911
51
Table
12.—Distribution by sex and broad age periods for islands,
cities,
and rural districts: 1917
53
Table
13.—Distribution by age periods and by each year of age
for per-
sons under 25 years of age
: 1917
54
Marital condition
56
Table 15.—Marital condition of the population 15 years of age and over,
for islands, cities, and rural districts: 1917
58
Table 16.—Marital condition
of the tatal population, by color or race and
age periods: 1917
59
(3)
16041!'"
CONTENTS.
Place of birth
61
Table 17.—Place of birth and color or race: 1917
61"
Males of voting and militia ages
62
Citizenship
63
School attendance
65
Table 24.—Persons 5 to 20 years of age attending school, by age periods:
1917
66
Table 25.—Persons 5 to 20 years of age attending school, by age periods,
for islands, cities, and rural districts: 1917
67
Table 26.—Persons 5 to 21 years of age attending school, by single years
of age
: 1917
69
Illiteracy
70
Table 27.—Illiterates in the population 10 years of age and over, for islands,
cities, and rural districts: 1917
71
Table 29.—Illiterates in the population 10 years of age and over: 1917. ...
73
Inability to speak English
73
Dwellings and families
74
Occupations
75
Number and proportion of persons occupied
75
Number and proportion of persons in the general di\dsions of occupations.
77
Persons occupied, distributed by sex
78
Persons occupied, distributed by age periods
78
Persons occupied , distributed by color or race
80
Persons occupied
, distributed by marital condition
81
Description of the occupation general tables
82
Table 41.—Total persons 10 years of age and over engaged in each specified
occupation, classified by sex
: 1917
83
Table 42.—Total persons 10 years of age and over engaged in each specified
occupation, classified by sex, for islands and cities: 1917
85
Table 43.—Total
persons
10
years
of age and over engaged
in
selected
occupations, classified by age periods, color or race, and sex, and by mar-
ital condition for persons 16 years of age and over:
1917
88
Table 44.—Total males and females 10 years of age and over in selected
occupations, classified by age periods and color or race, and by marital
condition for persons 16 years of age and over, for islands and cities:
1917
.
94
Wages and hours of labor
106
Table 45.—^Wages received, hours worked per day, and days worked per
year, by employees in each specified occupation:
1917
108
AGRICULTURE.
Introduction
113
Area of enumeration
113
Schedules and methods of canvass
113
Definitions
113
Text discussion of tables
114
Value of farm products
114
P'arms and farm property
114
Farm data for the islands:
1917
] 14
Farm tenure
116
Farnas by size groups
119
CONTENTS.
5
Page.
Live stock on farms and elsewhere
121
Live stock on farms
121
Live stock not on farms
123
Live stock on farms and not on farms
123
Live-stock products
123
Poultry products
124
Honey and wax
-
124
Crops
124
Summary
1 24
Tropical fruits and nuts
124
Forest products
125
Selected farm expenses
125
Farm expenses
125
Receipts from sales of feedable crops
126
Age of farmers
120
Age of farm operator
126
Term of occupancy of farms
127
Term of occupancy
127
Table 15.—Farms and farm property, and live stock not on farms: Novem-
ber 1, 1917
128
Table 16.^—Number, acreage, and value of farms, classified by tenure and
color of farmers; by islands: November 1, 1917
130
Table 17.—Value of all crops and principal classes thereof, and acreage and
production of principal crops, by islands:
1917
130
MANUFACTURES.
Introduction
131
General summary
132
Sugar
133
Liquors, distilled—Rum
133
Bay rum
133
Bread and other bakery products
133
Wage earners employed, by months
134
Prevailing hours of labor
134
Location of establishments
135
Character of ownership
136
Engines and power
136
Fuel
137
Special statistics
] 37
General table
137
Table 9.—Detail statement
for the Virgin Island
group,
for each island
and each
city:
1917
138
FISHERIES.
Introduction
141
General summary
142
Persons engaged
143
Equipment
143
Products
144
6
CONTENTS.
MAPS.
Page.
Fig.
1
. The Virgin Islands
10
Fig. 2. The Virgin Islands of the United States—Location with respect to the
principal Atlantic trade routes
15
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Facing page.
Fig. 3. Bird's-eye view
of Charlotte Amalie and western part of St. Thomas
Harbor
12
Fig. 4. Harbor of St. Thomas, Charlotte Amalie
20
Fig. 5.
Christiansted, St. Croix, from Protestant Cay
26
Fig. 6. Charlotte Amalie, from St. Thomas Harbor
32
Fig. 7. Native women coaling ship, St. Thomas Harbor
40
Fig. 8. Type of cistern used in storing rain water in rural districts of St. Thomas.
48
Fig. 9. Main Street, Clnistiansted, St. Croix.
Schoolhouse in foreground
64
Fig. 10. Sugar plantation, St. Croix Island
116
Fig. 11. Type of farmhouse, St. Thomas Island
120
Fig. 12.
Cattle on Estate Diamond, St. Croix Island
124
Fig. 13. Transporting cattle to St. Thomas market
126
Fig. 14. Charcoal kiln on St. Thomas Island
136
Fig. 15. Magens Bay, St. Thomas Island.
Hans Lollik Island in background.
142
APPENDIXES.
Page.
I. General order
149, 150
II.
Instructions
to enumerators—General instructions, and instructions
for
punching card
151-163
III. Enumeration districts and enumerators
164, 165
IV. Schedules
166-174
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE,
Bureau of the Census,
Washington, D. C, June 15, 1918,
Sir:
I submit the following report concerning the special census of the
Virgin Islands of the United States, authorized by the Secretary
of
Commerce at the request of the Secretary of the Navy.
Under
the
terms
of
the
general
order promulgated
October
1,
1917, by the Director of the Census, and approved by the Secretary
of Commerce
(Appendix
I),
a
census
of
the
Virgin
Islands was
ordered
to be taken
as
of November
1,
1917, and Mr. Eugene F.
Hartley,
chief
statistician
for manufactures
of the Census Bureau,
was
designated
as
supervisor
in
charge.
The
inquiries
were
to
relate
to
popidation,
agriculture,
manufactures,
and
fisheries.
In
addition
to these inquiries, at
the request of the naval govermnent
of the Vu'gm Islands, statistics relatmg to wages and hours of labor
of persons employed were
collected from
representative
industrial
establishments.
On
account
of delays
mcident
to
securing
transportation,
the
actual enumeration
of
the islands did not begin until seven weeks
after the date set for the canvass.
The supervisor, accompanied by
Mr. Arthur J. Hirsch, expert special agent in charge of agriculture;
Dr. Alba M. Edwards, expert special agent in charge of population;
Mr. Dan
C. Vaughan,
chief of
the
division
of
publications
of
the
Department of Commerce; and Mr. Oscar H. Gordon,
IVfr. William
Ranger, and
IVIr. George
li. Thomas,
of the Census Bureau, arrived
at
St. Thomas on December
17,
1917.
On
the following day,
in
conference with Rear Admiral James H,
Oliver, naval governor of
the Virgin Islands, and his aids, Maj. J. F. Dyer, Lieut. Commander
William
R.
White, and
Dr.
C.
S.
Butler,
surgeon, United
States
Navy, the scope of the various inquiries and the organization of the
census were discussed.
On December
19, through the courtesy of Gov. Oliver, adequate
quarters were provided in Fort Christian,
in the town of Charlotte
Amalie.
The division of the island of St. Thomas into 16 enumera-
tion
districts—10
in
the town
of
Charlotte Amalie
and
6
in
St.
Thomas
rural—and
of
the
island
of
St. John
into
5 enumeration
districts
was
completed
(Appendix
II).
Enumerators
were
ap-
(7)
8
THE VtElGIN ISLANDS.
pointed and instructed, and on December 24
the enumeration was
begun promptly on both the islands of St. Thomas and St. John.
The census of these two islands being well under way, the
office
was
left
in charge
of Mr. Arthur
J.
Hirsch,
while
the
supervisor,
accompanied by Messrs. Edwards, Vaughan, Gordon, and Ranger,
proceeded
to Christiansted,
St. Croix, on December 28 and imme-
diately took up plans for the division of the island of St. Croix into
22
enumeration
districts
(Appendix
II)
and
the
appointment
of
enumerators.
Ample
quarters were
provided
in
the Government
House,
in Christiansted, and on December 31
the enumerators for
both the towns of Christiansted and Frederiksted and for St. Croix
rural were instructed
in
their duties and proceeded
to
the
actual
enumeration
of
the
island.
The
enumeration
of
St.
Croix,
the
largest of the islands in area and population, was greatly facilitated
by
the
efficient
cooperation
of
Asst. Paymaster R.
G.
Williams,
dispatching secretary of the naval government for the island
of St.
Croix, who had communicated
prior
to
the
arrival
of
the
census
party with the leading estate owners of the island, the school super-
intendents of both Christiansted and Frederiksted, and the quarter
oflScers of the several quarter districts for the purpose
of arousing
their
interest and
securing
their
cooperation
in
the
census work.
To the assistance rendered by the
estate owners
is due
in a great
measure the rapid and successful enumeration of St. Croix.
It was in a measure fortunate that the census of the islands was
deferred until the latter part of December, since the services of the
school-teachers
could
be
utilized
during
the
Christmas
vacation.
If
the
enumeration had commenced
on November
1,
no
doubt
considerable trouble would have been experienced in securing enu-
merators qualified to do the work.
The enumeration was closed on aU three islands on January
12,
three weeks from
the begmning
of
the
canvass,
and
the
census
commission left on Monday, January 14, for New York.
In addition to the population enumeration of 26,051 persons, the
census of the Virgin Islands included the securing of 430 schedules
of agriculture, 2,063 schedules of live stock not on farms, 84 sched-
ules of manufacturing establishments, 210 schedules for the fisheries
industry, and 306 schedules relatmg to wages and hours of labor.
Through
the courtesy
of
the Secretary of the Navy, the census
commission was furnished
transportation on
a Government
vessel
from New York to St. Thomas, and the expenses of the
field work
were
authorized
to be paid by
Asst. Paymaster Ehner
L. Beach,
who was designated as a special disbursing officer for that purpose
these payments to be reunbursed by the Bureau of the Census.
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
9
The section of the report relating to population was prepared by
Dr. Alba M. Edwards, expert
special agent
of the division of popu-
lation,
and
the
section
relating
to
agriculture was
prepared
by
Mr. Arthur
J. Hirsch,
expert
special agent
of the division of agri-
culture.
I
also wish
to
express my
appreciation
of
the
valuable
services rendered by Mr. Dan C. Vaughan, chief
of the division of
pubhcations of the department, in the organization of the field force
and the supervisioii of the work of the enumerators.
Respectfully,
Sam. L. Rogers,
Director of the Census.
Hon. William
C. Redfield,
Secretary of Commerce.
VIRGIN
I S LAND S
^^5_ ,8,30'
RufflinfPt
ANEGADA I
^-j— <r— i&'Ad
bTvT^^'l
^'>ro. Na
!^.<>«
•i:> ^" rr?.^
tar
ST. CROIX
Southwest Ft
,1^
(10)
Fig.
1.
CENSUS OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS OF THE
UNITED STATES.
GEOGRAPHY.
That group of the Virgin Islands formerly known
as the Danish
West Indies was acquired by the United States by purchase from
Denmark for $25,000,000, the formal transfer of possession taking place
on March 31, 1917.
Geographically the Virgin Islands constitute
a part
of what are
known
as
the
Leeward
Islands,
which,
taken
with
the
"Wind-
ward
Islands
to
the
south, form
the
chain known
as
the
Lesser
Antilles, reaching from Porto Rico,
the easternmost island
of the
Greater Antilles, southward in a semicircular sweep of 700 miles to
the coast of South America.
St. Ci'oix, St. .John, and St. Tliomas are the three principal islands
of the group, although there are about 50 smaller ones, ranging in
importance from islands of less than a square mile in area to out-
cropping ledges of rock.
Tlie islands
lie between longitude 64° 34'
and 65° 06' west, and between latitude 17° 40'- and 18° 25' north,
and are thus well within the Tropics.
The
total area of the three
principal
islands
is
approximately
132
square
miles.
The
total
popidation was 26,051 at the special census taken as of November 1,
1917.
The density of popidation is 197 persons to the square mile,
which is a Httle more than that of the state of New York according
to the figures of the
last decennial census.
St.
Croix,
the largest
and most populous of the islands, has an approximate
area
of 84
square miles and a total population of 14,901
;
St. Thomas has an
approximate
area
of 28 square miles and
a population
of
10,191;
St. .John, an approximate area of 20 square miles and a population
of 959.
The total area of the group is somewhat more than double
the area of
the District of Columbia, and about one-fifteenth that
of the state of Delaware.
Of the smaller islands or cays, only 5 are inhabited.
One of them,
Ijovango,
contains
approximately
1
square
mile
and
supports
a
colony of 20 persons who gain a Uvelihood by fishing and by inter-
mittent labor on the neighboring island of St. John.
Buck Island,
4
miles southeast
of
St. Thomas
Harbor,
is tenanted by
a
fight
keeper.
Hassel Island and Water Island—lying in St. Thomas Har-
bor and virtually a part of the town of Charlotte Amalie—and Prot-
estant
Cay,
a part
of
Christiansted,
Island
of
St.
Croix,
are
also
inhabited.
(11)
12
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
St. Thomas and St. John belong properly to the Virgin Arcnipelago,
which
is a chain of islands discovered by Columbus on his second
voyage
ol
exploration
in
1493
and named by him "The Eleven
Thousand Virgins."
This arcliipelago extends more than 80 miles
in an easterly direction from Porto Rico.
Two other islands of the
Virgin group^—Vieques and Culebra—are owned by the United States,
having come into its possession at the time of the acquisition of Porto
Rico.
,The island of Tortola, the largest of the Virgin group, Virgin
Gorda, and Anogada belong to Great Britain, and extend eastward
from St. Tliomas and St. John.
St. Croix is distinct, geographically,
from the Virgin group, although
it belongs, as do
St. Thomas and
St. John, to the Leeward group.
The islands of St. Thomas and St. John rise out of the ocean from
a shelf on which the water is from 15 to 30 fathoms in depth, and may
be considered a prolongation
of the chain of islands known as the
Greater Antilles—Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, and Porto Rico.
St. Croix
is 40 miles south of St. Thomas and
St. John and
is separated from
the Virgin group by a tongue of the ocean from 12,000 to 20,000 feet
deep.
These islands are separated from Porto Rico and the islands
of Vieques and Culebra by the Virgin Passage.
St. Thomas Island
has
tlie principal harbor of the Virgin group—St. Thomas Harbor-
on which the town of Charlotte Amalie is situated.
It is about 40
miles east of Fajardo, the nearest port on the island of Porto Rico,
and 70 miles from San Juan,
the principal city and port of Porto
Rico.
St. Thomas lies south, 20° east and 1,442 miles distant from
New York City.
Although St. Croix is a considerable distance from
other islands of the gi'oup,
all may be encompassed within a circle
whose radius is 25 miles.
Structurally
St. Thomas and
St. John
are
similar.
The
Virgin
Islands as weU as all others of the Lesser Antilles are of volcanic and
coral origin and present a bold appearance on approach.
They are
described by Dr. Hornbeck as a mass of bluish hard granite stone
porphyi-y.
HARBORS.
St. Thomas Harbor, situated about midway of the southern side
of the island of St. Thomas, is one of the best harbors in the Antilles.
Situated as it is on the Virgin Passage, and commanding strategically
this important gateway,
it has been for a long time an important
calling station for vessels plying between Europe and Central America
and
for
vessels bound
for
South America
by way
of
ports
of
the Lesser Antilles, and recently for ships sailing by way of the Pan-
ama Canal.
Calling
vessels may obtain supplies, such as coal,
oil,
and water, and ships
of moderate size may be repaired in this har-
bor which
is well protected
in
all
but the most severe hurricanes.
HARBORS.
13
The commerce, however, is of httle consequence, the imports received
at Virgin Island ports from the United States in 1917 amomiting to
$1,416,342.
The coast lines of St. Thomas and St. John are irregular.
Many
of the branching or lateral ranges of mountains reach to the edge of
the sea.
Between these spurs or elevations baj^s are formed, which
afford the protection of harbors on the leeward side of the islands.
In
these bays, and in St. Thomas Harbor as well, the freebooters and
pirates of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries are said to have
found concealment and refuge while engaged in committing depre-
dations on the Spanish Main.
The harbor of St. Thomas has long been celebrated for its unusual
facilities and its many advantages.
Protected as
it
is by two large
islands—Water Island and Hassel Island—and fringing ledges,
it
is
yet easy of access for vessels drawing under 30 feet of water.
Its
small size
is the chief drawback to any development as a base for a
large number
of
vessels,
the area
being approximately
1.3 square
miles.
The
great majority
of
the harbors
in
the
islands
of
the Lesser
Antilles are little more than open roadsteads, and shipping is afforded
little shelter from the ^vdnds in more than one direction.
The harbor
of St. Thomas
differs in this respect by being protected in
all wind
disturbances, affording ample shelter to shipping in blows less than
those of the greatest hurricane velocity.
The harbor of Coral Bay (sometimes designated by the natives of
St. John as Crawl Bay, or Craal Bay) on the eastern end of St. John is
approximately three times as large as St. Thomas Harbor and has a
much greater depth.
With the construction of breakwaters, which is
considered feasible, it would afford anchorage to a very large fleet.
The
Sound, which extends roughly 3 miles in an east and west direction,
and 2 miles
in a north and south direction,
is formed between the
islands of St. Thomas and St. John, and is protected on the north by
a chain of islands, namely, Thatch, Grass, Mingo, and Lovango Cays,
and on the south by Great St. James, Little St. James, Dog Island,
and small ledges.
It offers one of the best anchorages for vessels of
the deepest draft
if for strategic reasons
it should become necessary
to develop and protect by breakwaters a harbor of such magnitude.
The harbors of Coral Bay and the Sound have not received the atten-
tion their natural advantages call for on account of the early settle-
ment of Charlotte AmaUe and the
development
of that town
into
the metropolis of the islands.
Of the importance of the islands, due to their geographic position,
Secretary Lansing
says:
*
*
*
"The commercial value
of the
islands can not be doubted.
Lying in close proximity to many of the
passages into the Caribbean Sea. the use
of St. Thomas Harbor as a
supply station for merchant ships plying between the United States
14
THE VIBGIN ISLANDS.
and South America, and for vessels
in other
trades,
is of great im-
portance.
The existing modern harbor works, floating docks, marine
sUp and wharves provided with electric cranes,
oil
reservoirs,
coal
depots, fresh-water tanks, machine shops, and warehouses contribute
to the commercial advantages of St. Thomas Harbor as a port of call
and transshipment for ships in the Central and South American trades.
''The political importance of extending American jurisdiction over
the
islands
is not
to be overlooked.
The Caribbean
is within the
peculiar sphere of influence of the United States, especially since the
completion of the Panama Canal, and the possibility of a change of
sovereignty of any of the islands now under foreign jurisdiction is of
grave concern to the United States.
Moreover, the Monroe doctrine,
a settled national policy of the United States, would have caused this
country to look with disfavor upon the transfer of sovereignty of the
Danish West Indies to any other European nation."
TRADE W^ITII THE UNITED STATES.
The following
table
shows
the commerce between
the
United
States and the Virgin Islands (Danish West Indies)
TEAB.«
EXPORTS.
United States to the Virgin
Islands.
IMPORTS.
United States from the Virgin
Islands.
Total.
Domestic.
Foreign
(reex-
ports).
Total.
Free.
Dutiable.
1907
$777, 577
727, 193
693,681
749, 174
810, 537
924,700
894,087
890, 066
703,354
850,377
1,416,342
$764,328
721,997
678, 600
746, 286
806,485
920, 293
887, 406
889,461
700, 713
843, 754
$13,249
5,196
15,081
2,888
4,052
4,407
6, 681
1,505
2,641
6,623
$440, 855
592, 292
221,457
403, 926
135, 117
489, 639
48, 031
29,374
350, 822
63,496
1,259,607
$17,807
19,116
9,070
20, 379
64,042
22, 623
28,018
22,251
35, 170
54,978
$423,048
.573, 176
1908
1909
212, 387
383, 547
1910
1911
71,075
1912
467,016
1913
19, 113
1914
7,123
1915
315, 652
1916
8,518
1917
:
'
Fi.scal year ending June 30.
The principal exports of merchandise from the United States to the
Virgin
Islands
are breads tuffs,
cereals,
etc.; bituminous
coal;
iron
and steel products; boots and shoes; meat and dairy products;
oils;
lumber; and refined sugar.
The principal imports to the United States from the ^'irgin Islands
are sugar and rum, hides and skins, and cabinet woods.
(15)
16
THE VTEGIN ISLANDS.
MINERALS, FLORA, AND FAUNA.
While
it
is reported that minerals are to be found on the islands,
so far as known no attempts at mining or exploration have been made.
These resources are yet to be determined by geological examination.
Nearly all of the original forests have been cut down and the timber
made into lumber or charcoal.
Charcoal
is even now the universal
fuel, and the burning of this from the scanty timber growth furnishes
employment
to approximately 100 persons in the rural
districts of
the islands.
There are still mahogany trees of indigenous growth, principally on
St. John Island, and some attempts at reforestation have met with
success, the most notable efforts being those of the Danish West India
Plantation Co.
This company owns a number of
estates and a few
years ago planted over 50,000 mahogany and cedar trees, principally
on the island of St. Croix.
The fauna of the islands
is very limited, although on St. Croix a
species
of
deer
is
plentiful.
Noxious
reptiles
are
scarce.
Several
years ago, for the purpose
of exterminating rodents, the mongoose
was imported from India, and
this
little animal, by destroying the
eggs of birds and fowls and by the wholesale destruction of poultry,
has caused a scarcity of domestic fowls and an absence of bird life in
the islands.
Fish
in great number and variety abound along the
coasts, and
the annual catch furnishes a very important part of the food supply.
CLIMATE AND RAINFALL.
Although the northernmost of the islands, St. Thomas and St. John,
are below latitude 18° 30' and thus well within the tropics, the entire
group has the advantage of possessing a fine climate.
This is due in
part to the northeast trade winds, which blow briskly with great regu-
larity from
the north-northeast for nine months
during
the
year.
These winds vary in velocity from a light to a moderate breeze, and
attain
their greatest strength usually around 4 o'clock in both the
afternoon and morning.
Owdng to the relatively small size of the islands and the lack of hot
land breezes, due to the ever-present northeast trade winds, the tem-
perature
is equable.
The climate
is delightful for
a winter resort,
and the trade winds
also
furnish
an equable mean for the summer
months.
The mean temperature at Charlotte Amalie on St. Thomas,
covering a period of three years, ranged from 78° F. in March to 84° F.
in October while the mean temperature at Christiansted,
St. Croix,
covering a period of 28 years, ranged from 76.3° F. in February to 82°
F. in August.
As may be seen from the following table, data for which were fur-
nished by
the United
States Weather Bureau,
the
rainfall
in
St.
CLIMATE AND RAINFALL.
17
Thomas varied, for the years available, from three-fourths of an inch
in March to 6.42 inches in November.
Likewise, the
St. Croix rain-
fall varied from 1.22 inches in March to 6.02 inches in October.
TEMPERATURE AND RAINFALL.
The year
January
February
March
April
May
June
Ju]y
Augaist
September
October
Novcmljer
December
ST. CROIX
(CHRISTIANSTED).
Average
tempera-
ture for
28 years
(degrees
79.3
76.6
76.3
76.8
78.3
79.9
81.0
81.5
82.0
81.7
80.8
79.3
77.5
Average
rainfall
for 28
years
(inches).
47.56
2.32
1.93
1.22
2.91
4.49
4.61
3.94
4.49
5.75
6.02
5.71
4.17
ST. TH0MA3
(CHARLOTTE
AMALIE).
Average
tempera-
ture for
3 years
(degrees
F.).
81.0
Average
rainfall
for 10
years
(inches).
38.23
80.2
78.4
78.0
79.5
79.5
80.6
82.9
8^.3
83.8
84.0
83.3
81.9
2.87
2.24
0.75
2.56
1.50
2.99
3.35
2.32
2.99
5.83
6.42
4.41
According to observations of John Knox, the maximum tempera-
ture on record, 1843
to 1851,
is 91.9°, and the minimum 68.9°, the
highest being in the month of September, and the lowest in the latter
part of January.
The average annual
rainfall
is 38.23
inches for
St. Thomas and
47.56 inches for St. Croix.
Even over so small an area as the islands
the rainfall
is not evenly distributed, and
it
is thought to be more
abundant on
the northern slopes than on
the southern.
In
fact,
water
is the greatest need of the islands, and there
is a very close
relation between the rainfall and the production of sugar cane.
There are no streams of consequence on St. Thomas or St. John.
St. Croix, however, has a number of water courses, rising generally
in the mountain slopes on the northern side of the island and flowing
southward.
There
are very few wells
in
the islands and drinking
water is obtained by collecting rain water in cisterns.
Some thought and consideration have been given the subject
of
irrigation by the planters of St. Croix, an attempt having been made
in one instance to impound water for this purpose.
It is considered
feasible, especially in the vaUeys between the spurs on the southern
slopes of St. Croix, to develop an irrigation project or dig wells which
would provide water for sugar cane and other crops during periods
of drought.
60396°—18
2
18
THE VIKGIN ISLANDS.
The islands are often visited by severe storms kno"v\Ti as hurricanes,
the wind
occasionally
attaining
a
velocity
of
150
miles an
horn".
These occur sometimes during the month of July, but more frei^uently
during August and September, and rarely later than October.
More
than 130 of these hurricanes classed as destructive have been noted
as visiting the islands, some of them accompanied by much loss of
life
and
destruction
of
property.
Earthquakes
are
of
frequent
occurrence,
but very few have been
severe enough
to
cause any
damage.
HISTORY.^
Although
the Virgin
Islands
are
small
in
comparison with
the
islands of the Greater Antilles, there is much of interest to Americans
in their history.
Discovered by Columbus during his second voyage
in 1493,
St. Thomas was first colonized by the Danes under Jorgen
Iversen, who was sent out by the Danish West India Co. in
1672.
Previously a settlement had been attempted in 1666 by Erik Schmidt,
a Dane, who, arriving
in
a
ship
called
De
Endradit, took
posses-
sion of St. Thomas Island in the name
of Denmark.
The colonists,
however, remained only a short time and returned to Denmark.
At the time of the discovery of the Virgin Islands it is very probable
that
St. Thomas was inhabited by Indian
tribes known
as Caribs.
The Caribs had the reputation
of being fierce and warlike,
also
of
being
cannibals,
the
materials
for
their
feasts
being drawn from
their less warlike neighbors on the island
of Porto
Rico.
Inscrip-
tions and figures on rocks on the eastern end of the island of St. John
supposed to have been the worlv of Caribs are still in an excellent state
of preservation.
Interesting and significant to the student of history is the fact that
the language
of the islands
is English, although the Virgin Islands
were under the Danish
flag for 245
years, with the exception
of a
few months, from April,
1801,
to February,
1802, when they were
held by England, and from
1807
to
1815, when
they were
again
seized by England during the Napoleonic wars.
At the present time
the imprint
of years
of Danish Government
is
sliglit, not only
in
language but in customs and traditions.
Acquired by Denmark
as
a source
of sugar supply during the
period when aU European nations were seeking
this, and
also
for
political purposes, the islands were retained by Denmark long after
they had ceased to be a source of revenue.
Tlie earlier schemes of
colonization by
the Danes were
centered
in
St. Thomas and
St.
John;
St.
Croix, occupied by Dutch and English
settlers
in
1625,
did not come into possession of Denmark until 1733.
\
^For the history of the Virgin Islands, Dr. Waldemar Westergaard's comprehensive
volume, "The Danish West Indies, " was largely used, while Dr. Charles Edwin Tay-
lor's "An Island of the Sea" and various consular reports were also consulted-
HISTORY.
19
Gov.
Iversen,
in
the
Few,
arrived
in
St. Tliomas Harbor, May
25, 1672, with about
100 persons and on the following day landed
and took possession
of the island and
raised the Danish flag.
The
infant colony was
aided
during the
first year
of
its
existence by
the English officer in charge of Tortola Island (recently seized from
the Dutch), who allowed them to procure sugar-cane settings for the
land they prepared.
The fortune
of
the Danish
colonists
for the
next few years was not unlike that of other nationalities seeking to
gain a foothold in the New World.
The voj-age across the Atlantic
and into lower latitudes had taken terrible toll of every ship's com-
pany, and the governor of the new colony frequentl}^ found himself
in
dire straits for labor.
In
1674 the Danish West India Co. was
given permission to engage in the slave trade on the Guinea Coast of
Africa, and provision
v.^as made at
this time for the absorption of
the African or Guinea Co. into the Danish West India Co.
Mean-
while, however,
a consignment of
103 slaves had been sent
to
St.
Thomas
by
the
African
Co.
and
others
were
soon
brought.
The slave
trade was beginning to assume considerable proportions
and was eagerly engaged
in by the Dutch,
English,
Spanish, and
Portuguese skippers.
Despite the high death rate from pestilence,
the colonists increased, by accessions from other islands and by the
slaves imported, from barely 100 each of whites and blacks in 1673
to 156 whites and 175 blacks in 1680.
In 1680, Iversen, weary of governing the colonists, many of whom
were disturbers and agitators seeking refuge or were those expelled
from other colonics, and worn out by the strain of repelling attacks
of the French from the island of St. Croix, was relieved at his own
request and was succeeded
as governor by Nicholas Esmit.
De-
spite the venture of the company into the Guinea slave trade and
the sending to Denmark of cargoes of sugar, cotton, indigo, tobacco,
ginger, hides, and valuable timber, the new colony was not a financial
success from the standpoint of the company.
The
Danish Government now
took
a hand
in
the
company's
affairs and endeavored
to
place
it on
a
better footing.
Officials,
employees, and others were required to take stock in the enterprise,
and
considerable
attention was
given
to
providing
ships
for
the
Guinea slave trade.
Gov. Esmit, on account of harboring
pirates
and runaway slaves, very early became embroiled with the English
governor
of
the
Leeward
Islands.
Adolph,
the
brother
of Gov,
Nicholas Esmit, usurped the governor's powers and
later was com-
missioned
governor
of
St.
Thomas.
Under
the Esmit brothers
St. Thomas ])ecame a harbor of refuge for pirates, and it frequently
became necessary for
the
English
governor
at Nevis
to
raid
St.
Thomas Harbor to secure stolen property.
20
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
With the hope of restorins^ order, as St. Thomas was regarded by
colonists
of other nationahties on neighboring islands
as an island
of outlaws, the company sent George Milan in 1684 to replace Esmit,
but in the following year found
it necessary to send a commissioner
with power
to
settle
the
difficulties.
As
a
result
of the commis-
sioner's
findings,
Lieut. Christopher Heins was made governor on
June
29,
1686, and Gov. Milan was returned
to Copenhagen under
arrest and later condemned and executed.
For three years Lieut.
Heins
administered
the
affairs
of
the company,
until
his
death
October 2, 1689.
During the next 13 years the business of the Danish
West India & Guinea Co. was ably managed by John Lorentz, a part
of the time as assistant and for six years
as governor.
This man
had had much experience in the affairs of the company, having been
in its employ almost continuously since the days of Nicholas Esmit.
He brought
affairs from bankruptcy to solvency, and
at his death
in
1702 the colony was
in
a position
to wage a vigorous
fight for
existence among the Caribbean settlements.
Figures from the earliest censuses or records of the Danish West
India & Guinea Co. show the growth of the
St. Thomas colony and
the extent that the African slave trade early assumed in its history.
Charlotte Amalie
very soon
took
its
place
as
an
entrepot
and
distributing center for the slave traffic.
POPULATION AND NUMBER OF PLANTATIONS ON ST. THOMAS.
POPULATION.
Number
of plan-
tations.
Total.
White.
Slave.
1688
739
944
3,589
317
389
547
422
55.S
3,042
90
1(591
101
1715
160
St. John was settled in 1717 by inhabitants of St. Thomas seeking
better
sites
for plantations.
The plantations on
St. Thomas had
been cultivated for more than 40 years and their productivity was
on the decline.
The land of St. John being more fertile,
its growth
was very rapid, as shown by the table below.
POPULATION AND NUMBER OF PLANTATIONS ON ST. JOHN.
POPULATION.
Number
of plan-
tations.
Total.
White.
Slave.
1717
41
55
800
1,295
25
39
123
208
16
16
677
1,087
25
1721
39
1728
87
1733
109
--^
HISTORY.
21
In the year 1733 St. John reached the height of its prosperity under
slavery, sugar and cotton being the principal products.
In November
of this year there was a stuious uprising of the slaves which resulted
in the death of probably 50 whites and three or four times that num-
ber of blacks before the insurrection was put down.
St. Croix was purchased by the Danish West India & Guinea Co.
from
France
for
750,000
livres.
The
treaty
providing
for
the*
transfer was
ratified
June
15,
1733.
St.
Croix
was
occupied
as
early as 1625 by Dutch and
English
settlers, who were joined by
some French
refugees from other West Indian
Islands,
principally
from
St. Christopher
(St.
Kitts).
Shortly before
1650,
as
a
result
of
a
civil war between
the
factions,
the Dutch and
French were
expelled from the island.
The Spaniards from Porto Rico in August,
1650, drove
off the English but only retained possession for a very
short period, as de Poincy, the lieutenant general of
all the French
islands
in America, sent a force
of
166 men from
St.
Christopher
and succeeded in ousting the Spanish.
The settlement of St. Croix
was begun by the French in 1651 when 300 colonists were sent there.
From
1651
to
1664
St. Croix was owned by the Knights
of Malta
who governed
it
in
the name
of Louis XIV.
In
1695
the colony
moved to San Domingo, and from that time until the purchase by
the Danish company in 1733 St. Croix does not appear to have been
inhabited.
In
1734 Gov.
Frederick Moth took possession
of the
island and
began the work of laying out plantations for the cultivation of sugar
and cotton
After seven years the
first census showed
122 cotton
plantations,
120
sugar
plantations,
and
over
1,900
slaves.
The
following table showing the number of slaves gives an idea
of the
importance that the colony early assumed:
SLAVES ON THE ISLAND OF
ST. CROIX.
1742
1745
1754
Number
of slaves.
1,906
2,878
7,566
1755.
1766.
Numlier
of slaves.
8,897
16,956
Uprisings
of the slaves occurred
in
St.
Croix
in
1746 and
1759.
The
first was speedily put down, but more serious results followed
the second, which resulted in the kiUing of about 25 of the Negroes
before order was restored.
Denmark was one of the
first countries to take steps to curb the
African slave trade, and in 1848 slavery was aboHshed in the islands.
St. Thomas and St. John were early given unrestricted privileges
of trade with the other American colonies
(1764), and in 1782
this
22
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
was extended to trade with all nations; yet it was not until 1833 that
St. Croix enjoyed
the
privilege
of having
all
trade
restrictions
re-
moved.
In 1780, of the 516 vessels entered
at St. Croix, 82 entered
from
ports
of
the United
States and
123 from Porto
Rico,
while
only 16 came from Danish possessions in Em'ope.
It
is interesting
to
note
at
this
early
period
the
comparatively
slight commercial
* intercourse with the mother country and the extent of shipping from
the United States.
Following the period in which St. Thomas increased its importance
as a shipping center and distributing point it declined in importance
as an agricultural community.
During the period from 1821 to 1830
an average of 2,809 ships of a tonnage of 177,444 called there annually.
During
this decade
St. Thomas experienced
its greatest prosperity,
being a distributing center for merchandise and commodities for the
other islands of the West Indies.
Very shortly thereafter the influ-
ence
of steam navigation was to cause a dechne in the commercial
importance of the island.
With the advent of steam the merchants
of Porto Rico and those of the Lesser Antilles and of South America
were able to import goods direct from Europe and America.
Later
the West India & Panama Telegraph Co. established headquarters
on St. Thomas and their submarine cables cover
all the West Indies
and
connect
at Jamaica with
cables from Europe and
the United
States.
The value of the Virgin Islands now lies in their geographic loca-
tion and exceptional harbor facilities rather than in their commercial
and agricultural activities.
EFFORTS TO ACQUIRE THE ISLANDS.
The following extract from a report of the Committee on Foreign
Affairs,
dated
February
17,
1917,
is
a
statement
concerning
the
efforts of the United States to acquire the Virgin Islands:
"The acquisition of the Danish West Indian Islands has been the
subject
of
negotiation and
treaty between
the
LTnited
States and
Denmark
for more than
a
half
century.
The United
States
first
attempted the purchase of these islands in 1865, during the adminis-
tration
of
President
Lincoln.
Secretary
Seward
appeared
to
be
especially
anxious
that they should
belong
to
the United
States.
It appears that Mr. Seward first proposed to purchase the islands at
a dinner party in January,
1865.
Denmark had no desire to part
with
her
West
India
colonies.
The
assassination
of
President
Lincoln and
the attempted
assassination
of Secretary Seward
sus-
pended the negotiations for some time.
In the meantime, Secretary
Seward visited the islands.
It was not, however, until July 17, 1866,
that the LTnited States made a
definite
offer
of $5,000,000
for
St.
Thomas, St. John, emd Santa Cruz.
EPFORTS TO ACQUIRE THE ISLANDS.
23
"In 1867 Denmark declined to sell the islands for $5,000,000 but
offered St. Thomas and St. John for $10,000,000, or $15,000,000 for
the
three.
Mr. Seward
replied by
offering
$7,500,000
in
gold
for
the three islands.
Denmark agreed to take $7,500,000 for St. Thomas
and
St. John but wanted
$3,750,000
in
addition
for Santa
Cruz.
Finally,
Secretary Seward agreed
to purchase
vSt. Thomas and
St.
John for the price named by Denmark, $7,500,000, but further com-
plications arose because Denmark insisted that the consent
of the
people
of the islands should be formally given before the sale was
consimimated.
This was at first objected to by Mr. Seward, but he
finally cabled our minister to
' concede question of vote,' and on the
24th of October the treaty was signed.
"The question was submitted to a vote of the people, the voting
occurring in St. Thomas on January 9, 1868, and out of 1,039 votes
cast there were but 22 votes against the cession.
In St. John there
were 205 votes in favor of the cession and not one against
it.
"The
treaty was
submitted
to
the
Kigsdag
of Denmark
and
promptly ratified and signed by the King on June 30, 1868.
It was
submitted to the United States Senate on December 3, 1867.
Senator
Sumner was chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations during
this period, and the treaty remained unreported for more than two
years, when, on March 24, 1870, Senator Sumner reported it adversely
and the Senate declined to ratify
it.
The negotiations for the pur-
chase
of
the
islands commenced under President Lincoln and
the
treaty was signed shortly after Andrew Johnson became President,
but
it was
not
acted upon
until
the
administration
of
President
Grant.
"Subsequently it appears that the purchase of the islands was con-
sidered by Secretaries Foster and Olney during
the administrations
of Presidents Harrison and Cleveland.
"On March 31, 1898, the Committee on Foreign Relations reported
to the Senate a bill authorizing the President to purchase the islands
for use as a naval and coaling station.
On this
bill Senator Lodge
submitted an exhaustive report, giving in detail the history of the
islands and summarizing
the history
of
the negotiations
for
their
purchase by the United
States.
"On January 24,
1902,
a convention was signed
at Washington
by Mr. Hay, Secretary of State, and Mr. Brun, Danish minister, for
the
cession
to
the United States
of
'the islands
of Saint Thomas,
Saint John, and Saint Qroix, in the West Indies, with the adjacent
islands and
rocks,'
the
consideration
being
$5,000,000.
This
con-
vention was favorably reported by the Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions on February 5, 1902, and ratified by the United States Senate
February
17,
1902.
The treaty was approved by one house of the
Danish Rigsdag;
but, October 21, 1902, the other house by a vote of
32 to 32 declined to ratify it."
24
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
GOVERNMENT.
The
islands
constitute
two
municipalities—one
consisting
of
St. Thomas and St. John and the other of St. Croix.
Each island
is divided into quarter districts, of which there are 8
in St. Thomas outside of the town of Charlotte Amalie, 5 in St. John
outside of Cruz Bay town, and 9 in St. Croix outside of Christiansted
town and Frederiksted town.
Formerly the executive power was vested in a colonial governor
appointed by the Crown, who resided from April
1
to September 30
of each year in Christiansted, the capital of St. Croix, and the other
half of the year in Charlotte Amalie, the capital of the municipality
of St. Thomas and St. John.
Legislative authority in each munici-
pality was vested in a colonial council consisting of 18 members for
St. Croix—5 nominated by the Crown and 13 elected—and 11 m.em-
bers for the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John—4 nominated
by the Crown and 7 elected.
Of those elected in the latter munici-
pality, 4 were from the town of Charl6tte Amalie,
1 from
the rural
districts of St. Thomas, and 2 from the island of St. John.
There are two essential requisites for the qualification of voters.
First, the appHcant must own real estate producing a monthly income
of
$5,
or have a personal income
of $300 a year;
and, second, he
must be of unblemished character.
Educational facilities on the islands are limited, especially in the
higher grades.
Heretofore, in order to pursue a course beyond the
grades, it has been necessary to go to institutions on the neighboring
islands or to the United States or to Europe.
Under the able admin-
istration
of the naval governor since
the United States has taken
possession of the islands, steps have already been taken to improve
educational conditions.
ST. CEOIX (sANTA CRUZ) ISLAND.
St. Croix, the largest and most populous of the Virgin Islands,
is
40 mdes south of St. Thomas and St. John and had a population of
14,901 at the time of the special census.
It has an area of 84 square
mUes, and a density of population of 177 to the square mUe.
Of the
approximate acreage of 53,920, there were reported 49,206 acres in
farms at the census of 1917.
The island is about 20 mUes in extreme
length and varies in width from
1 mile in the eastern end to 5 miles
in the central and western parts.
Unhke St. Thomas and St. John,
its coast line
is not indented by bays and harbors.
Tiie harbors
of
Christiansted and Frederiksted
are
practically the only barbers on
the
island.
The
harbor of
the
latter
city
is
nothing more
than
an open roadstead.
Although Christiansted Harbor has a tortuous
^ entrance and has
filled up with mud,
it
is considered
feasible
by
ST. JOHN ISLAND.
25
dredging to make
it much more available and convenient of access
for shipping.
On the northern side
of the island deep water
is
close
to shore,
while on the southern side the shoals or coral ledges extend from
2 to 3 miles.
The northern side of St. Croix is somewhat mountamous, the high-
est peak being Mount Eagle, which has an elevation of 1,164
feet.
The range varies from 600
to
1,000 feet in the western end
of the
island and from 400 to SOO feet in the eastern end.
Southward from
the mountain range St. Croix is composed of broad undulating valleys,
fertile and well adapted
to
agriculture.
Modern farming methods
are practiced, and some
of the sugar estates employ machinery
to
advantage in the cultivation of sugar cane.
St. Croix is well suited
to
the growing
of
a very
fine grade
of
sea-island
cotton,
100,000
pounds having been reported as marketed by one company in 1917.
The estates of St. Croix are owned generally by a very intelligent
and progressive class of men, and the social life is very different from
that of St. Thomas and St. John.
The estate owners are natives of
the
Virgin
Islands,
or
the
neighboring
islands
of
Barbados,
St.
Christopher, and Antigua, or of the United
States.
Sugar cane, hay and forage, cotton, and fruits and vegetables were
the crops of most importance as reported at the 1917 census.
The
value reported for
all
crops
at
this census was
practically half a
million
dollars,
sugar cane representing nearly
nine-tenths
of
this
total.
The cUmate and soil are well suited to the growing of tropical
fruits.
Bananas,
cocoa,
mangoes,
oranges,
and
pineapples
were
reported
in
the
agriculture
census,
although
in
nothing
like
the
quantities customarily grown on account of the destruction of trees
and foliage by the hurricane of October, 1916.
Cattle raising
is an
important industry, the total value of
live stock reported on farms
and elsewhere exceeding the total value of all crops.
St. Croix
is traversed
b}^ a network of roads, kept in good con-
dition, and the automobile
is used extensively by the estate owners
axid otibers for business and for pleasure.
ST. JOHN
ISLAND.
St. John, lying just east of St. Thomas,
is the smallest and
least
developed
of the three
islands.
It has an area
of 20 square miles
and only 959 inhabitants, a density of 48 to the square mile.
There
are no roads on the island, consequently the only method of travel
is on horseback over mountain
trails.
The chief industry now
is cattle raising, and the estates or farms
are largely given over to this pursuit.
Formerly sugar cane was grown
to a considerable extent, but has been discontinued since the intro-
26
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
duction of modern machinery in
its cultivation in competing areas.
A small amomit of sugar cane is still grown and converted into rum.
At the 1917 census reports were secured for 26 farms, representing
about four-fifths of the acreage of the island.
Only about one-fifth
of the total land in farms, however, was classed as improved land,
and the average value of land per acre was reported as S9.46, which
is
less than
one-third
the
average
value reported
for land
in
St.
Thomas and
less than one-fourth that in
St. Croix.
With the exception of a few estate owners the natives of the island
of St. John live in small houses, in many instances little more than
huts, and
raise, in small patches, potatoes, yams,
okra, cucumbers,
tomatoes,
peas, and pumpkins.
The}^ add
to
their
livelihood by
fishing, and by wages for occasional labor on neighboring estates.
St. John is noted chiefly for the export of bay oil.
For many years
it has had the reputation of furnishing the best article of this kind
on the market.
Bay
oil
is made from the leaves of the bay tree (Pimento
acris),
the usual method being
to
distill the
leaA'^es with sea water.
On
account of the destructive hurricane
of October,
1916, the produc-
tion of this
oil fell to about
125
gallons for the year 1917;
there
is
normally about four times this amount produced.
The greater part
of the product is marketed in St. Thomas and there distilled or com-
bined with
alcohol
to form
the bay rum
of commerce,
favorably
known as a toilet article.
The violence of the wind in the 1916 hurricane denuded the bay
trees
of leaves, and only a small quantity were recovered for use.
Some attempts are being made
at increasing the output of bay
oil
by the plantmg of bay trees, with very satisfactory results.
Some effort
also has been made to cultivate lime
trees.
In 1916
about 1,000 gallons
of fresh lime juice, 250 gallons of concentrated
lime juice, and 18 casks of pickled limes were marketed.
All of the
lime
trees were either
destroyed by the hurricane or damaged to
such an extent that this industry was suspended.
ST. THOMAS ISLAND.
The island of St. Thomas hes almost east and west, and
is divided
longitudinally by a range of low mountains, which vary in height from
500 feet in the eastern end and 600 feet in the western end to an eleva-
tion of 1,549 feet at West Mountain, about one-third of the distance
from the eastern end of the island.
Many of these ranges or elevations
branch off
laterally on both
the north and south slopes, extending
in places almost to the sea.
Thus there is afforded small opportunity
for agricultural production.
The valleys in which agriculture can be
carried on are small, and the soil, which is a result of the decomposi-
tion
of rocks, varies from 10 to 50 feet
in depth and
is very
fertile.
ST. THOMAS ISLAND.
27
Although
the
hills
and
undulations render the
valleys iinsuited to
the use of machinery,
if
proper attention were given to
tlie raising
of fruits, vegetables, and crops other than cereals a sudicient quantity
could be grown to supply the local needs.
The
estates,
or plantations,
for which schedules were secured
at
the 1917 census wore 63 in number, with a total acreage of 10,683.
This acreage is 59.1 per cent of the total acreage of the island.
From
the beginnmg
of
the
settlement, in
1672, up
to
1850
considerable
attention was
paid to agriculture, and sugar, cotton, rice, bananas,
oranges, lemons, and limes were
raised, although
as early
as
1733
St. Thomas
b'egan
to
decline
as
a
plantation
colony.
In recent
years there has been a pronounced tendency on the part of the native
population
to
seek employment
in
Charlotte Amalie—the
capital
of the municipality of St. Thomas and St. John and the largest town
in the Virgin Islands—to the detriment
of industry on the planta-
tions.
Their chief employment is to be found in the coaling of ships
and
other harbor work incident
to
the
coaling,
provisioning, and
repairing of vessels
of
call.
This movement
of the native popula-
tion to the town has progressed to such an extent that there is scarcely
any labor available for the cultivation of farms, and practically
all
of the fruit and vegetables and other food products are supplied to
St. Thomas from St. John, Tortola, and Porto Rico.
Charlotte Amalie
is the only incorporated town on the island
of
St.
Thomas,
although
there
are
settlements
immediately
outside
the corporate limits, which for
all purposes other than political are
a part of that town.
The chief of these settlements in number of
inhabitants lies to the westward of Charlotte Amalie and
is known
as Honduras.
It
is
populated by
over
200
persons, whose
chief
industry
is
fishing.
Besides
their apparatus used
in
fishing, they
also find time to make baskets and straw hats for sale among the
natives of St. Thomas!
At present there is only one road on St. Thomas available for ve-
hicular traffic.
This runs in an easterly and westerly direction from
Charlotte Amalie
to
the ends
of
the
island.
Such other roads
as
there are, connecting the various estates and radiating from Charlotte
Amahe, are little more than trails.
The roads have been allowed to
deteriorate since the decline of agriculture on the estates.
TREATY BETWEEN DENMARK AND THE UNITED STATES.
The following is the full text of the treaty entered into on August
4,
1916, between
Robert
Lansing
and Constantin
Bruii,
plenipo-
tentiaries of the United States and Denmark:
Convention Between His Majesty the King of Denmark and the United
States of Amenca Respecting the Cession of the Danish
West-Indian
Islands.
The United States of America and His Majesty the King of Den-
mark being
desirous
of confirming
the good understanding which
exists between them, have to that end appomted as plenipotentiaries:
The President of the United States: Mr. Robert Lansing, Secre-
tary of State of the United States,
and His Majesty
the King
of
Denmark:
Mr. Constantin Brun,
His Majesty's Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary at
Washington,
who, having mutually exhibited their full powers, which were found
to be in due form, have agreed upon the following articles:
Article 1.
His Majesty the King of Denmark by this convention cedes to the
United
States
all
territory,
dominion,
and
sovereignty
possessed,
asserted, or clauned by Denmark in the West Indies, including the
islands of Saint Thomas, Saint John, and Saint Croix, together with
the adjacent islands and rocks.
Tliis cession includes the right of property in
all public, govern-
ment,
or Crown
lands, pubhc
buildings,
wharves,
ports,
harbors,
fortifications,
barracks,
public funds,
rights,
franchises, and
privi-
leges, and
all other public property of every kind or description now
belonging to Denmark, together with all appurtenances thereto.
In
this cession
shall
also be included any government
archives,
records, papers, or documents which relate to the cession or the rights
and property of the inhabitants of the islands ceded, and which may
now be existing either in the islands ceded or in Denmark.
Such
archives and records
shall
be
carefully
preserved,
and
authenti-
cated copies thereof, as may be required, shaU be at all times given
to the United States Government or the Danish Government as the
case may be, or to such properly authorized persons as may apply
for them.
Article 2.
Denmark guarantees that the cession made by the preceding article
is free and unencumbered by any reservations, privileges, franchises,
grants, or possessions held by any governments, corporations, syndi-
cates, or individuals, except as herein mentioned.
But
it
is under-
stood that this cession does not in any respect impair private rights
which by law belong
to
the peaceful possession
of property
of
all
kmds by private individiials
of whatsoever nationality, by munici-
pahties, public or private establishments, ecclesiastical or civic bodies,
or any other associations having legal capacity to acquire and pos-
sess property in the islands ceded.
(28)
TEXT OF THE TREATY.
29
The congregations belonging to the Danish National Church shall
retaui the undisturbed use of the churches which are now used by
them,
together
witli
the
parsonages
appertaining
thereunto
and
other appurtenances, includmg the funds allotted to the churches.
Article S.
It is especially agreed, however, that
(1) The arms and military stores
existing
in the islands
at the
time of the cession and belonging to the Danish Government shall
remain the property of that Govermiient and shall,
as soon as
cir-
cumstances
will
permit, be removed by
it,
unless
they,
or
parts
thereof, may have been bought by the Government of the United
States;
it being, however, understood that flags and colors, uniforms,
and such anns or mihtary artick^s as are marked as being the prop-
erty of the Danish Government shall not be included in sucb purchase.
(2) The movables, especially silver plate and pictures, which may
be found in the govermnent buildings in the islands ceded and be-
longing to the Danish Government shall remain the property of that
Government and
shall,
as soon
as
circumstances
will
permit,
be
removed by it.
(3) The pecuniary claims now held by Denmark against the colo-
nial
treasuries
of
the islands ceded
are
altogether extinguished
in
consequence
of
this cession and
the United States assumes no
re-
sponsibOity
whatsoever
for
or
in
connection
with
these
claims.
Excepted
is, however,
the amount due
to
the Danish treasury
in
account current with the West Indian colonial treasuries pursuant
to the making up of accounts in consequence of the session of the
islands; should,
on
the
other hand,
this
final
accounting show
a
balance in favour of the West Indian colonial treasuries, the Danish
treasury shall pay that amount to the colonial treasuries.
(4) The United States will maintain the following grants, conces-
sions, and licenses, given by the Danish Govermnent, in accordance
with the terms on which they are given:
a. The concession granted
to "Det vestindiske Kompagni"
(the
West Indian Company) Ltd. by the communications from the Min-
istry of Finance of January
18th,
1913, and
of
April
16th,
1913,
relative
to
a license to embank,
drain, deepen, and utihze certain
areas in St. Thomas Harbor and preferential rights as to commercial,
industrial, or shipping establishments m the said harbor.
h. Agreement of August 10th and
14th,
1914, between the muni-
cipality of St. Thomas and St. John and "Det vestindiske Kompagni,"
Ltd., relative to the supply of the city of Charlotte Amahe with elec-
tric hghting.
c. Concession of March 12th,
1897, to "The Floating Dock Com-
pany
of
wSt. Thomas, Ltd.," subsequently
transferred
to "The St.
Thomas
Engineering
and
Coaling Company,
Ltd.,"
relative
to
a
floating dock in St. Thomas Harbor, in which concession the main-
tenance, extension, and alteration of the then existing repairing slip
are reserved.
d. Royal Decree No.
79, of November 30th,
1914, relative to the
subsidies from the colonial treasuries of St. Thomas and Sainte Croix
to "The West India and Panama Telegraph Company, Ltd."
30
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
e. Concession of November 3rd,
1906,
to K. B. Hey to establish
and operate a telephone system on
St. Thomas Island, which con-
cession has subsequently been transferred to the "St. Thomas Tele-
fonselskab," Ltd.
/. Concession of February 28th, 1913, to the municipality of Sainte
Croix to establish and operate a telephone system in Sainte Croix.
g. Concession of July 16th, 1915, to Ejnar Svendsen, an engineer,
for the construction and operation
of an
electric-light plant in the
city of Christiansted, Sainte Croix.
h. Concession
of
Jime
20th,
1904,
for
the
estabhshment
of
a
Danish West Indian bank of issue.
TTiis bank has for a period of 30
years
acquired
the monopoly"
to
issue bank
notes
in
the Danish
West India Islands against the payment to the Danish Treasury of a
tax amoimting to ten per cent of its annual profits.
i. Guarantee according to the Danish supplementary budget law
for the financial year 1908-1909 relative to the St. Thomas Harbor's
four per cent loan of 1910.
(5) Whatever sum shall be due to the Danish treasury by private
individuals on the date of the exchange of ratifications are reserved
and do not pass by this cession; and where the Danish Government
at that date holds property taken over by the Danish treasury for
sums due by private
imlividuals, such property shall not pass by
this cession, but the Danish Government shall sell or dispose of such
property and remove
its proceeds within two years from the date
of the exchange of ratifications of this convention; the United States
Government bemg entitled
to
sell by public
auction,
to the credit
of the Danish Government, any portion of such property remaining
unsold at the expiration of the said term of two years.
(6) The colonial treasuries shall contmue to pay the yearly allow-
ances now given to heretofore retired functionaries appointed in the
islands but holding no
royal commissions,
unless such
allowances
may have imtil now been paid in Denmark.
Article
4-,
The Danish Government shaU appoint with convenient despatch
an agent or agents for the purpose of formally delivering to a similar
agent or agents appointed on behalf of the United States, the territory,
dominion, property, and appurtenances which are ceded hereby, and
for doing any other act which may be necessary in regard thereto.
Formal delivery of the
territorj" and property ceded shall be made
immediately after the payment by the United States of the sum of
money stipulated in this convention
; but the cession with the right of
immediate possession
is nevertheless to be deemed complete on the
exchange
of
ratifications
of
this
convention
without
such formal
delivery.
Any Danish military or naval forces which may be in the
islands ceded shall be withdrawn as soon as may be practicable after
the formal delivery,
it being however imderstood that
if the persons
constitutmg
these
forces,
after
having
terminated
their
Danish
service, do not wish
to leave the islands, they shall be allowed to
remain there as
civilians.
TEXT OF THE TREATY.
31
Article 5.
In full consideration of the cession made by this convention, the
United States agrees to pay, within ninety'days from the date of the
exchange of the" ratifications of this convention, in the city of Wash-
ington to the diplomatic representative or other agent of His Majesty
the King of Denmark duly authorized to receive the money the sum
of twenty-five miUion dollars in gold coin of the United States.
Article 6.
Danish citizens residing in said islands may remain therein or may
remove therefrom at will, retaining in either event
all their rights of
property, including the right
to
sell or dispose of such property or
its proceeds; in case they remain in the islands, they shall continue
imtil otherwise provided
to
enjoy
all
the
private,
municipal,
and
religious
rights and
liberties secured
to them by
the laws now
in
force.
If the present laws are altered the said inhabitants shall not
thereby be placed in a less favorable position in respect to the above-
mentioned
rights and
liberties than
they now
enjoy.
Those who
remain in the" islands may preserve their citizenship in Denmark by
making before a court of record, within one year from the date of
the exchange of ratifications of this convention, a declaration of their
decision to preserve such citizenship
; in default of which declaration
they shall be held to have renounced it, and to have accepted citizen-
ship in the United States; for children under eighteen years the said
declaration may bo made by their parents or guardians.
Such
elec-
tion of Danish citizenship shall, however, not, after the lapse of the
said term of one year, be a bar to their renunciation of their preserved
Danish
citizenship
and
their
election
of
citizenship
in the United
States and admission to the nationality thereof on the same terms as
may be provided according to the laws of the United States, for other
inhabitants of the islands.
The
civil rights and the political status of the inhabitants of the
islands shall be determmed by the Congress, subject to the stipulations
contained in the present convention.
Danish
citizens not residing in
the
islands but owning property
therein at the time of the cession shall retain their rights of property,
including the right to
sell or dispose of such property, being placed
in
this regard on the same basis as the Danish citizens residing in
the island^ and remaining therein or removing therefrom,
to whom
the first paragraph of this article relates.
Article 7.
Danish subjects residing in the islands shall be subject in matters
civil as well as criminal to the jurisdiction of the courts of the islands,
Eursuant
to the ordinary laws governing the same, and they shall
ave the right to appear before such courts and to pursue the same
course therein as citizens of the comatry to which jthe courts belong.
32
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Article 8.
Judicial proceedings pending at the time of the formal delivery in
the islands ceded shall be determined according to the foUov/ing rules
(1) Judgments rendered either in civil suits between private mdi-
viduals, or in criminal matters, before the date mentioned, and with
respect to which tliere is no recoiu'se or right to review under Danish
law, shall be deemed to be final, and shall be executed in due form
and without any renewed
trial whatsoever, by the competent
au-
thority
in
the
territories within which such judgments
are
to
be
carried out.
If,
in
a
criminal
case a mode
of
punishment has been
applied
which, according to new rules,
is no longer applicable on the islands
ceded
after
delivery,
the nearest correspondmg punisliment in
the
new rules shall be applied.
(2)
Civil suits or criminal actions pending before the
first courts,
in which the pleadmgs have not been closed at the same time, shall
be confirmed before
the
tribunals
established
in the ceded islands
after the delivery, m. accordance with the law which shall thereafter
be in force.
(3)
Civil
suits
and
criminal
actions
pending
at
the
said
time
before
the
superior com-t
or the supreme court
in Denmark
shall
continue to be prosecuted before
tlie Danish courts until imal judg-
ment according to
the law hitherto
in
force.
The judgment
shall
be executed in due form by the competent authority
in the
terri-
tories within whicti such judgment should be carried out.
Article 9.
The rights of property secured by copyrights and patents acquired
by Danish subjects in the islands ceded at the time of exchange of
the ratifications of this treaty shall continue to be respected.
Article 10.
Treaties,
conventions, and
all other international agreements
of
any nature existing between Denmark and the United States shall
eo ipso extend, in default of a provision to the contrary, also to the
ceded islands.
Article 11.
In case of
differences of opinion
arising between the High Con-
tracting Parties in regard to the interpretation or application of this
convention such
differences,
if they can not be regulated tlnough
diplomatic
negotiations,
shall be submitted
for
arbitration
to
the
permanent Court of Arbitration at The Hague.
AHicle 12.
The ratification^ of this convention shall be exchanged at Wash-
ington
as soon
as
possible
after
ratification by both
of
the High
Contracting Parties according to their respective procedure.
In faith whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed and
sealed this convention in the Englisli and Danish languages.
ACT TO PROVIDE A TEMPORARY GOVERNMENT FOR THE VIRGIN
ISLANDS.
An Act To provide a temporary government for the West Indian Islands acquired
by the United States from Denmark by the convention entered into between said
countries on the
fourth day
of August,
nineteen hundred and
sixteen,
and
ratified by the Senate of the United States on the seventh day
of September,
nineteen hundred and sixteen, and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House ofRepresentatives oftJie United
States of America in Congress assembled, That, except as hereinafter
provided,
all military, civil, and judicial powers necessary to govern
the West Indian Islands acquired from Denmark shall be vested in a
governor and in such person or persons as the President may appoint,
and shaU be exercised in such manner as the President shall direct
until Congress
shall
provide
for
the government
of
said
islands:
Provided, That the President may assign an
officer of the Army or
Navy to serve as such governor and perform the duties appertaining
to said
office
: And provided further, That the governor of the said
islands shall be appointed by and with the advice and consent
of
the
Senate: And
provided further,
That
the
compensation
of
all
persons appointed under this Act shall be fixed by the President.
Sec. 2. That until Congress shall otherwise provide,
in so far as
compatible with the changed sovereignty and not in conflict with
the
provisions
of
this Act,
the laws
regulating
elections and
the
electoral
franchise
as
set forth
in
the code
of
laws published
at
AmaHenborg the sixth day of April, nineteen hundred and six, and
the other local laws, in force and effect in said islands on the seven-
teenth day of January, nineteen hundred and seventeen, shaU remain
in force and effect in said islands, and the same shall be administered
by the civil officials and through the local judicial tribunals estab-
hshed in said islands, respectively; and the orders, judgments, and
decrees of said judicial tribunals shall be duly enforced.
With the
approval
of the President,
or under such
rules and regulations
as
the
President may
prescribe,
any
of
said laws may be
repealed,
altered,
or amended by
the
colonial
council having
jurisdiction.
The jurisdiction of the judicial tribunals of said islands shall extend
to
all judicial proceedings and controversies in said islands to which
the United States or any citizen thereof may be a party.
In all cases
arising in the said West Indian Islands and now reviewable by the
courts of Denmark, writs of error and appeals shall be to the Circuit
Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit, and, except as provided in
sections two hundi'ed and
thirty-nine and two hundred and forty
of the Judicial Code, the judgments, orders, and decrees of such court
shall be final in all such cases.
Sec. 3. That on and after the passage
of
this Act there shall be
levied, collected, and paid upon
all articles coming into the United
States or its possessions, from the West Indian Islands ceded to the
United States by Denmark, the rates of duty and internal-revenue
taxes which are required to be levied, collected, and paid upon like
articles imported from foreign countries: Provided, That
all articles,
the growth
or product
of,
or manufactured
in such
islands from
60396°—18
3
(33)
34
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
materials the growth or product
of such islands
or
of the United
States, or of both, or which do not contain foreign materials to the
value
of more than twenty per centum
of theh total value, upon
which no drawback
of customs
duties has been
allowed
therein,
coming into the United States from such islands shall hereafter be
admitted free of duty.
Sec. 4. That, until Congress shall otherwise provide,
all laws now
imposing taxes in the said West Indian Islands, including the customs
laws and regulations, shall, in so far as compatible with the changed
sovereignty and not otherwise herein provided, contmue in force and
effect, except that
articles the growth, product,
or manufacture
of
the United States
shall be admitted there
free
of duty: Provided,
That upon exportation of sugar to any foreign country, or the ship-
ment thereof to the United States or any of its possessions, there shall
be levied, collected, and paid thereon an export duty of -18 per ton of
two thousand pounds irrespective of polariscope
test, m lieu of any
export tax now required by law.
Sec. 5. That the duties and taxes collected in pursuance of this
Act shall not be covered into the general fund of the Treasury of the
United States, but shall be used and expended for the government
and benefit of said islands under such rules and regulations
as the
President may prescribe.
Sec.
6. That for the purpose
of taking over and occupying said
islands and
of carrying
this Act into
effect and
to meet any deficit
in the revenues of the said islands resulting from the provisions
of
this Act the sum of SI 00,000 is hereby appropriated, to be paid out
of any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, and to
be applied under the direction of the President of the United States.
Sec.
7. That the sum of $25,000,000
is hereby appropriated, out
of any moneys
in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated,
to be
paid in the city of Washington to the diplomatic representative or
other agent of His Majesty the King of Denmark duly authorized to
receive said money, in fuU consideration of the cession of the Danish
West Indian Islands to the United States made by the convention
between the United States of America and His Majesty the King of
Denmark entered into August fourth, nineteen hundred and sixteen,
and ratified by the Senate of the United States on the seventh day
of September, nhieteon hundred and sixteen.
Sec. 8. That this Act, with the exception of section seven, shall be
in force and effect and become operative immediately upon the pay-
ment by the United States of said sum of $25,000,000.
The fact and
date of such payment shall thereupon be made public by a proclama-
tion issued by the President and published in the said Danish West
Indian Islands and in the United States.
Section seven shall become
immediately
effective and
the
appropriation thereby provided
for
shall be immediately available.
Approved, March 3,
1917.
In accordance with the provisions of the foregoing act of Congress,
Rear Admiral James H. Oliver was appointed naval governor of the
islands and on March 31, 1917, took formal possession, thus marking
the end of a period covering more than half a century of negotiation
and treaty between the United States and Denmark.
POPULATION.
INTRODUCTION.
The
special census
of the
Virgin
Islands
of
the United
States,
taken by the Bureau of the Census as of November
1, 1917, was the
first census
of population under the auspices
of the United States
Government.
For
this
census
a general population schedule was
prepared.
This schedule
differed but
slightly from
that used
for
the
United
States
proper
at
the
Thu'teenth
Census,
1910.
The
printed
instructions
to enumerators as to the method of filhng out
the schedule and as to the manner of determining who should and
who should not be enumerated
in
their
districts, followed
closely
those furnished the Thirteenth Census enumerators
in
the United
States proper, except that the instructions
to the enumerators
in
the
Virgin
Islands
were
briefer and were
modified somewhat
to
accord with changes
in
the schedule and with
conditions on
the
Virgin Islands.
Although the work of enumeration was done between December
24, 1917, and January 12,
1918,
inclusive, the census was taken
as
of November
1, 1917.
During this time there w^as very little travel
on the part of the inhabitants of the Virgin
Islands between
these
islands and other islands or countries, and as few other persons were
arriving at or leaving the islands, the enumeration of the population
approximately two months after the
official census day, November
1, probably had httle effect on the returns.
The
actual work
of enumeration was done by
residents
of the
islands.
In each of the three cities, school-teachers, both male and
female, were appointed enumerators.
In the rural districts the work
of enumeration was done partly by quarter officers
(officers corre-
sponding closely to certain township
officers
in the United States)
and partly by other persons.
On the island of St. Croix, especially,
a number of prominent estate owners and managers generously con-
sented to act as enumerators.
Each island was divided into a num-
ber of enumeration districts—a total of 43 districts for the three
is-
lands.
The enumerators were required
to
visit
each
dwelling
per-
sonall}^ and to collect the statistics provided for on the population
and agriculture schedules.
In the rural districts they were required,
also, to collect from the employers the statistics called for by the
wages and hours
of labor schedule.
In
the
cities
these
statistics
were collected by special enumerators.
(35)
36
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
In the cities tlie returns of each enumerator were examined from
day to day by the
assistants
of the supervisor in charge.
In the
case of the rural enumerators such a daily examination of the returns
was not feasible, but, so far as practicable, a careful examination of
their returns was made before the schedules were finally accepted.
Notwithstanding the large percentage of illiteracy in the Negro pop-
ulation of the Virgin Islands
(29.7 per cent),
it
is believed that in
the case of most of the population inquiries fairly accurate returns
were secured.
The enumerators were earnest and
alert, and
it was
possible to give their work a degree of supervision and examination
which it usually is impossible to give the work of an enumerator in
the United States during the Federal census enumeration, because
of the larger size of a supervisor's district and because he has not a
sufficient number
of trained
assistants.
However,
in
the
case
of
certain inquiries on the population schedule, there may be a consid-
erable element
of error in the returns, due either to lack of knowl-
edge
of the real facts on the part of the persons enumerated or to a
desire on their part not to disclose the real facts.
Error due to one
of these causes probably exists in considerable degree in the returns
as to color or race, age, marital conditon, and citizenship.
The
tables
interspersed throughout
the
text,
together with the
general tables, present statistics for the Virgin Islands of the United
States, and, usually, for each island separately, relating to number of
inhabitants, increase and decrease of population, proportions of urban
and rural, color or race, sex, age, marital condition, place of birth,
males
of
voting and
militia
ages,
citizenship,
school
attendance,
iUiteracy, inability to speak English, number of dweUings and fami-
lies, occupations, and wages and hours of labor.
So
fair
as 'compa-
rable data
for preceding censuses
are
available they are generally
introduced in the 1917 census tabulations.
On account of the wide
differences
in
characteristics among
different
classes
of the popu-
lation,
the
statistics on each subject usually
are shown according
to color or race.
And, since marked differences often exist between
urban
and
rural
communities
with
respect
to
the
composition,
characteristics, and activities of the population, statistics for
cities
and
rural
districts,
respectively,
are presented
in connection with
most
of the subjects.
POPULATION AND
ITS DISTRIBUTION.
Total population.—The total population
of the Virgin Islands
of
the United
States on November
1,
1917, was
26,051.
Compared
with a population
of 27,086 on February
1,
1911, the date
of the
last Danish census, this represents a decrease during the intervening
six years and nine months of 1,035, or 4 per cent.
The total popu-
lation of the islands, and of each of the three principal islands,
as
reported at each census from 1835 to 1917, is given in Table 1.
POPULATION.
37
Table 1
CENSUS YEAR.l
1917
1911
1901
1890
1880
1870
1860
1855
1850
1846
1841
1835
Virgin
Islands.
St. Croix.
St.
Thomas.
26, 051
1-1,901
10, 191
27, 086
15,467
10, 67S
30,527
18, 590
11,012
32,786
19, 7S3
12,019
33,763
18,430
14,389
37,821
22, 700
14,007
38,231
23, 194
13,463
37, 137
22,862
12,560
39, 014
23, 720
13, 066
39,588
24,005
13,073
40, 955
25, (i24
12,776
43, 178
26, 681
14, 022
St. John.
959
941
925
984
944
1,054
1,574
1,715
2,228
2,450
2, 5.55
2,475
1 The census of 1917 was taken by the United Slates.
The censuses prior to 1917 were taken by the Danish
Government.
Decrease in 'population.—The figures presented in Table 1 show that
with the exception
of the censuses
of
1850 and
1860
there was
a
decrease in the population of the Virgin Islands at each succeeding
census from 1835 to
1917.
The decrease during
this
entire period
amounted
to
39.7 per
cent.
The
decrease was
largest during the
decade 1870-1880—a total of 4,058, or 10.7 per cent.
The decrease
in total population between 1835 and 1917 was common to each of
the thi"ee islands, but in each island both the rate of decrease and the
percentage
of total decrease was
different.
The population
of the
island of St. CroLx decreased from 26,681 m 1835 to 14,901 m 1917—
a total decrease of 11,780, or 44.2 per cent.
Only at the censuses of
1860 and 1890 did the population of St. Croix show an increase over
that reported
at
the
preceding
census.
The
increase was
largest
during the decade 1880-1890—1,353,
or
7.3 per
cent.
During the
decade
1870-1880 the decrease in
population was
4,330,
or
19 per
cent.
The island of St. Thomas had a population of 14,022 in 1835
and only 10,191 in 1917, a total decrease during this period of 3,831,
or 27.3 per cent.
The population of this island showed an increase
over that reported at the preceding census at each of five different
censuses—1846,
1850,
1860,
1870,
and
1880.
The
increase
was
largest during the period 1855 to 1860—903, or 7.2 per cent; and the
decrease was largest during the period 1880 to 1890—2,370, or 16.5
per cent.
The population of the island of St. John decreased from
2,475 in 1835 to 959 m 1917, a total decrease of 1,516, or 61.3 per cent.
At each of four different censuses—1841, 1890, 1911, and 1917—the
population
of
St. John was greater than
at
the preceding
census.
The
increase
in population was largest during the
period
1835
to
1841—80, or 3.2 per cent; while the decrease in population,
if the
length of the period be considered, was largest during the five years
1850 to 1855—513, or 23 per cent.
Causes
of decrease in
population.—The many and varied
causes
which contributed
to
the general
decline
in
the population
of the
Virgin Islands
as shown in Table
1 may be grouped conveniently
38
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
under two principal heads—the excess of deaths over births and the
excess of emigration over immigration.
Tlie
figures given
in Table
2
(taken from the AnnuaLre
Statis-
tique du Danemark,
1907, p. 188, and
1916,
p. 216)
show
for the
Virgin Islands the number
of marriages,
births, and deaths, respec-
tively, for each year from 1896-1897 to 1915-1916, inclusive.
Table 3
Mar-
riages.
BIETIIS (AND STILL-
BIRTHS).*
DEATHS (AND STILL-
BIRTHS) .2
Total.
Male.
Female.
Total.
808
996
952
1, 173
1,055
993
954
1, 135
1,329
1,042
1,023
998
906
958
955
1,276
1,399
1,027
1,205
1,080
Male.
Female.
1915-1916
98
138
169
151
147
165
163
173
163
160
173
174
153
162
141
189
224
151
196
133
762
873
855
818
879
915
942
948
982
949
923
920
880
846
1,051
870
1,031
970
885
967
398
440
426
386
460
443
488
480
485
501
470
475
432
412
552
451
546
505
465
503
364
433
429
432
419
472
454
468
497
448
453
445
448
434
499
419
485
465
420
464
396
481
458
564
548
512
4S9
562
641
563
490
460
440
441
408
642
696
489
626
541
412
1914 1915
.
515
1913 1914
494
1912 1913
609
1911 1912
507
lQlO-1911
481
1909-1910
465
1908-1909
573
1907 1908
688
1906-1907
479
1905-1906
533
1904-1905
538
1903-1904
466
190'' 1903
517
1901-1902
487
1900-1901
634
1899-1900
703
1898-1899
538
1897-1898
579
1896-1897
539
in eacn case the year was from Apr. 1 to Mar. 31, Inclusive.
2 Annuaire Statistique du Danemark, 1907, p. 188;
1916, p. 216.
In the Danish report of the 1911 census of the Virgin Islands it is
stated that the statistics of births and deaths are very incomplete,
and that
it
is probable that the percentage of deaths
is much larger
than reported.
In view of this statement,
it
is probable that the
birth and death statistics presented above are defective in the same
manner as those reported for the census of 1911.
But the statistics,
as they stand, show that in two decades,
1896 to
1916, there was,
with but a single exception—the year 1901-2—an annual
excess of
deaths over births.
The causes determining the birth rate and also those determining
the death rate of the Virgin Islands
are both social and economic.
The
present high
infant mortality
rate probably
is
accounted
for
mainly by the fact that most of the parents are poor and dependent
on
their daily wages for a meager livelihood; by the fact that 58.7
per cent of the married women and women living with their husbands
by mutual consent were engaged
in
gainful
occupations
in
1917,
a lai'ge proportion of them as field laborers; and by the further fact
that
a large proportion
of the
children
are born out
of wedlock
69 per cent of those baptized in 1914-15 and 67.9 per cent of those
baptized
in
1915-16.*
Since
these
conditions
are not
peculiar to
* Annuaire Statistique du Danemark.
POPULATION".
39
tlie present they probably account largely,
also, for the high infant
mortality rate in past years.
Without attempting to analyze the causes determining the birth
and death rates, or to measure the effect of each cause, it is sufficient
here to show that the excess of deaths over births probably has not
been large enough to account for the entire decrease in population.
As shown by Table
1, the decrease in population between 1901 and
1911 was
3,441.
Table
2
shows
that
for
the
years
1901-2
to
1910-11,
inclusive,
the
total number
of
births was
9,356 and the
total number of deaths 10,293, an excess of deaths over births of 937.
Deducting this excess of 937 from the 3,441 decrease in population for
the decade 1901-1911 leaves a remaining decrease
of
2,504, which
must be ascrihed to the excess of emigration over immigration.
It
is
possible
that during
earlier decades
a
larger proportion
of
the
decrease in population may have been due to an excess of deaths over
births than was the case durhig the decade 1901-1911, but it is prob-
able that during most of the period covered by the census statistics of
the Virgin Islands—1835-1917—much of the decrease in population
was due to an excess of emigration over immigration.
In the case
of the Vhgin Islands the excess
of emigration over
immigi'ation
probably
has
been
due
mairdy
to
economic
causes.
Many causes have worked together to retard the economic develop-
ment and prosperity of these islands, and their lack of economic pros-
perity has been the chief cause of most of the emigration.
Several times within the
last
100 years the Virgin Islands have
been swept by violent hurricanes, some of which, such as that of 1867
and that of 1916, were very destructive to property.
Great amounts
of wealth were destroyed by these different hm-ricanes, and in some
cases
it took years after a hurricane for the islands to recover from
the effects.
St. Thomas was formerly the most important of the Antilles as the
general depot
of European trade with the West Indies.
It was a
free
port,
it had an
excellent
harbor,
and
its
advantageous
geo-
graphic
position at the
center of the
great bend
described by the
We^ Indian Islands made
it the pomt whence commodities could
most easdy be
distributed throughout
all
the surrounding
insular
groups.
In these days it was visited by the merchant ships of many
nations,
it had numerous large warehouses, and
it did a very large
and thriving commercial business.
But the iatroduction of steam-
ships brought the other West Indian Islands iato direct and regular
steamship commimication with the great supplying markets
of the
world, and
St. Thomas lost
its former monopoly.
The number of
vessels visiting the island annually feU
off greatly, and there was a
consequent great decline in the commercial business done and in the
economic prosperity of the island.
40
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
The Virgin Islands owed much of their former prosperity to the
sugar industry.
Sugar cane was the chief agricultural product, and
it was grown extensively on each of the islands.
Even the steep and
mountainous country of St, Thomas and St. John was devoted to its
growth, although it was necessary to terrace the hillsides to prevent
the soil washing away, and to do all the work of cultivation by hand
labor.^
Likewise, on the island of St. Croix, not only the level land
but
also
the
steep
hills were
once
covered by sugar
plantations.
But for many years sugar cane has not been grown on St. Thomas.
At present but little sugar cane is grown on St. John, and most of the
sugar plantations which formerly covered the mountainous parts of St.
Croix either have been abandoned or devoted to other uses.
To-day
the fertile plain on the south side of St. Croix is the only important
area devoted to sugar cane.
The sugar industry
of the Virgin Islands
doubtless was injured
somewhat by the abolition of slavery in 1848; but, smce the wages
paid the freedmen, subsequently, were
quite low,
the
abolition
of
slavery probably was not a large factor in the decline of the industry.
The industry
also
suffered during several years from droughts and
the consequent poor crops.
But the principal cause of the decline
of the sugar industry of the Virgin Islands seems to have been
its
inability
to
withstand
competition
with
the
sugar
grown
more
cheaply elsewhere and marketed under more favorable
conditions.
On the Virgin Island hills, formerly cultivated in sugar cane,
it was
impossible to use modern labor-saving maohmery; and on the level
areas,
still cultivated, the inhabitants of the islands have been slow
to
readjust
their
agricultural
methods
to new
conditions.
The
islands found it especially difficult to compete with the beet sugar of
other countries which usually was produced by
the most modern
methods
of
agriculture
and manufacture
and which
usually was
fostered and protected by Government bounty.
Competition was
the more
difficult because
the sugar
of
the
Virgin
Islands
in
the
United
States, which
is
its natural market, had
to pay
full
tariff
duty and there compete with the home-grown product, and, recently,
with Cuban and
territorial
sugars
that
enjoyed some
measui?e
of
protection.
Population
of
cities.-—The
Virgin
Islands
contain
three
cities,
namely,
Christiansted and Frederiksted on the island
of
St.
Croix,
and Charlotte Amalie on the island of St. Thomas.-
The population
of each of these cities in 1917, as compared with 1911, was as follows:
Christiansted, 4,574, as compared with 4,592—a loss of
18; Freder-
^ These hillsides, now mostly covered mth grass, are
still plainly marked by the
old terraces, and many ruins of former sugar mills are still standing.
'^ In addition to the three cities, there is the small incorporated village of Cruz Bay
on the island of St. John.
Its population in 1917 was only 50.
POPULATION.
41
iksted,
3,144,
as compared with 3,203—a loss
of 59; and Charlotte
Amalie, 7,747, as compared with 8,247—a loss of 500.
The popula-
tion of each city as reported at each census from 1835
to
1917,
is
given in Table 3.
Urban and rural population compared.—For purposes of tabulation
and for the presentation of population statistics, the Virgm Islands
have been divided into
six
areas,
thi-ee urban and
three
rural,
as
follows: The
cities
of
Christiansted,
Frederiksted,
and
Charlotte
Amalie, respectively; the rural
districts of St. Croix; the rural
dis-
tricts of St. Thomas; and the entire island of St. Jolm,
all of which is
considered
rural.
The
population
of each
of
these
areas
at each
census from 1835 to 1917
is given m Table
3, which follows:
TOTAL POPULATION FOR ISLANDS, CITIES, AND RURAL DISTRICTS:
1S35-1917.>
Table 3
CENSUS YEAR.
AKEA.
1917
(Nov.
1).
1911
(Feb.
1).
1901
(Feb.
1).
1890
(Oct. 9).
1880
(Oct. 9).
1870
(Oct. 9).
26,051
27, 086
30,527
32,786
33,763
37 821
15, 465
10,586
16,042
11,044
17, 768
12, 759
18,637
14, 149
20, 183
13,580
17^ 196
St. Croix
14,901
15, 467
18,590
19, 783
18,430
22 760
Christiansted
4,574
3,144
7,183
10, 191
4,592
3,203
7,672
10,678
5,483
3,745
9,362
11,012
5,499
3,683
10, 601
12, 019
4,939
3,480
10,011
14, 389
5,127
3,817
13,816
14,007
St. Thomas
Charlotte Amalie
7,747
2,444
959
8,247
2,431
941
8,540
2,472
925
9,455
2,564
984
11,764
2, 623
944
11,081
2,326
1,054
St. John 2
Rural districts
959
941
925
984
944
1,054
CENSUS YEAB.
AEEA.
1860
(Oct. 9).
1856
(Oct. 9).
1850
(May 13).
1846
(Oct. 1).
1841
(Oct.
1).
1835
(Oct. 1).
38,231
37, 137
39, 614
39,588
40,955
43, 178
Cities
20, 100
18, 131
19, 378
17,759
19, 639
19, 975
18,012
21, 576
17,803
23, 152
19, 194
23, 984
Rural districts
St. Crois
23, 194
22,862
23,720
24,065
25, 624
26 681
5,321
3,398
14, 475
13,463
5,260
2,957
14, 645
12,560
5,370
2,886
15, 464
13,666
5,108
2,344
16,613
13,073
5,336
2,391
17, 897
12,776
5,806
2,317
18,558
14 022
Frederiksted
Rural districts
St. Thomas
Charlotte Amalie
11,381
2,082
1,574
11,161
1,399
1,715
11,383
2,283
2,228
10, 560
2,513
2,450
10, 076
2,700
2,555
11 071
Rural districts
2*951
St. John 2
2 475
Rural districts
1,574
1,715
2,228
2,450
2,555
2 475
' Thecensus of 1917 was taken by the United States.
The censuses prior to 1917 were taken by the Danish
Government.
2 The entire population of St. John is considered rural.
42
THE VIRGIK ISLANDS.
In 1917 the tlaree cities of the Virgin Islands of the United States
together contained 15,465 inhabitants, or 59.4 per cent of the total
population, while 10,586 inhabitants, or 40.6 per cent, hved in rural
districts.
In 1911 the three
cities contained 16,042 inhabitants^, or
59.2 per cent
of the
total population, while
11,044 inhabitants,
or
40.8 per
cent, hved
in
rui-al
districts.
In
these
islands,
as m the
United States, a larger and larger proportion of the population has
been gradually concentrating in the
cities.
In 1835 the thi-ee cities
oontamed only 44.5 per cent
of the
total population, and m
1850
only 49.6 per cent,
as compared with 59.4 per cent m
1917.
Tlie
population of St. Croix was 51.8 per cent urban and 48.2 per cent
rural in 1917, as compared with a population in 1850 which was 34.8
per cent urban and 65.2 per cent rural.
In 1917 the population of
St. Thomas was 76 per cent urban and 24 per cent rural, while in
1850 its population was 83.3 per cent urban and 16.7 per cent rural.
The entire population
of St. John
is considered rural.
The largest
population reported for
its small village of Cruz Bay at any census
smce that of 1835 was 147, in 1860.
The numerical decrease in the population of each separate island
is shown by the statistics presented in Table
1
(page 37) and is dis-
cussed in the accompanying text.
The statistics presented in Table
3 show the numerical increase or decrease in the urban and in the
rural population of each respective area.
The combined population
of the thi-ee cities decreased from 19,194 in 1835 to 15,465 in 1917—
total decrease of 3,729, or 19.4 per cent.
The total urban population
was largest at the census of 1870—20,625.
Between 1870 and 1917
it decreased rapidly, the decrease for this period being 5,160, or 25
per cent.
The total rm-al population was at its maximum in 1835
23,984.
It decreased at each succeeding census from 1835
to 1917
except at the censuses of 1860 and 1890.
Tlie decrease for the entire
period was 13,398, or 55.9 per cent.
The total urban population of
St. Croix was
at
its highest
in
1901—9,228—and
at
its lowest
in
1846—7,452.
It decreased from 8,123 in 1835 to 7,718 m 1917—
total decrease of 405, or 5 per cent.
This decrease was confined to
the
city
of Christiansted,
the population
of which decreased from
5,806 m 1835 to 4,574 in 1917, a decrease of 1,232, or 21.2 per cent.
During
this
period
the population
of Frederiksted
increased from
2,317
to
3,144, an increase of 827, or 35.7 per cent.
However,
at
four different censuses—1846,
1880,
1911, and 1917—its population
showed
a
decrease over
that
at
the preceding
census.
The
rural
population of St. Croix decreased gradually from
18,558 in 1835 to
7,183 in 1917, a total decrease of 11,375, or 61.3 per cent.
Only at
the census of 1890 was the rural population of the island larger than
at
the
preceding
ceasus.
The
urban
population
of
St. Thomas
reached its maximum in 1880—11,764—and
its minimum in 1917
POPULATION.
43
7,747.
Its
total decrease from
1835
to
1917 was
3,324,
or 30 per
cent.
In
1835, the rural population of St. Thomas was 2,951 and,
in 1917, 2,444, a decrease of 507, or 17.2 per cent.
Density of popviation.—Authorities do not agree as to the area of
the Virgin Islands of the United States.
The area given varies from
132 to 142 square miles.
According to one authority,
St. CroLx
is
84.25 square miles in area,
St. Thomas 28.25 square miles, and St.
John 19.97 square miles, making a total of 132.47 square miles for
the three prmcipal islands, which together contain practically all the
inhabitants.
If these
areas be accepted
as approximately correct,
the average number of persons per square mile for the land area of
the three principal islands in 1917 was 19G.7,
as compared with 30.9
per square mile of land area in continental United States, and with
325.5 per square mile in Porto Rico m
1910.'
In 1917
the number
of inhabitants per square mile, based on the area as given above,
was 176.9 on St. Ci-oix, 360.7 on St. Thomas, and 48 on St. John.
Table 4
ISLAND AND MINOR CIVIL DIVISION.
Virgin Islands
St. Croix
Christiansted
Frederiksted
Rural districts
East End Quarter
Company's Quarter
Queen's Quarter
King's Quarter
Prlaee's Quarter
North Side "A" Quarter..
North Side "B" Quarter..
West End Quarter
St. Thomas
Charlotte Amalie
King's Quarter
Queen's Quarter
Crown Prince's Quarter...
Rural districts
Frenchman's Bay Quarter
Red Uoolx Quarter
Kast End Quarter
New Quarter
Great North Side Quarter-
Little North Side Quarter.
South Side Quarter
West End Quarter
St. John
Cruz Bay Quarter
Cruz Bay village
Mahol Quarter
Reef Bay Quarter
Coral Bay Quarter
East End Quarter
population:
1917.
Total.
14,901
4,574
3, 144
7,183
143
939
1,398
1,246
1,678
697
106
1,076
10, 191
7,747
3,020
1,790
2,937
2,444
78
43
85
980
292
86
840
40
269
50
164
44
345
137
Male.
Female.
7,133
2,008
1,289
3,836
85
489
743
688
872
333
61
565
4,357
3,130
1,316
665
1,149
1,227
65
18
47
448
144
40
438
27
91
19
176
70
14, 052
2,566
1,855
3,347
58
450
655
558
806
264
45
511
5,834
4,617
1,704
1,125
1, 788
1,217
13
25
38
532
148
4G
402
13
450
116
25
73
25
169
67
* In the report of the Danish census of 1911 the density of population is based on a
total area for all the islands of 358.9 square kilometers, or 138.41 square miles.
This
area gives a density in 1917 of 188.2 persons per square mile of total area.
44
THE VrBGIN
ISLAIiTDS.
Minor civil divisions.—Each of the Virgin Islands
is divided into
a number of "quarters/' and each of these quarters is made up of a
number
of "estates"
or plantations.
The "quarter,"
as
a
minor
civil division, corresponds in the rural districts more or less closely
to the
township
in
the United
States.
In
the
city
of Charlotte
Amalie, which contains three entire quarters—King's, Queen's, and
Crown
Prince's—the quarter corresponds somewhat
closely to
the
ward
of a
city.
Table
4 shows by sex the population
in
1917
of
the
islands
and
the
different
quarters,
here
collectively
termed
"minor civil divisions."
COLOR OR RACE.
The classification by color or race distinguishes four main groups,
namely, white, Negro, mixed, and "all other."
The term "mixed"
is used to designate persons of mixed white and Negro blood.
The great
difficulty of securing an accurate measurement
of the
extent of race mixture through inquiry at a general census is evident.
Some of those enumerated are ignorant of the facts as to their race,
while others may desire to conceal the facts.
Also,
if the race mix-
ture usually is shown by a difference in color,
it is quite probable the
enumerator fi-equently
will neglect
to
ask
the
race
of
the person
being enumerated, and will enter the apparent race on the schedide
in accordance with the person's shade of color.
An examination
of the enumerators' retm'ns
of color or race,
as
tabulated by enumeration
districts,
indicates
strongly
that some
of the enmneratoi*s did not
distinguish carefully between Negroes
and persons of mixed white and Negro blood as they were instructed
to
do.
The variation
in the proportion that the mixed are
of
all
persons retm*ned, and especially of
all colored persons,
is so great
between contiguous enumeration districts of the same area as to cast
grave doubt on the accuracy of the retm-ns.
It
is believed that a
considerable number
of persons
of mixed white and Negro blood
were returned as Negroes, and, consequently, that the total number
of Negroes
is somewhat exaggerated while the total number of per-
sons of mixed white and Negro blood is understated.
It is also pos-
sible that some persons of mixed white and Negro blood were retm'ned
as white.
Of the total population of the Virgin Islands of the United States
in 1917, 1,922, or 7.4 per cent, were whites; 19,523, or 74.9 per cent,
were Negroes; 4,563, or 17,5 per cent, were of mixed white and Negro
blood; and 43, or tv/o-tenths of
1 per cent, were of other races.
Of
the 43 persons of "other races,"
15 were returned as Chinese, 7 as
Filipinos, 8 as Indians, 8 as "Coolies," 2 as Hindus,
1
as Burmese,
and the color
of 2 was not specified.
At no census
of the Virgin
Islands prior to that of 1917 was inquiry made as to the color or race
POPULATTOlSr.
45
of the people.
The distribution, according to color or race
of the
population of each separate island and of each principal subdivision,
is given for the census of 1917 in
Table 5.
Table 5
COLOR OR race: 1917.
AREA.
White.
Negro.
Mixed.
All other.
Number.
Per
cent.
Number.
Per
cent.
Number.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
1,922
7.4
19, 523
74.9
4,563
17.5
43
0.2
Cities
1,086
836
7.0
7.9
10,930
8,593
70.7
81.2
3,426
1,137
22.2
10.7
23
20
0.1
Rural districts
0.2
St Croix
625
4.2
12,238
82.1
2,016
13.5
22
1
Cliristiansted
259
107
259
1,293
6.7
3.4
3.6
12.7
3,306
2,559
6,373
6,595
72.3
81.4
88.7
64.7
1,003
477
536
2,283
21.9
15.2
7.5
22.4
6
1
15
20
1
0.2
St. Thomas
0.2
Charlotte AmaUe
.
720
573
4
9.3
23.4
0.4
5,065
1,530
690
65.4
62.6
71.9
1,946
337
264
25,1
13.8
27.5
16
4
1
2
Rural districts
2
St John
1
1 Less than one-tenth of 1 per cent.
Table 5 shows that whites formed a larger proportion of the pop-
ulation of St. Thomas (12.7 per cent) than
of that of St. Croix
(4.2
per cent) or St. John
(0.4 per cent).
The large proportion (23.4 per
cent) whites formed
of the
rural population
of
St. Thomas
is ex-
plained by the fact that two small marine camps and a large settle-
ment
of white fishermen were located
in the rural
districts
of the
island.
Negroes formed
a
larger proportion
of
the population
of
St. Croix (82.1 per cent) than that of St. Thomas (64.7 per cent) or
St. John (71.9 per cent).
In the rural
districts of St. Croix nearly
nine-tenths (88.7 per cent) of the population were Negroes.
Persons
of mixed race formed the largest percentage of the population on the
island of St. John—27.5.
More than seven-tenths (70.7 per cent) of
i'^<^. total urban, and more than eight-tenths
(81.2 per cent)
of the
total rural dwellers were Negroes.
Of the total wliites of the Virgin Islands,
1,086, or 56.5 per cent,
were urban, and 836,
or 43.5 per cent, were rural dwellers; of the
total Negroes,
10,930, or 56 per cent, were urban, and 8,593, or 44
per cent, were rural dwellers; and of the total mixed, 3,426, or 75.1
per cent, were urban, and 1,137, or 24.9 per cent, were rural dwellers.
Distributed b}^ islands, 625, or 32.5 per cent, of the whites lived on
St. Croix;
1,293, or 67.3 per cent, on St. Thomas; and 4, or 0.2 per
cent, on
St. John.
Of the Negroes,
12,238, or 62.7 per cent, lived
on St. Croix; 6,595, or 33.8 per cent, on St. Thomas; and 690, or 3.5
per cent, on St. John.
Two thousand and sixteen, or 44.2 per cent,
46
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
of the mixed lived on St. Croix; 2,283, or 50 per cent, on St. Thomas;
and 264, or 5.8 per cent, on St. John.
In Table 6 the population of the islands and the different minor
civil divisions, or "qnarters," is shown by color or race for 1917.
Table 6
ISLAND AND MINOE CIVIL DIVISION.
Virgin Islands
St. Croix
Chiristian.sted
Frcderitated
Rural districts
East End Quarter
Company's Quarter
Queen's Quarter
Kan(;'s Quarter
Prince's Quarter
North Side "A" Quarter...
North Side. "B" Quarter.
West End Quarter
St. Thomas
Charlotte Amalie
King's Quarter
,
Queen's Quarter
Crown Prince's Quarter
Rural districts
Frenchman's Bay Quarter
Red Hook Quarter
East End Quarter
New Quarter
Great North Side Quarter.
Little North Side Quarter
South Side Quarter
West End Quarter
St. John
Cruz Bay Quarter,
Ortiz Bay vills^e
Mahol Quarter
Reef Bay Quarter
Coral Bay Quarter
East End Quarter
population:
1917.
AU
cla-sses.
26,051
14,e01
10,191
7,747
3,020
1,790
2,937
2,444
78
43
85
980
292
86
840
40
959
269
50
164
44
345
137
White.
625
2.59
107
259
19
47
36
57
42
13
1
44
1,293
720
525
155
40
573
62
6
65
74
4
358
4
Netrro and
mi.Ked.
24,086
14,254
4,300
3,0.36
6,909
121
892
1,362
1,184
1,635
583
104
1,028
8, 878
7,011
2,487
1,627
2,897
1,867
16
43
79
913
218
82
480
36
954
265
4S
164
43
345
137
All
other.
SEX DISTRIBUTION.
In the population
of the Virgin Islands
of the United States in
1917 there were 11,999 males and 14,052 females, or 85.4 males to
100 females.
In 1911 there were 12,508 males and 14,578 females,
or 85.8 males to 100 females.
The sex distribution of the population
of each island and of each principal subdivision, in 1917 and in 1911,
respectively, is given in Table 7.
The
statistics presented
in Table
7 show that the females
out-
numbered the males in St. Croix, in St. Thomas, and in each of the
three cities, both in 1917 and in 1911.
In 1917 the males outnum-
bered the females in each rural
district,
and, in
1911,
in the rural
districts
of St. Croix.
In the rural
districts
of
St. Thomas and in
St. John the number of females exceeded the number of males in 1911.
POPULATION":
47
Table 7
POPULATION.
AREA.
1917
1911
Total.
Male.
Female.
Total.
Male.
Female.
Virgin Islands
26,051
11,999
14,052
27,086
12,508
14,578
Cities
15, 465
10,586
6,427
5,572
9,038
5,014
16,042
11,044
6,589
5,919
9,453
Rural districts.
5,125
St. Croix
14,901
7,133
7,768
15,467
7,563
7,904
4,.574
3,144
7,183
10, 191
2,Q08
1,289
3,836
4,357
2,566
1,855
3,347
5,834
4,5(12
3,203
7,672
10, 678
1,970
IjS.'^S
4,255
4,495
2, 622
1,865
Rural districts
3,417
St. Tliomas
-
6,183
7,747
2,444
959
3,130
1,227
509
4,617
1,217
450
8,247
2,431
941
3,281
1,214
450
4,966
1,217
St. John'
491
> The entire population of St. John is considered rural.
The number of males to 100 females in 1917 was 91.8 in St. Croix,
74.7
in
St.
Tliomas, and
113.1
in
St. John.
In Christiansted the
proportion was 78.3 males to 100 females, in Frederiksted 69.5 males
to 100 females, and in Charlotte Amalie 67.8 males to 100 females.
In the three
cities combined there were 71.1 males to 100 females,
while in the combined rural districts there were 111.1 males to 100
females.
In Table 8 the proportion which the persons of each sex
formed of the total population in 1917, 1911, 1901, and 1890, respec-
tively,
is shown for the Virgin Islands, for each island, and for each
principal subdivision.
Tattle 8
PEE CENT DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION.
AEEA-
1917
1911
1901
1890
Male.
Female.
Male.
Female.
Male.
Female.
Male.
Female.
46.1
53.9
46.2
53.8
46.0
54.0
44.8
55.2
Cities
41.6
52. 6
58.4
47.4
41.1
53.6
58.9
46.4
39.9
54.5
60.1
45.5
38.3
53.4
61.7
Rural districts
46.6
St
Croix
47.9
52.1
48.9
51.1
49.8
50.2
48.2
51.8
Christiansted
43.9
41.0
53.4
42.8
56.1
59.0
46.6
57.2
42.9
41.8
55.5
42.1
57.
58.2
44.5
57.9
43.6
40.6
57.1
39.4
56.4
59.4
42.9
60.6
42.0
37.9
55.0
38.5
58.0
Frederiksted. . .'.
62.1
45.0
St. Thomas
61.5
Charlotte Amalie
40.4
50.2
53.1
59.6
49.8
46.9
39.8
49.9
47.8
60.2
50.1
52.2
37.3
46.6
48.1
62.7
53.4
51.9
36.2
46.9
52.5
63.8
Rural districts
53.1
St. .Tohn 1
47.5
I The entire population of St. John is considered rural.
48
TBCE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
The percentages given
in Table
8 show
that during
the
period
1890 to 1917 females were in the majority in the
total population
of the islands, in the total urban population, and in the population
of each
city, while males were
in the majority
in
the
total rural
population and in the rural population
of
St. Croix.
In the rural
population of St. Thomas males were in the majority in
1917, and
females in 1911, 1901, and 1890.
In the population of
St. John the
number of males exceeded the number of females in 1890 and 1917,
while the number of females exceeded the number of males in 1901
and in 1911.
Table 8 also shows that during the period 1890 to 1917
there was no marked change in the proportion each sex formed of the
total population or of the population of any specified area, except that
of St. John.
Table 9, below, shows that during the entire period 1835
to 1917
there was a change
of but
1
in the number
of males and
females,
respectively,
in each
100
of
the
population.
During
the
period 1835 to 1855, however, there was a decrease of 1.7 males and
an increase of 1.7 females in each 100 of the population.
Table 9
CENSUS YEAE.
PER CENT.
CENSUS TEAR.
PEE CENT.
Male.
Female.
Male.
Female.
1917
46.1
46.2
46.0
44.6
44.1
45.7
5,3.9
53.8
54.0
55.2
55.9
54.3
1860
43.5
43.4
44.1
44.0
44.4
45.1
56 5
1911
1855
56.6
1901
1850
55 9
1899
1846
56.0
1880
.
1841
55 6
1870
1835
54.9
The excess of females over males in the population of the Virgin
Islands may be due to some extent to an excess of male over female
emigration.
But that the preponderance of females probably is due
largely to the death rate being different for each sex
is indicated by
the statistics presented in Table 11
(p. 51), which shows for 1917 and
for 1911 the number of males and of females in each respective quin-
quennial age period.
The figures show that the excess
of females
over males was not confined principally to the chief productive age
periods, during which emigration to secure work or for other purposes
probably would be
greater
for males
than
for
females,
but
that
females exceeded males in each quinquennial age period in 1917, and
in each quinquennial age period except one—40-44 years—in 1911.
At each census the excess of females over males was greatest, propor-
tionally, from
age
65
on,
and not
during
the younger and more
productive age periods.
In Table 10 the population of the Virgin Islands,
of each island,
and
of each
principal subdivision
is shown by sex for each main
class of the population.
POPULATION.
49
MALES AND FEM VLES AND RATIO OF MALES TO FEMALES FOR ISLANDS, CITIES, AND
RLIRAL DISTRICTS:
1917.
Table lO
TOTAL POPULATION:
1017.
•WTIITE.
AREA.
Male.
Female.
Males
to 100
females.
•
Male.
Female.
M»1-!S
to
J 00
females.
11,998
14,052
85.4
1,198
724
165 5
7
6,42
9,038
5,014
71.1
111.1
694
.104
392
332
177
5,572
151.8
St. Croix
7,133
7,708
91.8
.171
254
146.1
Christiansted
2,008
1,289
3,836
4,357
2, .566
1,855
3,347
5,834
78.3
69.5
114.6
74.7
1.58
59
154
823
101
48
105
470
156
4
Froderiksted
146 7
Rural districts
St. Thomas
17.V 1
Charlotte Amalio
3,130
1,227
509
4,617
1,217
450
67.8
100. R
113.1
477
346
4
243
227
IQfi
!»
152
4
St John
(')
Rural districts
509
450
113.1
1
0)
NEGRO.
MIXED.
ALL OTHER.l
AREA.
Male.
Female.
Males
to 100
females.
Male.
Fe-
male.
Males
to 100
females.
Male.
Fe-
male.
Virgin Islands
8,990
10,533
85.4
1778
2
78.-5
63.8
33
10
Cities
4,514
4,476
6,416
4,117
70.4
108.7
1.204
574
2,222
563
.54.2
102.0
15
18
8
Rural districts
2
St. Croix
5,894
6,344
92.9
850
1,166
72.9
18
1
Christiansted
1,454
1,0G3
3,377
2,722
1, 852
1,495
2,096
3,873
78.5
71.1
112.7
70.3
392
166
292
798
611
311
244
1,485
64.2
53.4
119.7
53.7
4
1
13
14
2
Frederiksted
Rural districts
2
St. Thomas
Q
Charlotte Amaiic
1,997
725
374
3.068
805
316
65.1
90.1
118.
646
152
l.TO
1,300
185
134
49.7
82.2
97.0
10
4
1
g
Rural districts
St. John
Rural districts
374
31 fi
lis
4
13(1
134
97
1
1
1 Ratio not shown where base is loss than 50.
Table 10 shows that
in 1917 the number of females exceeded the
number of males in the total population (85.4 males to 100 females),
in the total urban population (71.1 males to 100 females), and in the
population of each urban area; while the number of males exceeded
the number of females in the total rural population
(111.1 males to
100 females) and
in the population
of each
rural
area.
The sex
distribution
in
1917,
however,
differed
greatly
for
the
different
classes of the population.
In the case of white persons males greatly
exceeded
the females
in the
total population
(165.5 males
to
100
60396°—18
4
50
THE VTEGIN ISLANDS.
females) and in the population of each separate area.
In Charlotte
Amalie there were 196.3 males to 100 females.
In the
case of the
Negroes females exceeded males in the total population
(85.4 males
to 100 females),
in the total urban population
(70.4 males
to 100
females), and
in the population of each urban
area;
while males
exceeded females in the total rural population
(108.7 males
to
100
females) and in the rural population of
St. Croix and St. John.
In
the
riu-al population of St. Thomas there were only 90.1 males to
100
females.
In
the
case
of persons
of mixed
race females
out-
numbered males in the total population (63.8 males to 100 females)
and in the population of each separate area except the rural districts
of St. Croix, where there were 119.7 males to 100 females.
AGE DISTRIBUTION.
Census
returns
relating
to
age
generally
contain more
or
less
error.
Such error usually
is due in part to the fact that many of
the persons enumerated do not know their exact age, in part to the
fact that in some cases the age is intentionally misstated, and in part
to the fact that in many cases the enumerators obtain information as
to the age of the person enumerated from a third person who can
give the age only approximately.
It is believed that the age returns
in the Virgin Islands were affected by each of these causes.
Negroes
comprised 74.9 per cent of the total population.
The rate of iUiteracy
is v*y high among the Negroes (29.7 per cent), and
it
is probable
that many of them do not know their exact age.
Tiic number
of
persons who
intentionally
misstated
their
age
is
believed
to
be
small, but the number of cases in which the enumerator secured the
information as to age from a tliird party probably was rather large.
Doubtless the information as
to age was furnished the enumerator
by a third party more frequently in the case of males than in
the
case of females, since, without doubt, a larger proportion of women
than of men were seen by the enumerators in their house-to-house
visitation.
Table 11 shows by sex the number and the proportion of persons
in each quinquennial age period at the censuses of 1917 and 1911.
The
statistics presented
in Table
11 show that
the
distribution
of
the population by five-year age
periods
in
1917
did not
differ
materially from that in 1911.
At each census a considerably larger
proportion
of the males than
of the females were in the lower age
periods (under 25 years in 1917, and under 20 years in 1911), and a
considerably smaller proportion in the higher age periods
(60 years
and over in 1917, and 50 years and over in 1911.)
POPULATION.
DISTRIBUTION BY SEX AND AGE PERIODS: 1917 AND
1911.
51
Table 11
AGE PERIOD.
A 11 ages.
Under 5 j'cars
Under 1 year.
5 to
9 years.
10 to 14 years.
15 to 19 years.
20 to 24 years.
25 to 29 years
30 to 34 years.
35 to 39 years.
40 to 44 years.
45 to 49 years.
50 to 54 years
55 to 59 years
60 to 64 years
65 to 69 years
70 to 74 years.
75 to 79 years.
80 to 84 years.
85 to 89 years
90 to 94 years
95 to 99 years
,
100 years and over
Age unknown
All ages.
Under 5 years
Under 1 year.
5 to
9 years.
10 to 14 years
15 to 19 years.
20 to 24 years.
25 to 29 years
30 to 34 years.
35 to 39 years.
40 to 44 years.
45 to 49 years.
50 to 54 years.
55 to 59 years.
60 to 64 years
05 to 69 years.
70 to 74 years.
75 to 79 years
80 to 84 years
85 to 89 years
90 to 94 years
95 to 99 years
100 years and over.
Age unknown
POPULATION.
1917
Total.
26,051
2,430
405
2,430
2,461
2,209
2,521
2,200
1,915
2,017
1,702
1,471
1,238
979
915
632
452
273
116
63
21
3
3
Male.
11, 999
1,191
169
1, 164
1,1S3
1,023
1,229
1,010
846
934
S21
714
574
455
362
227
136
90
21
14
5
Female,
14,052
1,239
206
1,266
1,278
1,186
1,292
1,190
1,069
1,083
881
757
664
524
553
-105
316
183
95
49
16
3
3
1911
Total.
27,086
2,465
480
2,513
2,280
2,423
2,392
2,476
2,171
2,180
1,690
1,696
1,356
1,019
913
550
460
266
149
49
16
7
1
14
Male.
1,227
232
1,238
1,082
1, 150
1,050
1, 131
1,065
1,039
857
803
601
444
334
/04
153
76
32
9
4
3
Female.
PER CENT DISTRIBUTION.
100.0
9.3
1.6
9.4
8.5
9.7
8.4
7.4
7.7
6.5
5.6
4.8
3.8
3.5
2.4
1.7
1.0
0.4
0.2
0.1
(1)
C)
9.9
1.7
9.9
8.5
10.2
8.4
7.1
7.8
6.8
6.0
4.8
3.8
3.0
1.9
1.1
0.8
0.2
0)
9.0
9.1
8.4
9.2
8.5
7.6
7.7
6.3
5.4
4.7
3.7
3.9
2.9
2.2
1.3
0.7
0.3
0.1
100.0
9.1
1.8
9.1
8.0
8.0
6.2
6.3
5.0
3.8
3.4
2.0
1.7
1.0
0.6
0.2
0.1
()
0)
0.1
100.0
9.9
8.7
9.2
8.4
9.0
8.5
8.3
6.9
6.4
4.8
3.5
2.7
1.6
1.2
0.6
0.3
(1)
14,578
1,238
248
1,275
1,198
1,273
1,342
1,345
1,106
1,141
833
893
575
579
346
307
190
117
40
12
4
1
100.0
8.5
1.7
8.7
8.2
9.2
7.6
7.8
5.7
6.1
5.2
3.9
4.0
2.4
2.1
1.3
0.8
0.3
0.1
1 I>ess than one-tenth of
1 per cent.
The median age of a population group is the age with reference to
which half the members of the group are younger and half are older.
The median age is thus both a simple and a significant expression of
the age
of a population.
In
1917
the median age
of
the popula-
52
THE VIHGIN ISLANDS.
tion
of
tlie Virgin Islands was
25.9
years.
For the males
it was
24.7 and for the females 27 years.
In order to get the median age
at the census
of 1911
it will be necessary to distribute the popula-
tion in the age period 25 to 29 to the single years, since the number in
each single year of age is not reported.
If it be assumed that in the
age period 25
to 29 the proportion of the total persons and of the
persons
of each sex
in each single year
of age was approximately
the same in 1911 and 1917, then the median age of the total popula-
tion in 1911 was 26.7 years, that of the males being 25.8 years and
of the females 27.4 years.
The number and the proportion of persons in each broad age period
in 1917
is shown by sex for the Virgin
Islands,
for each separate
island, and for each principal subdivision in Table 12.
According to Tal)le 12 of the total population of the Virgin Islands
in 1917, 9.3 per cent was under 5 years of age, 18.8 per cent 5 to 14,
18.2 per cent 15 to 24, 30.1 per cent 25 to 44, 17.7 per cent 45 to 64,
and 6 per cent was 65 years of age or over.
In the total population
and in the urban population the lower age periods included a larger
proportion of the males than of the females, while the reverse was
true in case of the higher age periods.
The large proportion of the
females of Frederiksted 65 years of age and over
(10.8 per cent)
is
significant,
as
is the large proportion of the population of St. John
under 5, and 5 to 14 years of age, respectively.
In Table 13 the age distribution in 1917
is given by sex for each
principal color or race element
of
the population by five-year age
periods and by single years for the population under 25 years of age.
POPULATION.
53
A-^
"
fl
^B
H
><
<a
2
s
05 -^
.-H iO lO
CO
0000
M
cc c^ c^
o
OcDO
OS
lO CO CO
--<
Oi 0:1
^o
Oi "O
M
'^''co"'
C^OO iO
C3
'COO
Ol
(N CD t^
COGS'©
(T'CO C^
I-- to --H
1-- LOCO
•- to --H
>-l
o: to <?>
^co 10
1^ 00 lO
CD -^
-et*
CO(NuO
CO rH
10
10 CD
1-*
C/5 00
CO
CO l-^
CO
•-H CD05
CO
00 iCO
•-'
(M Ti<cri
—<
00 o 10
00
CO ^ C5
CO
CO cs O
0:>
;?5
2
tx^oo
n
«i-HC<5
*
lO r-l -H
,—
cs ?o
ec
OONr-l
O)
t^ 00 Tj?
10
CO O O
CO
oi ci t-^
t>^
CS ^ C^
1-1
CO O CD
CO
OS w5os
»o
t^rl
O
M CS CO
C^l
NC003
05
C<(NCO
CS
CO 10
>o
05 O
CD Oi
CTJ 00
t^ oi r^
f-H
.-I -H —<
<N
OOCO
00
u^l^ -^
00
t>^ orj CO
00
t^rt
I (M
INC<1(M
CO
COCO
00 oi
COCO
-I
00 ci
CO
J2S
g5
-00 10
--H
000000
00
00 t^OO
00
00
00
5«
o(5«
g
o(S«
g
54
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
O X
T-Hf-H rH CO
C*
F-lrH-^C^
COt^fHCMT-H
CSC^J
tHT-(«Dt>-
CM
.CSCN-^C^
CO t>- f~t a T-t
t^ lO
<ci r> -^ .-H
Oi 00 oj 00
•<*' 53 o »-< oc oo co cm
t-i
N
CSMCMCM
,-< ,-H r-H rH ^ r-<
l-t i-H
CO-*
iocMi>.cc
*-HOCMSooor* cd-^cm^—<
CS
CMCSrH.-t
rH^r-4
'^t* O
QOiOOOCO * O »-< CI O r^
OOCCrOCMt^OO
to lO i-«
OO
»—to^-^
i-tCOwtOCOO
cO"T)r-<Oil>-C*l
i-H
lO r-i
lOiO^^CO
CO CS CO CM CM CM
t-( T-H t-(
r*iH
'*s*oi 00 CO
oi cm'
oi oi 00 r*^
OCM
'iJ^.-iC^iO
,-J CM*
1-H w CJ t>^
CO:C
-—icO-^CO
CO-^Ci'^'-tOi
00OcDc0*-<O
Oi ^~* Ci CO
OCO
iOCOOic5
CM --I CM CD 00 O
00 O Oi t-h ,-i<£-
CM
i-H
Oi I-H
O) OS OC O
Oi 00 00 CO lO -^
CO '^ « CM f-i
oos uor-
oioooocft
oorH
0C'0C'i>-t—
r^cot^cciic**
eoc^r-tr-t
CM b-
CM gi t^ OO
CO i-H CM l>- 1-H CO
cr> O CO Ol CO lO
CM-^CMCO
OCOO
03CMCMO
iOt^t-CMiOiO
-fOCOCOIt^t—
Tj^»-t
t^c^3
ir^cccooo
co-<»<»ocoi-HOi
i^co-*co«-i
^O
COOCOiO
OlOSCMcCUOcO
O»0iCOi-(O
-^i-t
CO 1—<
U3 CO -^ »0
CO CO CO CO CO CO
CO CO M CN I-* I-H
U CO
COOiOOO
CMOSOOOr-lO OOiOOiOOCO
.-h r-l
I^
CO CD •-• O
CO 00 r* CO uO
''I"
CO S2'
CMCO
OiCOOOCO
i-HODCM'^COCO
OTt<iOOOJCO
lOCM
*rH
T-HCM^CD
CO^OCOOOOt*
COCOCOCNiHi-H
^
^^^CO
CMi-«i-Hf-1
Oi CO
COOOCOCM O Ol CO --< t^ -^
-^CO^OCOCOIO
Cft CO CO CO
*-< 0>
'^COCOO O CO
-Tt* i-H Tj^
'iit*
iCCMt^CDOi-l
-^lO
0105
COOOCMCM
t-H-^COCM—tb-
iOcOCMCOOSCM
rH
,-(•-(
f-H 1-H O CM
OOOOlOOt>»iO
'^COCM'-"
OiO
0.-<0li-l
OiOt^CMi-tiXi
OSiOCMCMCOCO
CO»-iC
CO C-
CO CO O CM
Oi-Hf-HOt^CO
r* .-( CO »o W <-i
COCM
^ rp
-^J^ * CM lO
CMOlOt^-^'CM
Oi OS CD Tj^ CM i-l
cm"
c^^cm^csTcm" c^i-TcT^'^F-r
i-< lO
CM -^CO CO
oi .-I
oi O: 00* oi
00 Tp
CO »-HCi CO
CC .-H
l<C3J tOt^
'tJ'CO
cm CDWOl
t^ O
<D CO 00 CO
o; t^
r* OJ o CM
05 T-H
oi oi 00 o
CO CO
CO -^liSt*
Oi <-H
Oi Ci 00 Oi
irtrtcS
c^c3cdSo3c!3
c3CT3ctic3a)2
cccra
*f §
K^-^ <3i'<t;
Oi'^Oi'^Oi'^
Oi"^Oi-*t^;S 0;J
M^
"^rHi-tCM
CMCOCO-^-^MO
iOCDCDI^qW
OOOi
f§^ ^OOO QOOOOO
0000-*->0 OO
P^
'•^OiOO ioooo»oo i00»00»02
^S"
»0<-H»-4CM CMCOCC^-^O
lococot^r-w
cooi
^q
**OiOO
1^
iO
1-H *-4 CM
POPULATION".
55
•-C t* Oi lO i-H «5 OOtNOOiWOa
COi-(
O CO* « lO ^' •^'
CO CO C^* Ci --HO o o*
lO iO i-H 00 Oi 0>
COiOiOt^O'*
<N»-t
odr^odcoio-^
coccc4.-hoo c'o
u^iCtDOOOO
r-t GO lO CO lO Tj<
CC .-t
Cio6^\£i^-^'t
CCCOi-4i-5rHO OO
ocwr^cd^-'j'
cccowcs^'o oo
-^t^j-lOOCOOCO
OOOOli-HGCtN
rH
xt^^r^^dco-***
cocor-Ii-io'o o
-<** -"f t* lO O 00
00 lO
'<*< t* O '^
CS .-H
odt^t^cd^^
coccc^»-*T-io oo
,-1
.c^,^^
.^
^CO i-hC^
.0»i-HC»^
rHNi-HCO
>f'rt^cOCO
'*Qt-CS05
OOCflOOOCO
00 00 i-l Ci 00
C^J lO O C^ lO
"T'-^OiO
IC»0"*0'^
•(t'lO^OcOiO ^^O-^'*
rt'CO-^'*'^
OOCC^
CO<N'-''rt'—I
OCC^iQC^iO
COMCOC^Cl
-^t^OiOCOW
iC-^iO-st*
Tj<iO>;oiO-^
COiO^'^"^
"^COCOCOC^
CO"—icoc^c^
•^OC^O;
CSCMOCCOO
(O-^ro-t^OO
i-tOCTs-^h- cC^OiOOO
O500C^O) 000<-<C5
OCOOi-iOS
OaO00CCCI>.
l^iTit^iCO
coroioco oo»o»o^H
c^oocoooo
too'ooocp cooc^oio
ooooooi r^csoooo
oj-^jfi-toaoo
eooot^t^w
i-<(^(Ncjo
<** CM O
COIOOOOICO
lOCi^iOCO
Oi fC O (N CI O -** '^ t^ •-)
OOOt--
COi^DI^OO"^ lOOOOOO
Cjiiri-^rOCOCO
lO^iO'i'O
»ct— t-^co
coioeo-T<t^
t^r^fO»-<i-( lONico^
»o-^^ct>-cp
t--oO:D<X'-
foiOocoiCM
-^Oi-HOOoo
ccioOt-i(N
r^c^t^co^
CO CO CO CO
CQCOCOCOfO
CO CO
''J^ CO CO
COCOCOCOCO
CO CO CO CO CO
CO CO Oi OS N C^ 00 -^ t^
1—I 00 O CO *-t o oo .-H y3 CM
t>- lO ^ i—1 1*
O CM tO O
-^
i--< O 00 CO
Tf* O lO O >—'
00 O CO »0 Oi
00 -^ CC C5 "-H
n-<.-l.-(
.—irHCM*0
iTjCCCC'iCiCO
C^iO-^iO
CCCOOOCMO
iCOCO'XJCM
t*<O0-^.-hi—i
lOOii—«OC0
COCOCMCO
CMCMr-iCOCM
CM i-i CO <N W
Tt«O0 -^ cot-*
CO^iSOO t^ t*
O O O CO
CO CM O •-< b-
1—1 00 O t^ CM
i-( O O^ -n^ t-* O O CO "^ t*
tD^COI>
CO^CDCOCO
lOOOsr-'-"
CM-fCOCO-^
COt-HOCt^iO
CMCMCMCM
CMCMCMWCM
CM M CM CM CM
CM C^ CM CM CM
Cq CM CM M CM
i-H^cor*
lOooO'-HO
t^.-(i-i»cos
o»Oi-<Oioo
cmost^-^co
^t^^CM
CMCM»-OtOO
OCMO^-<*<
CMOOOOOCM
iOCO«OiOCO
CMCMCMCM
CMCMCMCMM
CM CM CM N CM
CM CM »-l r-i CM
C<» CM CM CM CM
r-4-^coo i—oocMt^ ooo—iCMw ^oocoic
i--or-coo
Ot-hfhO
tCC/:--(-^CO ^CMOCMO
>t'^'^CMCMI>.
r-t ^ C^ Oi 0>
113 iO lO *0 ^ -^ »0 lO -^ ^ Tj* iO lO lO
-^ -^ -^ -^
"(ji
lO Ti< lO ^ •*
rtc3c3c303a3
Ci3c3c3cr3(?3ra
cJcScS^
kOOiOO^OQ V?OtCOiCO ipo»oo
CMCOCO-^-^wS
lO CO <£> t» t» 00
OOOOii-H
u,(-,t-,jH
(^(-iiHtHfc-
dc3c3c3c3
c3cSo3c3c}
c3c3?5ric3
C3c3c3c3
c3a3Sc3c3
©oijoa)©
ajoJajCD!!)
QJCJ-DOtCi
® <u ©
<i?
© a> o
jy 0)
>-,>,>>>. >i
:-i >)>.>> >i
>-. >. >i >-< >>
p-»f^>-.^
'^•'^"^"^"^OfHCMcO'*'
u:;cor*ooc5
Oi—imco*^
^C4CO-^
lOcOWOOOs
i-(^.-<^fH
,-ii-HT-Hrti-(
CMCMCMCMCM
56
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
MARITAL CONDITION.
Census inquiries
as
to marital condition usually distinguish four
groups—single, married, widowed, and divorced.
At the 1917 census
of the Virgin Islands, however, the marital condition inquiries
dis-
tinguished a fifth group—the consensually married; that
is, persons
living together in conjugal relation hy mutual consent and without
religious or legal sanction.
Unions by mutual consent are quite common in the Virgin Islands.
They are
due,
principally,
to the high
cost
of the
legal
or
of the
church marriage ceremony; to the strong force of a custom which,
especially among the Negroes, has existed for many generations
; and
to the absence,
especially among the Negroes and mixed,
of strong
public sentiment against such unions.
It
is believed
that the presence
in the Virgin Islands
of
a
fifth
marital
class—the consensually married—resulted
in there being a
considerable element of error in the enumerators' returns as to marital
condition.
And it is believed that this error was not confined to the
returns for the consensually married class alone, but that it extended
more or less to the returns for each of the other four marital classes.
Of the persons living together by mutual consent it
is believed that
some returned themselves as married and that others returned them-
selves as single.
And of the persons, especially women with childien,
whose mutual consent consorts had died or left them
it
is probable
that some
returned
themselves
as widowed.
The
efl'ect
of
these
supposed errors in the returns would be an understatement
of the
number consensually married, and an overstatement of the number
single, married, and widowed, respectively.
In Table 14 the marital condition of the population 15 years of age
and over
is given for each sex by color or race for 1917 and by sex
alone for 1911.
Since, at the census of 1911, the population was not
enumerated by color or race, the marital condition statistics for this
census are presented by sex only; also, since, at the census of 1911,
the consensually married and the single were reported together, these
two groups for 1917 must be combined in making comparisons as to
marital condition between 1911 and 1917.
POPULATIOlSr.
57
Table 14
SEX AND CLASS OF POPULATION.
PERSONS
15 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER.
Total.
Single.
Married.
Consen-
sually
married.
Widow-
ed and
divorced.
1917
All clases, number.
White
Negro
Mixed
All other
All classes, per cent
White
Negro
Mixed
All other
All classes, number.
White
Negro
Mixed
Another
All classes, per cent
White
Negro
Mixed
All other
8,461
994
6,377
1,059
31
100.0
100.0
10(1.0
100.0
0)
10, 269
,541
7, 743
1,977
100.0
100.0
100.
100.0
4,051
2,464
1,524
627
319
14
2,887
1,783
1,371
516
353
139
21
47.9
9
29.1
18.0
63.1
32.1
1.4
45.3
28.0
21.5
48.7
33.3
13.1
4,922
(1)
2,532
1,568
202
244
3,.561
1,8.59
1,428
1,154
427
134
5
47.9
2
24.7
1
15.3
37.3
45.1
0.9
46.0
24.0
18.4
58.4
21.6
6.8
0)
(1)
(I)
422
34
336
51
1
5.0
3.4
5.3
4.8
«
1,247
90
895
262
12.1
16.6
11.6
13.3
1911
All classes, number.
All classes, per cent
AU classes, number.
All classes, per cent
8,961
100.0
10,867
100.0
5,906
65.9
6,813
62.6
2,540
28.3
2,651
24.4
(')
515
5.7
1,403
12.9
1 Per cent not shown where base is less than 50.
2 In 1911 the consensually married were included with the single.
Table 14 shows that in the total population 15 years of age and over
47.9 per cent of the males and females were returned as single in 1917.
Of the males, 29.1 per cent were married, and of the females, 24.7 per
cent.
The percentage consensually married was 18 per cent for males
and 15.3 per cent for females.
The percentage widowed or divorced
was 5 percent for males and 12.1 per cent
for females.
In the case
of each sex the proportion of the population 15 years of age and over
in each respective marital class varied greatly for the different classes
of the population.
If, for 1917, the consensually married be included
with the single,
as was done in 1911,
it
is seen that practically the
same proportion
of the population
of each sex was in each marital
class
ill 1917 and in 1911.
The marital condition of the population of the Virgin Islands,
of
each separate island, and of each principal subdivision
is shown for
1917 by color or race and by sex in Table
15, below.
In Table
16,
statistics
of the marital condition
of the population
of the Virgin
Islands, and
of each principal class of the population are presented
for 1917
b}' sex and by age periods.
58
THE VIRGIN
ISLAISTDS.
MARITAL CONDITION OF THE POPULATION
15 YEARS OP AGE AND OVER, FOR
ISLANDS, CITIES, AND RURAL DISTRICTS:
1917.
Table 15
MALES 16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER.
FEMALES 15 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER.
AEEA AND COLOR OR RACE.
"3
o
6
"3)
o3
1
0^1
M
rt t
flag
o m P
•d
o
-d
8M
p
5
"3
.g
•6
1
m
i3
>3
flag
w H
d
3
d
5
Virgin Islands.
Total
8,401
994
6,377
1,059
31
4,051
627
2,887
516
21
2,464
319
1,783
3.53
9
1,524
14
1,371
139
409
33
327
48
1
13
1
9
3
10,269
541
7,743
1,977
8
4,922
202
3,561
1,154
5
2,532
2-14
1,859
427
1,568
5
1,128
134
1
1,224
89
878
257
'^
White
1
Negro
..
17
AU other
Cities
4,329
G04
3,007
705
13
4,132
390
3,370
354
18
2,119
422
1,346
342
9
1,932
205
1,541
174
12
1,284
157
880
244
3
1, 180
162
903
109
6
712
7
623
82
812
7
748
57
20-1
17
151
35
1
205
16
176
13
10
1
7
2
3
'"2"
1
6, 625
323
4,700
1.590
6
3,644
218
3,043
381
2
3,576
154
2,437
980
5
1,346
is
l,12i
174
1,425
110
1,005
3oe
1
1,107
134
854
118
1
719
2
641
76
886
56
603
227
19
White .
.
.
1
Negro
14
4
All other
849
3
787
58
1
338
33
275
30
4
White . .
.
.
-
Negro
...
3
1
Allother
11
1
7
3
ST. CROIX.
Total
5,342
305
4, 494
526
17
2,460
163
2,022
264
.
11
1,510
1,217
162
5
1,091
6
1,012
73
270
9
236
24
1
5,76]
199
4,748
810
4
2,458
84
1,907
465
2
1,516
88
1,244
183
1
1,125
i,'653"
71
1
647
27
531
89
15
White
13
?
Allother
Christiansted
1,435
133
1,070
229
3
891
53
747
90
1
3,016
119
2,677
207
13
2,839
685
1,673
468
13
670
85
477
107
1
435
30
352
53
408
42
286
78
2
286
22
239
25
259
3
225
31
91
2
78
11
7
1
4
2
1,892
89
1,382
419
2
1,365
41
1,102
222
917
45
620
250
2
701
23
530
148
436
26
317
93
262
"235"
27
269
18
203
48
S
White
.
Neero
.
7
1
All other
Frederiksted
142
"i34"
8
27
1
21
4
1
152
6
137
9
1
....
329
15
276
38
136
"isi"
5
194
3
161
30
5
White
Negro
4
Mixed
.
.
1
All other
Rural districts
1,355
48
1,193
104
10
1,451
462
755
225
9
816
62
692
59
3
860
191
498
167
4
690
3
053
34
3
"2
1
2,5(M
69
2,264
169
2
4,223
342
2,799
1,078
4
840
16
757
67
2,333
118
1,562
650
3
751
47
651
52
1
923
156
554
212
1
727
"687"
39
1
411
5
352
54
184
6
167
11
?
White
.
.
Negro
.
7,
Mixed
Allother
ST. THOMAS.
Total
400
8
338
54
126
24
80
22
2
"2
550
62
328
100
fi
White
1
Negro
3
Mixed
?.
Allother
2,003
418
1,190
386
9
836
267
483
82
4
280
1,014
307
517
182
8
437
155
238
43
1
140
590
93
355
141
1
270
98
143
26
3
94
311
4
264
43
86
14
52
20
2
"2
3,368
193
2,216
955
4
855
149
583
123
1.958
SO
1,287
582
3
375
32
275
68
600
69
412
178
1
263
87
142
34
321
2
275
44
423
35
239
149
6
White
1
Negro
3
Mixed
?.
Allother
Rural districts
89
4
74
11
40
10
28
2
....
90
3
77
10
127
27
89
11
White
Negro
Mixed ..
.
.
Allother
ST. JOHN.
Total
33
13
285
131
93
32
27
?.
White . .
4
210
65
1
2
110
27
1
2
68
24
Negro
21
12
11
2
....
196
89
92
39
61
32
23
9
19
8
1
Mixed
1
Allother
r""
POPULATION.
59
•pOOJOAIQ
1 f-H CO OS CS »0 -^ fM
111-*
-I-H
NOC-iccOWiOC^:
o i-H fH cs * CO r- *-^ ^
c^
C^ .-(CO'*
l-H
c^^Hcoogt>.ir^a>eD»
^i-HCqOSOCM'COOl
1-1 CC 00 i-i CO O "- t>-
CO
lO Tf lO CO IC OS 1-1
c
t^eo'^eoooi'Ht>-»H
Jtjooo
<j3t3
rtCONNtOOrHOt^OCOt-
c >o to r-^ cc cc •« o »o 00 im' o
M
(N IN (N M (M
ife
C^CC-'t^i-Hi-iCO'X'IMC^-^OCCC
Oi O t^ -
C*^C<li-l^
^^^OCSCSi-t
a CC tr^ Oi *~f C<i c>
1-1
CQCOCQ CC
CM OC CD t- CS t^ iO
CI CO C« -q« OS -^
1^ O CC CO CO 00 ^ 00 O
CD
1-lC^NCOCOCCCOC^i-H
csoor^OiCOscjooo*
cqcocccNyrjcoc-cct^
lOfxrs'Xi'^'-occeoro
^OOOSt^-^COiOOOOCSliO
^
cs 00 -n* '^ <C lO N C<l
OOOi tOiOF
'Cq t^«00t*
Cl CO l-H C^ •-< w ^
i(-\ ^ nr» ."^ ri— ro
"^
OiOiTPi-fOSC^WCWOOt^CC
av'<«^Oici::''^'^'^cccocococo
o c-o
"CO -^oi oo <N o coco
S'
t^
' t^ o .-* a: r^ t-^ as -^ oJ
CO
' Tf CO CO <N CM (N (N Cq -^
ai :c o ai •^' 00 o
"V
^-
00C10t'Oi-<t^TfiOOO03i-H
I>0>O00OiO'^WCTi»0C0'<J*
C0C^iC'^(N<Nor^t-*.-H«D»0
Oi
OOOCO WTfCSCMCqCCCqrHCO
-^
00 1-1 o CO CO CD r*
00 CD »-< l-H t-* <* Cq
t>- lO 00 CO t^ ^ CO
COTt^ l-H
»-t
00
t::^
cz!' C5 »o ci o t^ c?i CM r* r-^
t^CM'-HCMCN.-iO0i'^"*OO
CO ©"l-H .-H^C-li-Tr-Ti-H CvTrH l-l l-T
CO fH CO lO CO O Oi OO CO 1-H lO rH
CO
00 '*« ^ IC CO CO CO O CO t* CO I>-
CO
O CO -^ CO t~- CO Tf
C^r^
y-n-i
•paojoAxa
CO rH CVJ CO t^ CO "
^^^OSOOOt^*^
00
t^'O'COrt'Hi-iOO
iOIN O <MCO
C-J ^ 1-4 ^
(N 1-1 1-1 1-1 M 1-1 1-1 C<3
t-
C<li-li-l
M
fl'h
oo
Cm S
C>00"5t^i-lO>U5N(Nt^
o<:.-^odo50oo'ioc^i0oci45
rM
r-l <N CO « N 1-1 1H
CO U5 i-< •-( C 1-1 •»<
O O rH >0 Ci i-< CO
UDO TJ4»ONCO
rt C^* -^ lO 00 CN
C<)
C^ CO CO CO
TtflO^OOOOO-^COtOt^CO
Wi-tCSI-^i-ICOiOCCOtCCS
>o
c>) "-; CO w Ti< N 1-1
IN fH tH r- CO .-I « CM
«
^C^C0i14»O»O»O00OOCS
OSOlOi-HlOOGr-IOSOSi—1»-0
'CS
C^ 1-1 C*l -^ ^ -^ lO Ti*
rH-^t^C^lOOCt^i-HOCCOi-lt^CO
CD
CD Ol *0 -^ CM "<f CO l-H C^
-*
CO l-H M t^ O CD -^ CM
i-Hi-<OcDOOCOCOt>-
t>^ CO CO o oo' tr o "m"
CO C4 lO CD «3 r^ CO
O COOi O CO w ^
""CC O CO OOC^
"<**
w
"CM
l-< rH (Si
"^
CM CO 00 lo lo 1-H -^t* r>. 00
-^
CMOOCO-^OSOCOCO^
00
»-H CO C« 1-H OS O 05
00
C0^05iO
ooscor^iocooocooat^cot^
ot^oocDcoeccsascci^ioc
-
-
-
-^ tPCMCSCMCMC
:^s
t^i-HcocooooCMOicot-osr*
COOO-^OCOcD'i-HCOtOOi-H
<;OOC503iOCOiOiOCOCMi-H
Or-HOO>C«COC^'*<eO>OcO
O CO O C^ iCiC t^ iC O CD CO
•
l-H
O CD O Oi CD t^ •* CS l-H i-H —I
•
CD
O CO t^ t>- »-H OS o>
C? O l^ 0> CD 00 CM
O
-Tj^ Ci CD -^ ^ -^
-•}*I^iOCD-«*<C»<CM*OCOiO00'"
OCMi-HOOcDC^-^COCM^
C>i CD l-H C* T-« w
CNJ r— CD t-* Oi t^ CM
"* 5S ^ '^ f5 »J^ 00
CD 00 r* iO CD CO cs
coi-icoaicC'Occioiooob»co
COCDCMCMiOf-H-^iOOOOt-iOS
•0'*oc^cioooor>-i-HCMooTf<
CO 00 f-< »-H r-t ^
^C4)-(
-^-^uOCOi-HC^C^OOO^OiC^
00>'-lOiOcOOOCO*OOS»^CO
NOS ^COC<»-H
r-*T-t
CO t^ CO lo t^ o t*
r
«-H !> CO 00 00 CO iO
!S
CO CO r* t* CO w CO
©
CMCO
r-*
"
o
.
<9.
^
On
o
O
*!
m
CO
t* o
?•
1
2 >.>,«!
i^CM COiOO'*'^
° ° w
fe came
PS
(N CO o C**^ ®
>. 2
L^
Ut
1
1
I-
Ih O
C3
C3
•
•
C3
C3 >
(CO)
.
. o oj o
see
'^-•'^'c
S2 >'=*^xi
^-o*^i'*3^c^jcoa)Q)»r:)coH
r,J:iO>-^rfi-*-^+^i}i-*j4-*J-*^ ^
^g-lCMCOoO"*«5oiO a
;2„ooo«~'«oo'*"'a>
iscci-icse*
CO-*
o
PS
CS
C3 C3C
c ©
c-
-
»H O
Q^ ® ®
SgO)-*-*"
5'-<IN CO
S^ooo
PS
(NCi
60
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
CDOO lO Cf
•r
ITS
^
(N
•paojoAicr
1-^ a
OCJ" Oi-H 00
CS
o
ooor*c^i(N ccooi
i
6
•«si CO t-^ H o
a
TO
f-J -I cs ;£ o cc lO '^
o
CMrt TO-*
CM^CS »f
o
o
Sm
-H t^ -«<«.-
t-
t~.
^"•"Sg^SS
^
t^mooo-fl'
ic-
lO
^!-
->Ji>-IIMO-
es
es
>>
l-Ii
•>»< « O •* rH
OC
OOOTOOOINTOOOeqO-*
CC t^ O" TO "<
Tt
CO ci -< •* 00 -J C -H -< CD
<N
—1
^C
OiOOOt^OO
-rf
•*1*t-*-*I^CC»-HOCOlO^H
ira coOiM
TO
CS lOTOCS "^
s
3 »
TO—I—
005 CD05TO
C^
COOOCSTOOOO^—<OTOt>-
d
t^ too —< 1^
»r
^<6ci'-^t^^l^^crjl:ct>
TOTOTfTO-
CM
-<TO(MTOTO(NCN rH
H
•2
CJ
^
w
o!
Be
TOCS 00 —^CO
t^
M^UO TO »0 C^
CS
C-CMCOO>OiOOOOO—1 —
CM
IM CM >0 CO TO — t^ -V <N
cs
cq
S
1-
lOCO -* (M i-H
•<*
•^ —(03 W 00
M
O-^TOIOOOOICOTOOOOC:
<a^ cq ^ oi <
c
o^ot^»oOiO"*S25*OT]
TO TO TO TO TO
t^
«
,
TOOO-* TO
C\
«) Tt* lO TO O 'O -^ t^ 00 TO lO CS
r*
1
cs ^ -^
^
s
Si;
—< Oi * »OiO
CC
0>r:TOCCOOOCOCOT)<CMCS
kO lO TOCq CJ
a
00-<M-<-<-l
—l<N—1—1 —
TOOOOOOOO
u-
QOr^'»J<TO'^*OOCO^-rtiO'* —
c
CMOOiO—
CM
5
OICDQOOOCS
or
or^-*—iooooot^ot>cst^
—
_
^ CfO o t-^ t^
t-
OOOC'IC-JTO—1—ITOttC^CMCS
E
3
rt-<-l
l^
"^
•paoaoAja
TOiOTOC-J
c<-
TOl
CM
C^
J-(
j—1
j
TOiOCat^TO
t>
lO
OcO -^i^ -^
6o
iso
CO O t>^ TjJ »o
C^
^
—Jod lO TO -^
-<
—ICS
rtTO
|l
coco—liOO
OC
00
* TOO
'<»' —
^_l
E^
^1^0005
T
Tt<
CM
-<eq
>>
j__
'^,
OOOt-TOTO
OC
-1
ooiooiot»oO'*j<aicc
il
o
£|
Oi TO CO oJ «
b>
TO
O'^^CCCOO'^-^CC
C<I —1 ^
*"*
1-H M CM (N ^ ^ 1-1
Se
cr -1 rt ot^
o o? r^ CO —
f
o
TO
SS^S^SS"'^
^
^-
•^ CM —
O-^ OJI^-'f
CT
TO
lOCDOO-^COCOOiCO
6
00 t^^O ci Tt
o-
TO
odOiOt^t^tO^D'^'^t
TO 'f -* -^ -^
TO
COC^CC-^iOw^O-^
s
.^
u
<:3
*rtO-HCC
TO
TO
1-H CO P5 r^ ci o '^ CO t>-
c
o
CO cocoes
s
TOO t^cat^
tr
"5r^ 'ji TO —t
TO
^co?^cocnioo5ow
-
>00(NOO
IT
Ot^-OOOO—lOOlOOUOOC
ScseoS^
o-
oodd<STiioo6ri-!f!-a<'io->t
O-^OOO-^-^TOTOCSC^Cq —
CO
,^
—(
—
g
a.;
lO t^Cl 00 TO
^
OCD-^lOiOt^OOt-COOCOO
TO
C^rt —IIOCMCM
M O CO t^.-H
M
—1 COO CO C:
TO
w—ir-oo^OTOicoco-^cq
cs
CM
«< ^CM —li-H
CS
«00;<<cocc
OC
OOM-OcOCOOOOt^CMi-
TO
CM -H 1-1 CO CM CM
W COCOO-^
3
C t^ C^J "'f O
t^
—lOt^CC—t—lOOCOCOOCC
TO
TO
0<CCOCOTO
r-
E
g
s
z
s^'
3
o
.
gS2i
a
5<=
aV
^
t-
i£
i2 S
£S2
y
cfi
t-.
1
!-<
t-<
(D
?.
got-
ca
CO
rt
CO
t.
C3
C3
c3
ai
r.*
5
J S
—
Contii
and
over-
44
years.
64
years.
5
to
54
ye
5
to
64
ye
ars
and
o
c«
over,
ears,
ears,
ears. 29
ve
34
ye
ears,
ears. 54
ye
64
ye
md
o
cr
over
ears
ears,
ears. 29
ye
34
ye
ears,
ears. 54
ye
64
ye
md
1
o <
15
yea
1
and
ol9y
o24y o34y
25
to
30
to
044
y
o64y45
to
55
to
ears
r
a.X
g
'
>- >> t>> o O >> ''• o o ™
"^'S-^CMTOiOO^tOiouO a
S „ o o o=^" c o^-ra
<u
pH
-c
g,, „ o o 'f'"
?-
l2 CJiOiO
lO
a
c
m
^
y
'^
Q
c^ ^ O »0
»0 lO
lO
<
ir^ceioouo
xo lo
io
-
s
^
CO
0^>
cs (N
TO -^
CO
0.
—
CM CM
Tjl
I
POPULATION".
PLACE OF BIRTH.
61
In Table 17 the
total population of the Virgin Islands and each
principal class of the population, in 1917,
is distributed by place of
birth.
PLACE OF BIRTH AND COLOR OR RACE:
1917.
Table 17
PLACE OF BIRTH.
All places
Virgin Islands
St. Croix
St. Thomas
St. John
Island not stated
British West Indies
Anegada
Antniilla
Antigua
Bahamas
Barbados
Dominica
Grenada
Jamaica
Jost Van Dyke
Montserrat
Nevis
St. Christopher
St. Lucia
St. Vincent
Tobago
Tortola
Trinidad
Virgin Gorda
Other West Indies
Cuba
Curacao
Guadeloupe
Haiti
Martinique
Porto Rico
Saba
St. Bartholomew
St. Eustatius
St. Martin
Santo Domingo
United States
Central and South America
British Guiana
Costa Rica
Panama
Paraguay
Venezuela
All other
Other places
Austria
Belgium
Bermuda Islands
Canada
China
Denmark
England
France
Germany
India
Ireland
Italy
Madeira Islands
Norway
Philippines
Russia
Sweden
At sea
Other specified places .
Not specified
Popula-
tion:
1917.
26, 051
19, 842
12, Idl
6,560
1,041
90
4,267
54
126
546
4
1,066
31
11
22
27
129
536
612
10
63
3
949
19
59
809
9
8
30
27
6
152
45
236
108
107
81
603
67
26
6
18
3
463
6
22
3
4
11
227
25
7
11
23
24
8
3
3
8
7
7
5
11
48
SVhite.
700
262
436
2
21
20
202
2
6
3
547
15
359
6
22
225
23
Negro.
19, 523
15,217
9,936
4,372
820
89
3,838
45
104
511
4
988
24
7
19
21
119
509
558
3
60
3
796
17
50
Mixed.
4,563
3,917
1,948
1,749
219
1
385
9
22
30
146
2
196
All
other.
62
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 18 shows for the total population and for each principal class
of the population, in 1917, the per cent distribution by place of birth.
Of the total population, 76.2 per cent was born in the Virgin Islands,
16.4 per cent in the British West Indies, 3.1 per cent in other West
Indies, 2.3 per cent in the United States, 0.3 per cent in Central and
South America, and 1.8 per cent in other places.
Thus, over 95 out
of every 100 persons in the total population were born either in the
Virgin Islands or in the British or other West Indies.
Outside of
the Virgin Islands the British West Indies was, as to numbers, by
far the most important place of birth.
Table 18
PLACE OF BIRTH.
Popula-
tion:
1917.
White.
Negro.
Mixed.
100.0
100.
100.0
100.0
Virgin Islands
76.2
16.4
3.1
2.3
0.3
1.8
36.4
2.2
13.4
28.5
O.S
18.7
77.9
19.7
1.8
0.2
0.1
0.3
85.8
8.4
4.3
United State.'?
.
0.5
0.4
0.5
Note.—Per cent of "All other" race.s not shown, as base is less than 50.
The population
of the Virgin Islands
is distributed by
place
of
birth for 1917,
1911, and 1901, respectively, in Table
19.
Between
1911 and 1917 there was a decrease in the number and the proportion
of the total population born in Denmark, and a considerable increase
in the number and proportion born in the United States.
Table 19
1917
1911
1901
PLACE or BIRTH.
Number.
Per
cent.
Number.
Per
cent.
Number.
Per
cent.
26,051
100.0
27,086
100.0
30,527
100.0
19,842
5,076
227
603
303
76.2
19.5
0.9
2.3
1.2
21,198
5,166
373
82
267
78.3
19.1
1.4
0.3
1.0
23,847
5, 591
427
52
610
78.1
18.3
1.4
United States
0.2
2.0
MALES OF VOTING AND MILITIA AGES.
Table 20 shows by color or race the number of males of voting age
that
is, 21 years and over—in the Virgin Islands,
in each separate
island, and in each principal subdivision, in 1917.
The total number
of males 21 years of age and over is 7,186, representing 27.6 per cent
of the total population.
Of such males 11.4 per cent are white, 73.6
per cent are Negro, 11.8 per cent are mixed, and 0.4 per cent are of
all other races.
POPULATION".
63
Tabic 20
ARKA.
MALES OF VOTING AGE, 21 YEARS AND
1917.
over:
All
classes.
White.
Negro.
Mixed.
All
other.
Virgin Islands
7,186
821
5,485
851
29
St. Croix
4,624
265
3,917
425
17
Christiansted
1,215
751
2,658
2,331
107
45
113
552
920
642
2,355
1,400
185
63
177
368
3
Frederiksted
1
Rxiral districts
13
St. Thomas
11
1,651
680
231
342
210
4
997
403
168
305
63
58
7
Rural districts
4
St. John
1
The males
of militia age—that
is,
18
to 44 years—are shown in
Table 21 by color or race for the Virgin Islands, for each island, and
for each principal subdivision.
The total number of such males
is
5,257, representing 20.2 per cent
of the
total population.
Whites
constitute 14.9 per
cent, Negroes
73.2 per
cent, persons
of mixed
races 11.7 per cent, and all other persons 0.2 per cent of the males of
militia age.
Table 21
MALES OF MILmA AGE, 18 TO 44 TEARS: 1917.
AREA.
All
classes.
^Tiite.
Negro.
Mixed.
An
other.
Virgin Islands
5,257
781
3,849
616
11
Bt. Croix
3,238
220
2,718
299
1
Christiansted
825
549
1,864
1,861
100
41
79
,558
597
451
1,670
1,004
127
57
115
289
1
Frederiksted
St. Thomas
10
Charlotte Amalie
1,341
520
158
347
211
3
749
255
127
237
52
28
8
Rural districts
2
St. John
CITIZENSHIP.
At the census of the Virgin Islands for 1917 the enumerators were
mstructed to enter on the schedules the citizenship
of each person
enumerated, but an examination
of the enumerators' returns as to
citizenship showed that they contain a considerable element of error.
Because of the peculiar conditions as to citizenship prevailing on the
islands at the time of the census enumeration many of the inhabitants
were mistaken or uncertain
a«s to their citizenship.
As a result some
of the enumerators were confused as to the proper manner of return-
64
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
ing the citizenship of certain classes of the people.
The worst con-
fusion was as to the correct citizenship of the Negroes and persons of
mixed race who were horn in the British or other West Indian Islands,
but who had lived for many years in the Virgin Islands.
Some enu-
merators returned such persons as citizens of the country possessing
the particular island from which they came, while other enumerators
returned them as citizens of the Virgin Islands.
Because of this con-
fusion the enumerators' returns of the citizenship of the Negroes and
of persons of mLxed race are believed to be too inaccurate to warrant
publication of the tabulated statistics.
The returns for whites jDrob-
ably are more nearly accurate, although even here there was some
confusion
as
to the proper manner
of returning
citizenship.
The
citizenship of the total white population, and of the white males 21
years of age and over is shown in Table 22.
Table 22
TOTAL -SVHITES:
1917.
White
males
21 years
of age
and
over.
ailZENSHIP.
TOTAL whites:
1917.
White
males
21 years
Male.
Fe-
male.
Male.
Fe-
male.
of age
and
over.
Total population...
1,198
72-t
821
Not declared
'
no
42
154
33
88
33
150
17
88
31
79
United States
221
o42
96
72
304
60
400
119
73
French
Virgin Islands
Other
25
Danish
1 Citizens of Denmark who on Nov. 1, 1917, had not yet declared their intention of retaining allesiance to
Denmark.
In the Virgin Islands the citizenship of the males 21 years of age
and over probably conforms more or less closely with the place
of
birth.
Table 23 shows for 1917 the place of birth of males 21 years
of age and over by color or race.
Table 23
MALES 21 YEARS OF A^^E
\Nr) OVER
1917.
PLVCF, OF
BIRTfl.
Total.
White.
Negro.
Mixed.
All
other.
All places
7,186
821
5,485
851
29
4,468
107
3,669
689
3
St. Croix
.3,093
1,098
256
21
1,799
49
58
2, 681
761
203
21
1,684
358
273
53
2
St. Thomas
1
St. John
Island not stated
British West Indies
8
106
1
18
17
237
3
754
10
6
10
5
57
185
15
16
223
3
717
8
4
10
5
55
178
3
1
12
Antigua
2
2
1
1
35
1
1
Dominica
7
Nevis
,
POPULATION.
65
Table 23—Continued.
MALES 2X YEARS OF AGE AND OVER:
1917.
PLACE OF BIRTH.
Total.
White.
Negro.
Mix?l.
AU
other.
British West Indies—Continued.
234
2
19
1
223
14
4
226
1
217
1
17
1
198
12
4
15
1
2
1
1
24
2
103
39
1
4
13
6
3
29
12
105
2(1
25
S
385
1
1
10
2
1
12
5
7
17
23
5
8
1
2
3
4
2
12
5
7
88
10
3
2
1
2
2
375
2o
3
19
4
14
7
5
282
13
t
21
1
1
2
11
2
1
225
All other
Other places
25
4
9
2
1
11
152
13
2
7
22
13
5
2
3
6
5
5
8
12
4
9
2
1
China
.
...
11
152
13
1
1
7
s
7
13
5
1
3
1
6
5
5
6
1
1
12
SCHOOL ATTENDANCE.
The statistics of school attendance here presented are based upon
the answers to the inquiry as to whether the person enumerated was
attending school,
college, or any educational institution on Novem-
ber
1,
1917.
Only 2 persons under 5 and only 25 over 20 years of
age were returned
as
attending
school.
Table
24 shows
for each
principal class of the population the number and proportion of per-
sons 5 to 20 years of age, inclusive, attending school on November
1,
1917.
60396°—18
5
66
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
PERSONS
5 TO 20 YEARS OF AGE ATTENDING SCHOOL, BY AGE PERIODS:
1917.
Table 24
PERSONS 5 TO 20 YEARS
OF age:
1917.
PERSONS 5 TO 9 YEARS
OF AGE:
1917.
CLASS OF POPTTLATION AND SEX.
Total
number.
Attending school.
Total
number.
Attending school.
Number. Per cent. 1
Number.
Per cent.'
7,617
3,622
3,995
3,771
1,S11
1.960
49.5
50.0
49.1
2,430
1,164
1,266
1,727
835
892
71.1
Male
71.7
70.5
White
46S
299
169
5,623
2,626
2,997
1,517
693
824
9
4
5
187
103
84
2,739
1,309
1, 430
843
397
446
2
2
40.0
34.4
49.7
48.7
49.8
47.7
55.6
57.3
54.1
119
66
53
1,792
841
951
518
25S
262
1
1
74
46
28
1,263
594
669
389
194
195
1
1
6'2,2
Male
f_9 7
52.8
Negro
70.5
Male
70.6
Female
70.3
Mixed
75.1
Male
75.8
74.4
Male
!
PERSONS
10 TO
14 YEARS
OF age:
1917.
PERSONS 16 TO 20 YEARS
OF age:
1917.
CT.ASR OF POPULATION AND SEX.
Total
number.
Attending school.
Total
number.
Attending school.
Number. Per cent. 1
Number.
Percent.'
2,461
1,183
1,278
1,921
924
997
78.1
78.1
78.0
2,726
1,275
1,451
123
52
71
4.5
Male
4.1
4.9
White
126
60
66
1,829
893
936
505
229
276
1
1
101
52
49
1,403
684
719
416
187
229
1
1
80.2
85.7
74.2
76.7
76.6
76.8
82.4
81.7
83.0
223
173
50
2,002
892
1,110
494
208
286
7
2
5
12
5
7
73
31
42
38
16
22
5.4
Male
2.9
Female
14.0
3.6
Male
3.5
3.8
Mixed
7.7
Male
7.7
Female
7.7
Male
' Per cent not shown where base is less than 50.
In the
total population of the Virgin Islands in 1917
there were
7,617 persons 5 to 20 years of age, of whom 3,771, or 49.5 per cent,
were returned
as attending school on November
1,
1917.
A larger
proportion of mixed than of Negro, and a larger proportion of Negro
than of white persons 5 to 20 years of age were attending school in
1917.
In each of the three age periods, 5 to 9, 10 to 14, and 15 to 20,
the percentage of school attendance was highest among persons
of
mixed race.
The number and proportion of persons 5 to 20, 5 to 14, and 15 to 20
years of age, respectively, attending school in 1917, are shown by sex
and class of population for each island and for each
principal sub-
division in Table 25.
POPULATION.
67
PERSONS 5 TO 20 YEARS OF AGE ATTENDING SCHOOL, BY AGE PERIODS, FOR ISLANDS,
CITIES, AND RURAL DISTKICTS:
1917.
Table 35
PERSONS 6 TO 20
TEAKS OF age:
1917.
PERSONS 6 TO
14
YEARS OF age:
1917.
PERSONS 15 TO 20
YEARS OF age:
1917.
AEEA, CLASS OF POPITLA-
TIOK, AND
SEX.
Total
num-
ber.
Attending
school.
Total
num-
ber.
Attending
school.
Total
num-
ber.
Attending
school.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.i
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.'
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.i
ST. CROIX.
Total
4,012
1,876
2,136
1,961
927
1,034
48.9
49.4
48.4
2,502
1,158
1,344
1,903
897
1,006
76.1
77.5
74.9
1,510
718
792
58
30
28
3.8
Male
4.2
3.5
1,289
585
704
56
42
14
896
397
499
335
145
190
2
1
1
916
388
528
16
11
5
734
301
433
166
76
90
1,807
903
904
01
27
34
1
, .'S6
787
799
159
89
70
1
655
294
361
24
15
9
437
191
246
193
87
106
1
1
50.8
50.3
51.3
42.9
48.8
48.1
49.3
57.6
60.0
55.8
814
365
449
25
16
9
560
247
313
228
101
127
1
1
635
286
349
24
15
9
424
186
238
186
84
102
1
1
78.0
78.4
77.7
75.7
75.3
76.0
8L6
83.2
80.3
475
220
255
31
26
5
336
150
186
107
44
63
1
20
8
12
4.2
3.6
4.7
White
Male
Negro
13
5
8
7
3
4
3.9
Male
3.3
Female
4.3
Mixed
6.5
Male
Female
6.3
All other
Male
1
322
140
182
8
8
Frederiksted
500
215
285
10
5
5
406
168
238
84
42
42
806
418
388
36
16
20
687
352
335
83
50
33
54.6
55.4
54.0
55.3
55.8
55.0
50.6
55.3
46.7
44.6
46.3
42.9
59.0
43.3
44.7
41.9
52.2
56.2
47.1
594
248
346
8
3
5
482
196
286
104
49
55
1,094
545
549
47
21
26
941
465
476
106
59
47
482
206
276
8
3
5
393
162
231
81
41
40
786
405
381
34
15
19
673
344
329
79
46
33
81.1
83.1
79.8
IS
9
9
2
2
5.6
Male
6.4
Female
4.9
White
Male
Negro
81.5
82.7
80.8
77.9
""72.'
7'
71.8
74.3
69.4
71.5
74.0
09.1
74.5
78.0
252
105
147
62
27
35
713
358
355
14
6
8
645
322
323
53
30
23
1
13
6
7
3
1
2
20
13
7
2
1
1
14
8
6
4
4
5.2
Male
5.7
Female
4.8
Mixed
4.8
Male
Female
Rural districts
2.8
Male
3.6
2.0
White
Male
Female
Nea:ro
2.2
"Male
2.5
1.9
Mixed
7.5
Male
All other
Male
....
Female
1
:;;:::::i:;:::;;:
i
68
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
PERSONS 5 TO 20 YEARS OF AGE ATTENDING SCHOOL, BY AGE PEBflODS, FOR ISLANDS,
CITIES. AND RURAL DISTRICTS: 1917—Continued.
Table 25—Continued.
PERSONS 6 TO 20
TEARS OF age:
1917.
PERSONS 6 TO
14
YEARS OF age:
1917.
PERSONS
15 TO 20
tears OF age:
1917.
AREA, CLASS OF POPULA-
TION, AND
SEX.
Total
num-
ber.
Attending
school.
Total
num-
ber.
Attending
school.
Total
num-
ber.
Attending
school.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.i
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.i
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.J
ST. THOMAS.
Total
3,248
1,548
1,700
1,642^
788^
853
50.6
51.0
50.2
2,136
1,040
1,096
1,580
769
811
74.0
73.9
74.0
1,112
508
604
62
20
42
S.6
Male
3.9
Fenjale
7.0
2,471
1,133
1,338
162
115
47
1,662
741-
916
641
269
372
6
3
3
777
415
362
173
104
69
477
243
234
127
68
59
357
198
159
1,283
595
688
65
38
27
857
407
450
360
149
211
1
1
51.9
52.5
51.4
40.1
33.0
51.6
54.6
49.1
56.2
55.4
56.7
1,638
781
857
69
39
30
1,136
553
583
432
188
44
1
1
1,229
577
652
59
36
23
829
398
431
340
142
198
1
1
75.0
73.9
76.1
85.6
73.0
72.0
73.9
78.7
75.5
81.1
833
352
481
93
76
17
526
193
333
209
81
128
5
2
3
279
156
123
77
57
20
160
80
80
42
19
23
104
49
55
54
18
36
6
2
4
28
9
19
20
13
6.5
Male
5.1
Female
7.5
White
6.5
Male
2.6
Female
Negro
5.3
Male
4.:
Female
5.7
Mixed
9.6
Male
8.6
Female
10.2
Another
Male
Rural districts
359
194
165
52
29
23
233
123
110
74
42
32
168
95
73
46.2
46.7
45.6
30.1
27.9
33.3
48.8
50.6
47.0
58.3
61.8
54.2
47.1
48.0
45.9
498
259
239
96
47
49
317
163
154
85
49
36
253
149
104
351
192
159
50
29
21
230
121
109
71
42
29
165
93
72
70.5
74.1
66.5
52.1
72.6
74.2
70.8
83.5
65.2
62.4
69.2
8
2
6
2
2.9
Male
1.3
Female
4.9
White
2.6
Female
2
3
2
1
3
Negro
1.9
Male
2.5
Female
1.3
Mixed
Male
Female
3
3
2
1
ST. .TOHN
Total
2.9
Male
Female
1.8
Negro
268
152
116
89
46
43
119
68
51
49
27
22
44.4
44.7
44.0
55.1
185
110
75
68
39
29
117
67
50
48
26
22
63.2
60.9
66.7
70.6
S3
42
41
21
7
14
2
1
1
1
1
2.4
Male
Female
Mixed
Male
Female
I Per cent not shown where base is less than 50.
Table 25 shows that the percentage
of persons
5
to 20 years
of
age, inclusive, attending school in 1917 was 48.9 on St. Croix, 50.6
on
St. Thomas, and 47.1 on
St. John.
Both on
St. Croix and on
St. Thomas the percentage of attendance was higher for the urban
than for the rural
districts.
On
St.
Croix,
the percentages
of the
persons 5 to 20 years of age attending school were 50.8 in Christian-
sted,
54.6
in Frederiksted, and 44.6
in the rural
districts.
On
St.
POPULATION.
69
Thomas,
the
corresponding
percentages
were
51.9
for
Charlotte
AmaUe and
46.2
for the
rural
districts.
Of persons
5
to 20 years
of
age
the
percentage
attending
school was
highest
for
those
of
mixed
race,
in the
cities
of Christiansted and Charlotte Amalie,
in
the
rural
districts
of
St. Thomas,
and on
the
island
of
St.
John.
The percentage was highest
for whites
in the rural
districts
of
St.
Croix.
Table 25 shows that
in the case of each area, each class of
the population, and each sex, school attendance was largely confined
to persons 5 to 14 years of age.
The nmnber and proportion of persons 5 to 21 years of age attending
school are shown by sex and by year of age for each principal class of
the population in Table 26.
PERSONS
5 TO
21 YEARS OF AGE
ATTENDING SCHOOL
AGE:
1917.
BY SINGLE YEARS OF
Table 26
PERSONS OF SPECIFIED AGE ATTENDING scnooL:
I9i7 .1
CLAS.S OF POPULATION
AND SEX.
5 to 21 years.
5 years.
6 j'cars.
7 years.
8 years.
9 years.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
3,773
1,811
1,962
46.8
46.9
46.7
92
51
41
20.0
22.7
17.4
285
135
150
59.4
59.2
59.0
428
210
21s
83.9
84.0
83.8
502
244
258
92.6
93.5
91.8
420
195
225
96.1
Male
97.5
Female
94.9
White
187
103
84
2,740
1,309
1,431
841
337
447
2
2
34.8
28.4
48.3
16.1
47.1
45.2
53.7
55.8
52.0
6
6
11
4
7
202
95
107
72
36
36
56.9
57.6
56.3
70.6
69.2
72.0
13
8
5
325
149
176
89
.=i2
37
1
1
84.9
83.7
85.9
82.4
85.2
26
15
11
363
177
186
113
52
61
92.1
93.7
90.7
97.4
96.3
98.4
18
13
5
314
142
172
88
40
48
Male
59
31
28
27
14
17.7
19.0
16.5
26.5
96.0
Male
97.3
95.0
Mixed
97.8
Male
13
24.
All other
Male
I!"'"
1
»
10 years.
11 years.
12 years.
13 years.
14 y jars.
IS years.
AND SEX.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
Per
ber.
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
433
196
237
94.5
94.7
94.4
405
211
194
94.4
95.5
93.3
515
93.
24^1
! 93.5
271
' 93.4
392
188
204
75.1
76.7
73.6
176
85
91
35.1
34.1
36.1
70
28
15.9
Male
12.7
Female
42
19.0
White
24
14
10
326
146
180
83
36
47
93.9
94.2
93.8
96.5
16
10
6
287
150
93.5
94.3
27
11
16
389
189
200
99
44
55
94.2
94.0
94.3
96.1
'94.'
8'
18
8
10
280
139
141
93
40
53
1
1
73.5
75.1
71.9
81.6
'ki'.h'
16
9
7
121
60
61
39
16
23
4
Male
31.8
31.1
32.4
39.8
"43.'
4"
4
45
20
25
21
8
13
13.4
Male
11.8
137
92.
102
98.
51
98.
51
98.
I.M
23,1
Male
Female
All other
Male
1
1 Per cent not shown where base is less than 50.
70
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
PERSONS
5 TO
21 YEARS OF AGE ATTENDING SCHOOL, BY SINGLE YEARS
O
AGE: 1917—Continued.
Table 36—Continued.
PERSONS OF SPECIFIED AGE ATTENDING SCHOOL :
1917.
CLASS OF POPULATION
AND SEX.
16 years.
17 years.
18 years.
19 years.
20 5'ears.
21 years.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
All classes
Male
2S
12
16
6.2
5.9
6. .5
15
10
3.6
2.8
4.2
5
2
3
1.2
l.l
1.3
3
3
0.6
1.3
2
2
0.4
0.8
2
0.4
Female
2
LO
1
White
3
2
1
16
6
10
i)
4
ii
4.5
3.7
5.3'
11.3
4
2
2
7
1
6
4
2
2
1
1
1.4
1.7
Male
:::::::::::
Female
Negro
2.3
0.8
3.4
4.5
3.9
2
1
1
3
1
2
0.6
0.8
0.6
3.7
1
1
1
0.3
0.7
2
2
0.5
L3
1
3
Male
Feinalo
1
1
0.6
Mixed
1
1
1
1.3
1 9
Male
1
Female
t
1
Another
Male
Female
1
1
Per cent not shown where base is less than 50.
ILLITERACY.
The Bureau
of the Census has
classified
as
ilHtei
tte
all
persons
10 years
of age and over unable
to
write,
regardles-.
of
ability
to
read.
The number and
the percentage
of
illiterates
in each main
class
of the population,
in
1917,
are shown by sex
for the Virgin
Islands,
each
separate
island,
and
each
principal
subdivision,
in
Table 27.
In 1917, 5,281 persons were returned as illiterate.
The illiterates
constituted 24.9 per cent, or practically one-fourth, of the population
10 years
of
age
and
over.
The percentage
of
illiterates was
23.9
for males and
25.8
for females.
The percentage
of
illiterates by
classes
of population was
as follows: Whites,
11.3;
Negroes,
29.7;
mixed, 9.6;
and
all other persons, 47.5.
In each of the three prin-
cipal
classes
of
the
population—white,
Negro,
and
mixed—the
percentage of illiterates was higher for females than for males.
The
percentage of illiterates was 18.2 in the cities as compared wdth 34.6
in
the
rural
districts.
Likewise,
for
each
principal
class
of
the
population, the percentage of illiterates was far higher in the rural
than
in
the urban
districts.
On
St.
Croix
30.7
per
cent,
on
St.
Thomas 16.4 per cent, and on St. John 20.9 per cent of the population
10 years
of age and over was returned
as
illiterate
in
1917.
The
corresponding percentages
for the
three
cities were:
Christiansted,
23; Frederiksted, 22.1; and Charlotte Amalie,
13.6.
The percentage
of illiterates was lower in Charlotte Amalie than in either of the other
cities or than in any of the three rural districts.
POPULATION".
71
lliLITERATES IN THE POPULATION
10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS,
CITIES, AND RURAL DISTRICTS:
1917.
Table 37
POPULATION
10 YEARS
OF
AGE AND
OVER:
1917.
MALES
10 YEARS OF
AGE AND over: 1917.
FEMALES
10
OF AGE AND
1917.
fEARS
over:
AREA AND CLASS OF POPtn-ATION.
Total
num-
ber.
IlUterate.
Total
num-
ber.
Illiterate.
Total
num-
ber.
llHterate.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
21,191
1,601
15,949
3,541
40
5,281
188
4,734
3-10
19
24.9
11.3
29.7
9.0
0)
9,644
1,054
7,270
1,288
32
2,300
92
2,076
122
10
23.9
8.7
28.6
9.5
11,547
607
8,679
2,253
8
2,975
96
2,658
218
3
25.8
White
15.8
30.6
Mixed
All other
9.7
Cities
White
12, 501
979
8,816
2,686
20
8,690
682
7,133
855
20
2,272
6
2,072
190
4
3,009
182
2,662
150
15
18.2
0.6
23.5
7.1
(')
34.6
26.7
37.3
17.5
(')
5,018
631
3, 505
868
14
4,626
423
3,765
420
18
747
1
705
39
2
1,559
91
1,371
S3
14
14.9
0.2
20.1
4.5
0)
33.7
21.5
36.4
19.8
('>
7,483
348
5,311
1,818
6
4,064
259
3,368
435
2
1,525
5
1,367
151
2
1,450
91
1,291
67
1
20.4
1.4
Negro
Mixed .
25.7
8.3
Another
(')
35.7
White
35.1
38.3
15.4
Another
(')
12,396
541
10,256
1,577
22
3, 808
3
3,599
191
15
30.7
0.6
35.1
12.1
(•)
5,953
321
4,970
644
18
1,764
29.6
6,443
220
5,286
933
4
2,044
3
1,925
115
1
3L7
White
1.4
1,674
76
14
33.7
11.8
0)
36.4
12.3
Another
(1)
Christiflnsted
3,775
236
2, 755
778
6
2,574
97
2,100
370
1
6,047
208
5,395
429
15
8,106
1,116
5,195
1,778
17
867
1
794
70
2
570
23.0
0.4
28.8
9.0
(1)
22.1
1,633
140
1,200
289
4
1,025
54
854
116
3,295
127
2,916
239
13
3,337
729
2,032
563
13
332
20.3
2,142
96
1,555
489
2
1,549
43
1,2.52
254
535
1
481
53
378
25.0
White
1.0
313
17
2
192
26.1
5.9
0)
18.7
30.9
10.8
All other
24.4
White
547
23
2,371
2
2,258
98
13
1,329
186
1,025
116
3
26.0
6.2
(')
39.2
1.0
41.9
22.8
(1)
16.4
16.6
19.7
6.5
0)
188
4
1,240
22.0
3.4
(')
37.6
359
19
28.7
Mixed
7.5
Another
2, 752
81
2,479
190
2
4,769
387
3,163
1,215
4
1,131
2
1,085
43
1
879
93
695
89
2
41.1
White
2.5
1,173
55
12
450
92
330
27
1
40.2
23.0
(')
13.5
12.6
16.2
4.8
(1)
IS. 8
22.6
All other
18.4
St. Thomas
W hite
24.0
Negro
22.0
Mixed
7.3
All other
(')
Charlotte A malie
6,152
646
3,955
1,538
13
1,954
470
1,240
240
4
689
835
5
731
97
2
494
180
294
19
1
144
13.6
0.8
18.5
6.3
0)
25.3
38.3
23.7
7.9
(1)
20.9
2,360
437
1,451
463
9
977
292
581
100
4
354
223
1
204
18
227
91
126
9
1
92
9.4
0.2
14.1
3.9
(')
23.2
31.2
21.7
9.0
0)
26.0
3,792
209
2,504
1,075
4
977
178
659
140
612
4
627
79
2
267
89
168
10
16.1
White
1.9
Negro
21.0
Mixed
7.3
Another
(')
Rural districts
27.3
White
50.0
Negro
25.5
Mixed
7.1
St. John
335
52
15.5
White
4
498
186
1
[
4
268
81
1
Negro
110
33
1
22.
17.7
(')
72
19
1
26.9
23.5
(1)
230
105
38
14
16.5
Mixed
13.3
All other
1 Per cent not shown where base is less than 50.
72
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
The percentage of illiteracy in the total population and in each of
the three principal classes of the population 10 years of age and over
is shown in Table 28 for the Virgin Islands in 1917 and for Porto Rico
and the United States in 1910.
Table 38
PERCENTAGE
OI' ILLITERACY.
CLAiiS OF POP0LATION.
Virirfn
Islands:
1917.
Porto
Rico:
1910.
United
States:
1910.
21.9
66.5
7.7
White
..
11.3
29.7
9.6
63.3
171.4
173.0
5.0
132.9
Mi xed
121.0
1 Percentage for "black" and for "mulatto" as given in Table 32, p. 591, Thirteenth Census, Supple-
ment for Porto Rico.
The number and the percentage of ilUterates in each specified age
group, in 1917, are shown by sex for each main class of the population
of the Virgm Islands in Table 29.
Of
all children 10 to 14 years of
age 4.4 per cant were illiterate, the percentage being 5.1 for males and
3.8 for females.
In the age group 15 to 19 the percentage of illiteracy
was 5.8 for both sexes, 7.7 for males and 4.1 for females.
The per-
centage of illiteracy increased with each succeeding age group.
In
the age group 55 to 64 more than one-haK (52.3 per cent), and in the
age group 65 and over more than
tliree-fifths
(61 per cent)
of the
population was
illiterate.
Except for the age groups 10 to 14 and
15 to 19 the percentage of illiteracy was very high for Negroes.
It
was 50 for the age group 45 to 54, 62 for the age group 55 to 64, and
75.4 for the age group 65 years and over.
The highest percentage
for whites was 18.5 in the age group 45 to 54; and the highest per-
centage for persons of mixed race was 26.5 in the age group 65 years
and over.
POPULATION.
73
ILLITERATES IN THE POPULATION
10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER:
1917
Table 29
CLASS OF POPULATION AND
AGE PERIOD.
All classes..
10 to 14 years
15 to 19 years
20 to 24 years
25 to 34 years
35 to 44 years
45 to 54 years
55 to 64 years
65 years and o\cr.
W'hite
10 to 14 years
15 to 19 Vears
20 to 24 years
25 to 34 years
35 to 44 years
45 to 64 years
55 to 64 years
65 years and over.
Negro
10 to 14 years
15 to 19 years
20 to 24 years
25 to 34 years
35 to 44 years
45 to 54 years
55 to 61 years
65 years and over.
Mixed
10 to 14 year?
15 to 19 vears
20 to 24 years
25 to 34 years
35 to 44 years
45 to 54 years
56 to 64 years
65 years"and o\ er.
.\11 other
10 to 14 years
15 to 19 vears
20 to 24 years
25 to 34 years
35 to 44 "years
45 to 54 years
55 to 64 years
65 years and over.
POPULATION 10 YEARS OF
AGE AND OVEP.:
1917.
Total
number.
21,191
2,461
2,209
2,521
4,115
3,719
2,709
1,S94
1,563
Illiterate.
Num-
ber.
5,281
1, 661
126
158
363
389
236
162
124
103
15,949
109
128
262
675
1,011
1,1.53
990
953
188
1,829
1,627
1,808
3,124
2,899
2,104
l.'!34
1,124
3,541
505
418
3!3
t;oo
580
437
326
332
4,734
93
104
226
593
930
1,051
889
848
340
Per
cent.
24.9
4.4
5.B
10.4
16.4
27.2
42.6
52.3
61.0
11.3
6.3
8.9
6.3
12.6
11.9
18.5
16.9
14.6
29.7
5.1
6.4
12.5
19.0
32.1
50.0
62.0
75.4
9.6
1.6
1.9
3.S
5.5
9.0
15.3
21.8
26.5
(1)
0)
0)
0)
(')
(1)
(')
MALES 10 YEARS OF AjBE
AND over:
1917.
Total
num-
ber.
9,044
1,183
1,023
1,229
1,856
1,755
1,288
817
493
l,0.i4
60
115
.308
251
138
91
59
32
7,270
893
733
785
1,387
1,406
1,024
646
396
229
174
130
216
209
167
102
61
Illiterate.
Num-
ber.
2,306
60
79
112
307
483
535
428
302
92
51
65
93
274
444
485
381
283
Per
cent.
23.9
5.1
7.7
9.1
16.5
27.5
41.5
52.4
61.3
8.7
6.7
8.7
4.2
8.0
11.6
17.6
15.3
(')
5.7
8.9
11.8
19.8
31.6
47.4
59.0
71.5
9.5
2.2
2.3
4.6
6.0
11.0
17.4
28.4
21.3
0)
(')
0)
0)
0)
(')
FEMALES
10 TEARS OP
AGE AND over:
1917.
Total
num-
ber.
11,547
1,278
1,186
1,292
2,259
1,964
1,421
1,077
1,070
607
66
43
55
1.38
9S
71
65
71
,679
936
894
1,023
1,737
1,493
1,080
788
728
2.253
276
244
213
384
371
270
224
271
Illiterate.
Num-
ber.
2,975
49
49
150
368
528
618
562
651
96
2,058
42
39
133
319
486
566
508
565
Per
cent.
25.8
3.8
4.1
11.6
16.3
26.9
4.3.5
52.2
60.8
15.8
6.1
(•)
18.2
21.0
12.2
19.7
18.5
15.5
30.6
4.5
4.4
13.0
18.4
32.6
52.4
64.5
77.6
9.7
1.1
1.6
3.3
5.2
7.S
14.1
18.8
27.7
0)
0)
0)
(1)
' Per cent not shown where base is less than 50.
INABILITY TO SPEAK ENGLISH.
Of the total population of the Virgin Islands 5 years of age and over
in 1917 only 164 persons were returned by the enumerators as being
unable to speak English.
It
is believed that in some of these cases
persons who could speak English but whose native language was other
than
English
returned
their
native
language
instead
of
English.
If
this be true, then even the small number here reported as unable
74
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
to speak English
is excessive.
Table 30 shows by color or race the
language of the persons 5 years of age and over returned as unable
to speak English.
Tabic 30
LANGUAGE SPOKEN.
PERSONS 5 YEARS OF
AGT? AND OVER
XTS-
ABLE TO SPEAK ENGLISH:
1917.
All
classes.
White.
Negro.
Mixed.
All
other.
Total
1G4
139
4
19
9
French
117
18
IS
4
4
3
108
17
9
1
3
1
2
9
1
8
1
Danish
Spanish
i
Dutch
other
i
Not stp.ted
2
DWELLINGS AND FAMILIES.
In census usage a "dwelling"
is any building or structure in which
one or more persons reside.
The term "family" as here used means
a household or group
of persons, whether related by blood or not,
who share a common abode, and also any person living entirely alone.
The statistics as to dwellings and families are presented in Table 31
for the Virgin Islands, for each separate island, and for each principal
subdivision.
The total number of dwellings was 5,858, and the total
number of families was 9,568.
The average number of persons to a
dwelling was 4.4, and the average number per family was 2.7.
The
corresponding
averages
for Porto Rico
in
1910 were
5.5 and
5.1,
respectively.
The comparatively low average number of persons to
a dwelling and
to
a family,
respectively,
in
the Virgin
Islands,
is
explained by the fact that it is quite common there for one individual
to live and keep house alone in a single room.
For census purposes
such a room constitutes a dwelling and its single occupant constitutes
a family.
Table 31
AREA.
Population:
1917.
Dwellings.
Families.
Persons
to a
dwelling.
Persons
to a
family.
Virgin Islands
26, 051
5, 858
9,568
4.4
2.7
Cities
15, 465
10, 5 -G
2, 748
3,110
5,606
3,962
5.6
3.4
2.8
Rural districts
2.7
St. Croix
14, 901
3,829
6,104
3.9
2 4
Christianstcd
4,574
3, 114
7,183
10, 191
920
711
2,198
1,800
1, 856
1,2.59
2,989
3,204
5.0
4.4
3.3
5.7
2 5
Frederiksted
2.5
Rural districts
2 4
St. Thomas
3.2
Charlotte Amnlie
7,747
2,444
959
1,117
683
229
2,491
713
260
6.9
3.6
4.2
3.1
Rural districts
3.4
St. John
3.7
POPULATIOIT.
75
OCCUPATIONS.
Number and proportion of persons occupied.—In the Virgin Islands
in 1917 there were 14,590 persons 10 years of age and over engaged
in gainful occupations.
The gainful workers thus formed 56 per cent
of the total population and 68.8 per cent of the population 10 years
of age and over.
In the male population the gainful workers num-
bered 7,936, which was 66.1 per cent of
all males and 82.3 per cent
of the males 10 years of age and over.
In the female population the
gainful workers numbered
6,654, which was
47.4
per
cent
of
all
females and 57.6 per cent of the females 10 years of age and over.
In Table 32
the number of
persons engaged
in
gainful occupa-
tions in
1917
is compared with the
total population and with the
population 10 years of age and over for both sexes and for each sex
separately.
Table 32
SEX AND CrVTL DIVISION.
Both Sexes.
Virgin Islands
Cities
Rural districts
St. Croix
Christiansted
Frederiksted
Rural districts
St. Thomas
Charlotte Amaiio
Rural districts
St. John
MALE.
Virgin Islands
Cities
Rural districts
St.CroLx
Christiansted
Frederiksted
Rural districts
St. Thomas
Charlotte Amalie
Rural districts
St. John
FEMALE.
Virgin Islands
Cities
Rural districts
St.Crobc
Christiansted
Frederiksted
Rural districts
St. Thomas
Charlotte Amalie
Rural districts
St. John
Total
population:
1917.
26, 051
IS, 465
10, 5S6
14, 901
4,574
3,144
7,183
10, 191
7,747
2,444
959
Population
10 years
of age and
over:
1917.
11,999
6,427
5,572
7,133
2,008
1,289
3, S36
4,357
3,130
1,227
509
14, 052
9,03S
5,014
7,768
2,506
1,855
3,347
5,S34
4,617
1,217
-150
21,191
12, 501
8,690
12, 396
3,775
2,574
6,047
8,106
6,152
1,954
9,644
5,018
4,626
5,953
1,633
1,025
3,295
3,337
2,360
977
354
11,547
7,483
4,004
6,443
2,142
1,549
2,752
4,769
3,792
977
335
PERSONS 10 YEARS OF AGE AND
OVER ENGAGED IN GAINFUL
OCCUPATIONS.
Number.
14, 590
8, 014
6,576
9,129
2,514
1,616
4,999
5, 074
3, 8^4
1, 190
387
7,936
3,954
3,982
5,073
1,327
778
2,968
2,611
1, 849
762
2.^5
6,654
4, 060
2, 594
4,056
1, 187
S38
2,031
2,403
2, 035
428
135
Per cent
of total
popula-
tion.
Per cent
of popu-
lation
10 years
of age
and over.
56.0
51.8
62.1
61.3
55.0
51.4
69.6
49.8
50.1
48.7
40.4
60.1
61.5
71.5
71.1
66.1
60.
77.4
59.9
50.1
62.1
47.4
44.9
51.7
52.2
46.3
45.2
60.7
42.2
44.1
35.2
68.8
64.1
75.7
73.6
66.6
62.8
82.7
62.6
63.1
60.9
56.2
82.3
78.8
86.1
85.2
81.3
75.9
90.1
78.2
78.3
78.0
71.2
57.6
54.3
63.8
63.0
55.4
54.1
73.8
51.0
53.7
43.8
40.3
76
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
On
the
island
of
St. Croix
the proportion
of the population
10
years
of age and over engaged in gainful occupations in 1917 was
73.6 for both sexes,
85.2 for males, and 63 for females.
The corre-
sponding proportions on the island of St. Thomas were 62.6 for both
sexes, 78.2 for males, and 51.6 for females, and on St. John they were
56.2
for
both
sexes,
71.2
for
males, and
40.3
for
females.
For
both sexes and for each
sex the proportion
gainfully occupied was
considerably larger in the total rural than in the total urban popula-
tion.
On the island of St Thomas, however, a larger proportion of
the urban than of the rural population 10 years of age and over was
gainfully occupied in 1917.
In the report of the census taken by Denmark in 1911
the total
population of the Virgin Islands was divided with respect to occu-
pations into
three groups—"providers,"
"dependents," and "serv-
ants."
The "providers" formed
58.1
per
cent,
the "dependents"
39.3 per cent, and the "servants"
2.6 per cent of the total popula-
tion.
If the "providers" and "servants" be combined, and
if from
this combined group be taken the paupers, delinquents, and inmates
of hospitals,
etc., included with the "providers" and "servants" in
1911,
then
the
remaining
group
should
be
comparable
with
the
"gainful workers,"
as classified in 1917.
Thus, arranged in accord-
ance with the 1917 grouping, the 1911
statistics show that at that
date the gainful workers numbered 15,404, which was 56.9 per cent
of the total population.
The male gainful workers numbered 8,057,
or 64.4 per cent of all males
; and the female gainful workers numbered
7,347, or 50.4 per cent of all females.
In Table 33 the number of persons engaged in gainful occupations
in 1911
is compared with the total population.
Table 33
BOTH sexes: 19U.
male:
1911.
female:
1911.
ABEA.
Total.
Engaged in
gainful occu-
pations.
Total.
Engaged in
gainful occu-
pations.
Total.
Engaged in
gainful occu-
pations.
Num-
Per
bar.
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
Num-
ber.
Per
cent.
27,086
15,404
]
56.9
12, 508
8,057
64.4
14,578
7,347
50.4
Cities
16,042
11,044
8, 828
1
55.
6,576
1
59.5
6,589
5,919
3,950
4,107
59.9
69.4
9,453
5,125
4,878
2,469
51.6
Rural districts
48.2
St Croix
15, 467
8,877
1
57.4
7,563
5,043
66.7
7,904
3,834
48.5
4,592
3,20;i
7,672
10,678
2,419
52.7
1,970
1,338
4,255
4,495
1,130
779
3,134
2,724
57.4
58.2
73.7
60.6
2,622
1,865
3,417
6,183
1,289
815
1,730
3,299
49.2
1,594
4,864
6,023
49.8
63.4
56.4
43.7
50.6
St. Thomas
53.4
Charlotte Amalic
8,247
2,431
941
4,815
1
58.4
1,208
1
49.7
504
53.
6
3,281
1,214
450
2,041
683
290
62.2
56.3
64.4
4,066
1,217
491
2,774
525
214
55.9
43.1
St. John
43.6
POPULATION'.
77
Number and proportion of persons in the general divisions of occupa-
tion.—Table 34 shows, for both sexes, and for each sex separately,
the gainful workers in 1917 distributed by general divisions of occu-
pations.
Of
the
14,590
gainful workers,
over
two-fifths
(41.7
per
cent) were engaged in agriculture and animal husbandry, almost one-
fifth
(19.2 per cent) were engaged in manufacturing and mechanical
industries, and one-fifth (20 per cent) were engaged in domestic and
personal
service.
On
St. Croix
59.5 per cent of the workers were
engaged in agriculture and animal husbandry, as compared with only
12 per cent on
St. Thomas and
St. John.
The proportion
of the
workers
in each
of the other general divisions
of occupations was
considerably smaller on St. Croix than on St. Thomas and St. Jolm.
Table S4
rax AHD GENBRAL DIVISION OT OCCirPATION3.
Both Sexes.
All occnpations.
Agrirulture and animal basbandry
Manufacturing and mecbanical industries.
Transportation
Trade
Public serWce (not elsewhere classifled)..
Professional ser^'ice
Domestic and personal service
Clerical occupations
MALE.
All occupations.
Agriculturp and animal husbandry
Manufacturing and mechanical industries.
Transportation
Trade
Public service (not elsewhere classifled)
Professional service
Domestic and personal service
Clerical occupations
All occupatioTLS.
Agriculture and animal husbandry
Manufacturing and mechanical industries.
Transportation
Trade
Public service (not elsewhere classified)..
Professional service
Domestic and personal service
Clerical occupations
VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Number:
1917.
14,590
6,0S4
2,802
842
872
621
261
2,918
190
3,889
1,932
642
360
621
149
182
170
6,654
2,204
870
200
512
112
2, 736
20
Per
cent
distri-
bution
100.0
41.7
10.2
5.8
6.0
4.3
1.8
20.0
1.3
100.0
48.9
24.3
8.1
4.5
7.8
1.9
2.3
2.1
100.0
33.1
13.1
3.0
7.7
1.7
41.1
0.3
Num-
ber:
1917.
9,129
5,428
1,377
218
345
155
137
1,386
83
5,073
3.303
1,045
207
123
155
81
85
74
4,056
2, 125
332
11
222
56
1,301
Per
cent
distri-
bution.
100.0
59.5
15.1
2.4
3.8
1.7
1.5
15.2
0.9
100.0
65.1
20.6
4.1
2.4
3.1
1.6
1.7
1.5
100.0
52.4
8.2
0.3
5.5
1.4
32.1
0.2
ST. THOMAS AND
ST. JOUN.
Num-
ber:
1917.
Per
cent
dis-
tribu-
tion.
5,461
656
1,425
624
527
468
124
1,532
107
2,863
577
8S7
435
237
466
6S
97
96
79
538
189
290
56
1,435
11
100.0
12.0
26.1
11.4
9.7
8.5
2.3
28.1
2.0
100.0
20.2
31.0
15.2
8.3
16.3
2.4
3.4
3.4
100.0
3.0
20.7
7.3
11.2
2.2
55.2
0.4
Of the 7,936 male gainful workers, 48.9 per cent were engaged in
agriculture and animal husbandry, and 24.3 per cent were engaged in
manufacturing and mechanical industries
These two general divi-
sions of occupations thus gave emplo3^ment
to nearly three-fourths
(73.2 per cent) of
all male workers.
On St. Croix more than eight-
tenths of the male workers (85.7 per cent) were in these two general
78
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
divisions of occupations,
as compared with
slightly over five-tenths
(512 per cent) on St. Thomas and St. John.
Of the 6,654 gainfully
occupied females approximately one-third (33.1 percent) were engaged
in agriculture and animal husbandry
and over two-fifths
(41.1 per
cent) were engaged in domestic and personal service
On St. Croix
over
one-half
(52.4
per
cent)
of
the female
gainful
workers were
engaged in agriculture and animal husbandry, and almost one-third
of them (32.1 per cent) were engaged in domestic and persona- serv-
ice.
On St. Thomas and St. John domestic and personal service was
the most important
field
of emplojrment for gainful females,
over
one-half (55.2 per cent) of them being so occupied.
Persons occupied, distributed hy sex.—Table 35 shows, for all occu-
pations and for each general division of occupations, the number of
males and females gainfidly occupied in 1917 and the per cent which
the workers of each sex constituted of the total.
These figures show
that of each 100 persons gainfully occupied in 1917, 54.4 were male
and
45.6
were
female.
In
each
general
division
of
occupations,
except trade and domestic and personal service, males outnumbered
females.
In trade 41.3 per cent of the workers were male and 58.7
per cent were female.
In domestic and personal service more than
nine-tenths (93.8 per cent) of the workers were female.
Table 35
GENEEAL DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONS.
All occupations
Agriculture and animal husbandry
Manufacturing and mechanical industries
Transportation
Trade
Public service (not elsewhere classified).
.
Professional service
Domestic and personal service
Clerical occupations
Total:
1917.
14,590
6,084
2,802
842
872
621
261
2,918
190
Number.
7,936
3,880
1,932
642
360
621
149
182
170
Per
cent.
54.4
63.8
69.0
76.2
41.3
100.0
57.1
6.2
89.5
Number.
6,654
2,204
870
200
512
112
2,736
20
Per
cent.
45.6
36.2
31.0
23.8
58.7
42.9
93.8
10.5
Persons occupied,
distributed
bij age
periods.—Table 36 shows for
the males and females of the Virgin Islands the number of persons of
each specified age engaged in gainful occupations compared with the
total number of the same age in 1917.
The figures show that in 1917
more than eight-tenths
(82.3 per cent) of the males 10 years of age
and over were engaged
in gainful occupations.
In the lowest age
period, 10 to
13, only 6.3 per cent of the males were gainfully occu-
pied, while in the next age period, 14 to
15, the proportion gainfully
occupied was over seven times as large, being 44.3 per cent.
For the
age period 16 to 20 the proportion occupied (87.7 per cent) was almost
double that for the age period
14
to
15.
The proportion occupied
was almost the same for the age period 21 to 30 (97 per cent) as for
the age period 31 to 44
(97.1 per cent).
In the age period 21 to 30
POPULATION".
79
only 3 men and in the age period 31 to 44 only 2.9 men out of every
100 wore without gainful occupations.
If the age periods, except the
lowest two, be combined,
it is found that of all males 16 years of age
and over considerably over nine-tenths (93.1 per cent) were engaged
in gainful occupations in 1917.
Of the females 10 years of age and over, 57.6 per cent were engaged
in gainful occupations in 1917.
In the age period 10 to 13 the pro-
portion gainfully occupied was larger for females
(8.7 per cent) than
for males (6.3 per cent), but in each of the other age periods the pro-
portion was considerably smaller for females than
for males.
The
proportion of females gainfully occupied was highest in the age period
21
to 30 years—73.4 per cent.
The proportion dropped
to 69 per
cent in the age period 31 to 44, to 63.1 per cent in the age period 45
to 64, and to 28.6 per cent in the age period 65 years and over.
Tatole 36
MALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND
over:
1917.
FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE
AND over: 1917.
AGE PF.KIOD.
Total
number.
Engaged in gain-
ful occupations.
Total
number.
Engaged in gain-
ful occupations.
Number.
Per
cent.
Number.
Per
cent.
10 years and over
9,644
7,936
82.3
11,547
6,654
57.6
10 to 13 years
934
469
1,055
2,224
2,364
2, 105
493
59
208
925
2, 158
2,295
1,955
336
6.3
44.3
87.7
97.0
97.1
92.9
68.2
1,026
473
1,230
2,529
2,721
2,498
1,070
89
167
783
1,856
1,878
1,575
306
8.7
14 to 15 years
35.3
16 to 20 years
63.7
21 to 30 years
73.4
31 to 44 years
69.0
45 to 64 years
63.1
65 years and over
28.6
The per cent which the gainful workers in each age period consti-
tuted of
all gainful workers in the Virgin Islands in 1917
is shown
for both sexes and for each sex separately in Table 37.
This sum-
mary shows that more than nine-tenths
(92 per cent) of the gainful
workei-s were between 16 and 64 years of age, inclusive.
Only
1 per
cent were 10 to
13, only 2.6 per cent 14 to
15, and only 4.4 per cent
65 years of age and over.
There was no marked difference between
the sexes as to the age distribution of the gaiaful workers.
Tatole 37
AOK PERIOD.
10 years and over
lOto 13 years
14 to 15 years
16 to 20 years
PER CENT DISTRIBUTION
or PERSONS ENGAGED
IN
GAINFUL occupa-
tions:
1917.
Both
sexes.
100.0
1.0
2.6
11.7
Male.
100.0
0.7
2.6
11.7
Fe-
male.
1.3
2.5
11.8
AGE PERIOD.
21 to 30 years
31 to 44 years
45 to 64 years
65 years and over
PER CENT rISTRIBUTION
OF PERSONS ENGAGED
IN
GAINFUL
occupa-
tions: 1917.
Both
sexes.
27.5
28.6
24.2
4.4
Male.
27.2
28.9
24.6
4.2
Fe-
male.
27.9
28.2
23.7
4.6
80
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Persons occupied, distributed by color
or
race.—Table 38 shows
for
both sexes and for each sex separately a distribution by color or race
of the total population of the Virgin Islands 10 years of age and over
and of the persons engaged in gainful occupations
in
1917.
Of
all
gainful
workers
white
persons
constituted
7.7
per
cent,
Negroes
78.3
per
cent,
persons
of mixed race
13.7 per
cent, and
all
other
pei-sons
0.2 per cent.
The Negroes formed a somewhat larger and
the whites and the mixed, formed a somewhat smaller proportion of
the gainful workers than of the population 10 years of age and over.
The white males formed
a somewhat
larger
per
cent,
the Negro
males
approxunately
the same
per
cent,
and
the mixed males
a
somewhat smaller per cent of the male gainful workers than of the
male population 10 years of age and over.
The white and the mixed
females formed
a much
smaller
proportion
of
the
female
gainful
workers than
of
the female population
10 years
of age and
over,
while the reverse was true of the Negro females.
Table 38
SEX AND CLASS O? rOPULATION.
POPULATION 10 YEARS
OF AGE AND OVER:
1917.
PERSONS
10
YEARS
OF AGE AND OVER
ENGAGED IN GAIN-
FUL occupations:
1917.
Number.
Per cent
distribu-
tion.
Number.
Per cent
distri-
bution.
Both sexes
21,191
100.0
14, 590
100.0
WMte
1,661
15,949
3,541
40
7.8
75.3
16.7
0.2
1,125
11,430
2.000
35
7.7
78.3
13.7
All other
0.2
Male
9,644
100.0
1
7,936
100.0
yvhite
.
.
1,054
7,270
1,288
32
11,547
10.9
75.4
13.4
0.3
100.0
947
6,000
960
29
6,654
11.9
75.6
12.1
All other
0.4
100.0
White
607
8,679
2,253
8
5.3
75.2
19.5
0.1
178
5,430
1,040
6
2.7
81.6
15.6
All other
0.1
Table 39 shows, for each principal
class
of the population of the
Virgin Islands, the proportion which the persons of both sexes and
of each sex 10 years of age and over engaged in gainful occupations
constituted of aU persons of the same sex or class 10 years of age and
over in 1917.
The proportion of males gainfully occupied was con-
siderably larger for the white males
(89.8 per cent) and considerably
smaller for mixed males
(74.5 per cent) than for aU males
(82.3 per
cent).
The
proportion
of
females
gainfully
occupied
was much
smaller for white females (29.3 per cent) and for mixed females (46.2
POPULATIOlSr.
81
per cent) than for
all females
(57.6 per cent), while the proportion
for Negro females (62.6 per cent) was larger than for all females.
Table 39
CLASS OF POPULATION.
PROPORTION
OF
PERSONS
10
YEARS
OF
AGE
AND
OVER
GAINFULLY OCCXTPIED:
1917.
Both
sexes.
Male.
Female.
68.8
82.3
57.6
White
67.7
71.7
56.5
89.8
82.5
74.5
29.3
62.6
46.2
Persons
occupied,
distributed
hy
marital
condition.—In Table 40
the persons of each sex 16 years of age and over engaged in gainful
occupations
in
1917
are distributed by marital
condition.
Of the
7,669 gainfully occupied males
16 years
of age and over,
45.6 per
cent were
single,
30.3
per
cent were
married,
19.6 per cent were
consensually married, and 4.6
per
cent were widowed or divorced.
The married and the consensually married together constituted prac-
tically one-half
(49.9 per cent)
of the gainful males 16 years of age
and over.
Of the 6,938 gainfully occupied females 16 years of age
and over, 52.7 per cent were single, 18.8 per cent were married, 18.8
per cent were consensually married, and 9.8 per cent were widowed
or divorced.
The married and
the consensually married
together
constituted 37.6 per cent of the gainful females 16 years of age and
over.
A considerably larger proportion
of
the
gainful females
16
years of age and over were single and widowed or divorced than of
the males, and a much smaller proportion were married.
Table 40
PERSONS
16 YEARS OF ARE AND OVER EN-
GAGED m GAINFUL OCCUPATIONS: 1917.
MABPTAL CONDITION.
Male.
Female.
Number.
Percent.
Number.
Per cent.
Total
7,669
100.0
6,398
100.0
3,495
2,321
1,503
350
45.6
30.3
19.6
4.6
3.370
1,203
1,201
624
52.7
18.8
18.8
Widowed and divorced
9.8
The proportion of the married and consensually married females
engaged in gainful occupations
is important.
In the Virgin Islands
in 1917 the married and the consensually married females 15 years
of age and over together numbered 4,100 (Table
14).
The married
and the consensually married females 16 years of age and over en-
gaged
in gainful occupations
in
1917 numbered 2,404
(Table
40).
60396°— 18
6
82
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
In addition, 2 of the gainfully occupied females 15 years of age were
married, making a
total
of 2,406 married
or consensually married
females 15 years of age and over engaged in gainful occupations in
1917.
Hence, of the 4,100 married and consensually married females
15 years of age and over in the total population, 2,406, or 58.7 per
cent, were engaged in gainful occupations.
The marital condition of the gainfully occupied females was not
tabulated separately for each color or race.
Since the number
of
gainfully occupied white females 10 years of age and over was only
178
in
1917,
marital
condition
of
the
gainfully occupied females
by
color
or
race
is
of importance mainly
for Negro females and
females
of mixed
race.
And,
since Negro females and females
of
mixed race together constituted 97.2 per cent of all females engaged
in gainful occupations (Table 38)
,
it
is evident that the marital con-
dition of the gainfully occupied Negro and mixed females was prac-
tically the same as that of
all gainfully occupied females.
Accord-
ing to Table 40, of all gainfully occupied females 16 years of age and
over in 1917, 52.7 per cent were single,
18.8 per cent were married,
18.8
per cent were
consensually married,
and
9.8
per cent were
widowed or divorced.
Description of the occu-pation general tables.—Table 41
(p. 83) shows,
for the Virgin Islands, the number and sex of the persons 10 years
of age and over engaged in 1917 in each of 112 specified occupations
and
occupation
groups.
Similar
statistics
are
presented
for
St.
Croix, St. Thomas, and St. John, and for the cities of Christiansted,
Frederiksted, and Charlotte Amalie, in Table 42
(p.
85).
Table 43
(p.
88)
shows, for the Virgin Islands,
the number of males and of
females
10 years
of age and over engaged in selected occupations
and occupation groups,
classified by age
periods, and by color or
race, and by marital condition for persons 16 years of age and over.
Table 44
(p. 94) presents similar statistics for St. Croix, St. Thomas,
and
St. John and for the
cities of Christiansted, Frederiksted, and
Charlotte
Amalie.
The
occupations
selected
for
presentation
in
Tables 43 and 44 are those of the 112 occupations shown in Tables
41 and 42, whiich are of most importance, numerically, for the par-
ticular area.
POPULATION.
83
Tablk 41. -TOTAL PERSONS 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER ENGAGED IN EACH SPECI-
FIED OCCUPATION, CLASSIFIED BY SEX:
1917.
OCCtTPATION.
Populol ion 10 years of age and
over
All occupations.
21,191
14,590
Aericnltiire and aaimal
husbandry
Fanners
Farm and garden foremen and
overseers
Farm and (jarden laborers
Farm ^^atcl^Inen
Fishermen
Gardeners
Total.
Manufacturing and me-
chaoiral industries.
.
Apprentices to trades
BaV-ersand bakers' helpers.
.
Blacksmiths
Boilermakers
Brick and stone masons
Butchers
Cabinetmakers
Carpenters and joiners
Cigar makers
Compositors,
printers,
and
typesetters
Coopers
Dressmakers and seamstresses
Electricians and electrical en-
gineers
Engineers ^mechanical)
Engineers (stationary)
Firemen (except
fire depart-
ment)
Foremen and overseers (man-
ufacturing)
Hat makers (not in factory;)
.
.
Jewelers, watchmakers, gcld-
smiihs and silversmith.-:
Laborers (not otherwise speci-
fied):
Cliarcoal burners
General and not specified
laborers
Laborers, sugar factories.
Other
laljorers in manu-
facturing
Machinists, millwrights, and
toolmakers
Managers
and
superintend-
ents (manufacturing)
Manufacturers and officials.
Mechanics
(not
otherwise
snecified)
Mihinersand millinery dealers.
I^ainters, glaziers, varmshers,
and enamelers
Piano and organ tuners
I'lumbers,
gas
and
steam
fitters
Saddlers
Shipwrights
Shfcemakers and cobblers
Sugar
factory
operatives
(semiskilled)
TaUors
Tinsmiths and coppersmiths.
Wheelwrights
Other pursuits
Basket makers
Broom makers
Candy makers
Mattress makers
Net makers
6,084
3SS
lOS
5,120
24
4213
IS
2,802
88
170
137
8
157
30
12
457
18
21
10
549
15
6
78
268
116
9,644
7,936
3,880
2,204
Male.
Fe-
male.
11,547
6,654
341
105
2,970
24
425
15
1.932
17
107
30
17
32
4
2
2
3
2
84
32
137
8
157
30
12
457
17
19
10
1
15
6
78
214
112
47
3
2,150
548
22
OCCUPATION.
Total.
Other pursuits—Continued.
Novelty and fancy work-
ers
Sailmakers
Ship calkers
Ship riggers
Transportation
Boatmen
Captains,
masters,
mates,
and pilots
Carriage
drivers
and
team-
sters
Chauffeurs
Hostlers
and
stable
hands
(not on farms)
Laborers, road and street
Longshoremen and stevedores.
Porters (street)
Proprietors,
officials,
and
managers
(not
otherwise
specified )
Sailors and deck hands
(ex-
cept United States)
Telegraph operators
Telephone operators
Other transportation pursuits.
Trade.
Banlrers, brokers, and money
lenders
Clerks in stores
i
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
venders
Laborers, porters,and helpers
in stores
Merchants and dealers
Newsboys
Salesmen and saleswomen
.
.
Public service
Guards, watchmen, and door-
keepers
Laborers, public service
Officials
and
inspectors
( United States )
Officials (Army, Navy, and
Marine)
PoUcemen
,
Soldiers, sailors, and marines
(United States)
Other public service pursuits.
Professional service
Authors, editors, and reporters
Chemists
Clerg\Tnen
Dentists
Lawyers, judges, and justices
Musicians
and
teachers
of
music
Photographers
Physicians and surgeons
,
School-teachers
Other professional pursuits.
Semiprofessional pursuits
Keepers of charitalile and
penal institutions
Religious
and
charity
workers
Other occupations
Attendants and helpers (pro-
fessional service)
842
43
14
39
8
49
27
402
60
159
17
12
7
872
53
348
42
156
4
263
471
13
261
Male.
49
25
217
59
Fe-
male.
42
97
4
141
621
471
13
'Some of the "clerks" in stores probably are "salesmen and saleswomen."
84
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 41. -TOTAL PERSONS 10 YEARS OF AOE AND OVER ENGAGED IN EACH SPECI-
FIED OCCUPATION, CLASSIFIED BY SEX: 1917—Continued.
OCCUPATION.
Total.
Male.
Fe-
male.
OCCUPATION.
Total.
Mate.
Fe-
male.
Domestic and personal
2,918
182
2,736
Clerical occupations
Agents,
canvassers, and
col-
190
170
20
Barbers and hairdressers
12
13
6
348
8
32
6
1,303
11
129
3
1,046
1
11
12
1
10
.5
2
5
3
......
2
124
1
1
1
5
338
3
30
1
1,300
11
123
1
922
10
50
77
46
7
8
49
65
45
3
2
Boarding and lodging house
keepers
Bookkeepers,
cashiers,
and
accountants
1
Clerks (except clerks in stores)
Messenger, errand, and office
12
Hotel and restaurant keepers.
Housekeepers and stewards...
1
Stenographers
and
type-
4
Other domestic
service pur-
i Includes
trained,
practical,
and
children's nurses.
POPULATION.
85
Table 42 -TOTAL PERSONS 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER ENGAnED TN EACH SPECIFIED
OCCUPATION. CLASSIFIED BY SEX, FOR ISLANDS AND CITIES:
1917.
ISLANDS.
CITIES.
OCCUPATION.
St. Croix.
St. Thomas.
St. John.
Christian-
sted.
Frederik-
sted.
Charlotte
Amalie.
Male.
Fe-
male. Male.
Fe-
male. Male
Fe-
male
Male.
Fe-
male. Male.
Fe-
male. Male.
Fe-
male
Population 10 years of age and
5,953
5,073
3,443
1,056
5,337
2,611
1,769
2,463
354
252
335
135
1,633
1,327
2,142
,187
1,025
778
1,549
838
2,360
1,849
?,792
All occupations
2,035
Agriculture and animal
J, 303
2,125
444
56
133
23
513
245
262
145
99
19
222
101
2,681
16
280
3
1,045
22
3
2,098
......
1
332
98
3
201
8
122
12
831
22
"32"
21
1
88
3
"'26'
54
4
334
5
"246"
19
1
162
3
"i4i"
27
1
29
12
Farm and garden foremen and
Farm and garden laborers
5
""2
488
23
119
2
458
80
1
33
9
644
2
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries
...
56
50
170
244
137
357
•
61
5
92
4
93
23
27
45
8
62
17
1
184
9
9
4
8
3
21
7
4
1
8
6
199
24
1
24
1
49
17
4
IS
3
41
21
24
35
4
45
5
1
147
8
9
1
3
6
4
1
7
Bakers and bakers' helpers
. .
.
,
43
2
41
Brick and stone masons
92
13
11
256
7
10
6
1
7
3
57
10
6
"215"
3
47
9
6
122
3
6
2
3
1
20
7
3
"iis"
IS
3
5
61
3
4
3
1
2
""84"
......
2
17
1
1
Compositors,
printers,
and
1
Dressmakers and seamstresses
Electricians and electrical en-
311
22
268
Engineers (mechanical)
Engineers (stationary)
Firemen (except
fire depart-
i4
1
Foremen and overseers (man-
75
Jewelers, watchmakers, gold-
12
5
18
112
1
7
g
3
3
48
2
1
33
3
42
17
67
16
14
1
10
4
......
....„
10
1
""22"
1
1
2
Laborers (not otherwise speci-
fied):
1
39
28
2
20
5
General and not specified
11
1
1
135
33
Other laborers in manu-
12
5
2
3
2
45
1
4
1
5
35
10
5
2
2
2
Machinists, millwrights, and
4
4
1
Managers
and
superintend-
ents (manufacturing)
1
Mechanics
(not
otherwise
4
1
2
2
Painters, gla/iers, varnishers,
32
1
14
1
1
44
1
4
1
Plumbers,
gas
and
steam
fitters
Saddlers
1
11
3
28
34
9
12
Shipwrights .
2
32
Shoemakers and cobblers
.
.
12
;i
24
(,
1
Sugar factory operatives
Tailors
38
14
3
2
.
3.T
9
Tinsmiths and coppersmiths.
Wheelwrithts
1
86
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 42.—TOTAL PERSONS 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER ENGAGED IN EACH SPECIFIED
OCCUPATION. CLASSIFIED BY SEX, FOR ISLANDS AND CITIES: 1917—Continued.
ISLANDS.
CITIES.
OCCUPATION.
St. Croix.
St. Thomas.
St. John.
Christian-
sted.
Frederik-
sted.
Charlotte
Amalie.
Male.
Fe-
male. Male.
Fe-
male. Male
Fe-
male
Male.
Fe-
male. Male.
Fe-
male.
Male.
Fe-
male
1
2
1
15
11
2
2
1
1
1
1
12
10
Broom ma1;ers
1
1
2
1
2
Mattress makers
3
1
3
2
391
3
1
1
1
1
Novelty and fancy work-
ers
s
1
7
3
3
2
330
Ship calkers
Ship rigcers
207
11
189
44
87
4
102
7
151
3
6
7
8
4.'?
10
52
34
1
30
2
4
123
1
40
6
30
2
5
1.
5
1^
1
1
3
2
17
10
48
6
1
37
6
21
Captains, masters, mates, and
pilots
1
2
Carriage
drivers
and
team-
1
Chaiiffeiirs
Hostlers
and
stable
hands
(not on farm)
......
1
1
.....
5
222
6
15
165
25
4
87
9
1
3
237
"2'
1
4
2
111
22
2
83
9
1
2
214
Laborers, road and street
Lonsshoremeu
and
steve-
184
1
28
1
17
......
147
Porters (street)
Proprietors,
officials,
and
managers
(not
otherwiss
specified )
Sailors and deck hands
(ex-
cept United States)
42
12
......
2
'^0
Telegraph operators
Telephone operators
4
131
""2
53
3
Other transportation pursuits
.
2
58
Trade
290
250
Bankers, brokers, and money
2
18
10
23
44
24
155
16
1
10
4
27
94
3
'""'9"
95
'"'37'
"'ki'
4
23
19
19
53
2
117
464
1
10
7
8
19
1
12
85
""2
68
'ie'
'"'45'
1
13
19
1
12
40
23
'"it"
'"'34'
4
23
5
IS
50
2
112
348
("lerks in stores '
3
224
3
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
venders
186
Laborers, porters, and helpers
in stores
Merchants and dealers
22
20
Newsboys
Salesmen and saleswomen ....
41
41
Public service
2
Guards, watchmen, and door-
keepers
23
11
21
20
377
in
9
2
1
5
1
18
Laborers, public service
Officials
and
inspectors
(United States)
,^
5
2
10
59
9
IS
20
274
9
Ollicials (Army, Navy, and
2
12
18
1
Soldiers, sailors, and marines
(United States)
* Some 01 the
'clerks" in stores probably are "salesmen and saleswomen.'
POPULATION.
87
Table 13
TOTAL PERSONS 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER ENGAGED IN EACH SPECIFIED
OCCUPATION. CLASSIFIED BY SEX. FOR ISLANDS AND CITIES: 1917—Continued.
ISLANDS.
CITIES.
OCCXn-ATION.
St. Croix.
St. Thomas.
St. John.
Christian-
sted.
Frederik-
sted.
Charlotte
Amalie.
Male.
Fe-
male. Male.
Fe-
male. Male
P..
male
Male.
Fe-
male. Male.
Fe-
male.
Male.
Fe-
male
Professional service
81
56
66
49
2
7
43
27
21
19
57
43
Authors, editors, and report-
1
s
16
1
1
10
3
1
4
7
2
3
1
3
7
1
1
9
3
23
2
4
6
1
1
3
2
7
1
Lawyers, jud^'es, nnd justices.
Musicians
and
teachers
of
4
15
4
2
14
4
2
1
1
1
1
Physicians and surgeons
3
21
5
4
2
2
""46'
2
3
"'48'
1
"'6'
2
8
1
1
2
2
"26"
1
6
"'i7
'42
Other professional pursuits.
.
Semiprofessional pursuits:
Keepers of charitable and
penal institutions
Religious
and
charity
workers
2
1
2
2
Other occupations
Attendants and helpers (pro-
1
1,301
1
83
Domestic and personal
So
1,380
14
55
41
604
32
447
68
1,205
Barbers and hairdressers
4
8
)
3
1
2
2
2
1
3
171
"17"
1
562
7
74
1
464
7
4
j-
4
""2
2
54
3
2
1
2
1
1
5
3
65
"'io'
1
194
3
22
7
4
'"'4'
4
"
'i'
2
43
Bartenders
1
2
164
3
12
Boarding and lodging honic
2
3
62
'"i
'
'i'
1
152
3
Housekeepers and stewards.
.
1
2
1
1
"4
3
"363'
3
22
1
209
6
Launderers and laundresses...
705
3
49
1
33
1
616
2
4
39
Saloon keepers
57
1
74
441
13
17
24
1
42
23
149
385
Other domestic
service
pur-
Clerical occupations
9
95
11
1
6
24
3
89
10
Agents, canvassers, and
col-
3
23
28
19
1
""s
1
5
26
36
26
2
2
1
4
2
7
18
15
""5'
1
1
12
7
3
1
"3'
5
25
33
24
2
2
Bookkeepers,
cashiers,
and
1
Clerks (excejjt clerks in stores)
Messenger, errand, and
office
bovs
1
3
StenoL^raphers
and
type-
writers
4
4
1 Includes trained, practical, and children's nurses.
88
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
Table 43.—TOTAL PERSONS
10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER ENGAGED IN SELECTED
BY MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16
OCCUPATION.
TOTAL.
AGE PERIODS.
Both
sexes.
Male.
Fe-
male.
10 to 13
years.
14 to
15
years.
16 to 20
years.
21 to 30
years.
31 to 44
years.
"a
934
59
~27
'S
i
1,020
89
24
469
208
"95
a;
"3
g
473
167
I4
"3
^.
1,055
925
~331
"3
S
1,230
783
'~260
"3
2,224
2,158
~S88
E
2,529
1,856
"3
2,364
2,295
1,171
a
2,721
1,878
599
1
2
Populatton
10
years
of
age
and over.
All occupations
Acriculture and animal
husbandry.
Farmers
21,191
14,590
9,64t
7,936
11,547
6,651
3
6,084
3,880
2,204
664
4
388
108'
5, 1201
24
426!
18
2,802
341
105
2,970
24
425
15
1,932
47
3
2,150
5
2
289
1
259
32
5
759
1
90
1
537
2
1
660
'
'
1
214
89
46
862
11
159
4
582
12
1
584
""2
256
5
Farm
and
garden
foremen
and overseers.
Farm and garden laborers
Farm watchmen
6
7
27
24
88
64
8
Fislierraen
i
3
870
7
35
9
Gai'deners
10
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries.
Apprentices to trades
Bakers and bakers' helpers
lilacksmiths
12
4
47
41
4
"i
254
80
11
12
88,
170'
1371
157
30
12
457
18
21
10
549
15
78
17
10
76
20
61
268
116
13
12
17
94
35
77
17
107
30
17
73
84
32
137
157
30
12
457
17
19
10
1
15
78
17
10
1
20
39
214
112
13
12
16
93
35
77
17
107
80
17
53
4
138
12
27
7
30
11
1
2
62
3
9
4
9
.....
3
8
33
40
11
2
136
5
6
1
.....
33
4
'"is
"i
"144
1
8
47
61
3
4
151
3
"46
W
14
Brick and stone masons
Butchers
15
16
Cabinetmakers
17
Carpenters and joiners
Ciijar makers
IS
1
2
1
19
Compositors,
printers,
and
tjT)esetters.
Coopers
20
1
.....
23
7
63
14
60
44
2
5
9
34
14
19
4
33
8
2
Ifi
"166
12
5
27
1
....
21
Dressmakers and seamstresses
Electricians and electrical en-
gineers.
Engineers (stationary)
Firemen (except Are depart-
ment).
Foremen and overseers (man-
ufacturing).
Hat makers (not in factory) .
.
Jewelers, watchmakers, gold-
smiths, and silversmiths.
Laborers (not otherwise speci-
fied):
Charcoal burners
548
1
I
10
45
22
23
24
25
26
27
75
....
3
2 .....
4
14
10
3
4
9
3
5
1
3
5
67
34
7
2
2
25
8
28
6
36
6
3
11
30
6
5
2
1
....
28
22
54
4
29
30
General and not specified
laborers.
Laborers, sugar factories.
.
Other laborers in manu-
facturing.
Machinists, millwrights, and
toohnakers.
Managers and manufacturers
(manufacturing).
Painters, glaziers, varnishers,
and enamelers.
Saddlers
1
2
3
...
31
32
33
1
1
34
13
2
10
2
15
5
1
2
"""4
35
36
Shoemakers and cobblers
Sugar
factory
operatives
(semiskined).
Tailors
37
38
39
Tinsmiths and coppersmiths..
Wheelwrights
40
41
Other mauuiacturing pursuits
26
1 •
POPULATTOIT.
89
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS, COLOR OR RACE, AND
SEX, AND
YEARS OF AGE AND OVER;
1917.
AGE PEKI0P3—
continued.
COLOR OR RACK
MARITAL CONDITION
SONS
16 TEARS Of
OF OCCUPIED PEE-
AGE AND OVER.
45 to 64
years.
65 yeaxs
and over.
White.
Negro.
Mixed.
All
oth-
er.
Sin ?le.
Married.
Consen-
siially
married.
Wid-
owed
and di-
vorced.
S
2,498
1,575
.2
03
IS
493
336
215|
S
1,070
306
94
6
1,054
947
"3
a
607
m
7
_2
1
_2
_2
32
29
I4
2
i
8
"3
5n
"a
B
JO
"3
.23
a
1
?5
"3
a
2,105
1,955
7,270
6,000
8,679
5,430
1,288
960
2,253
1,040
1
3,495 3,370
690
2,321
1,111
1,203
534
1,503 1,201
350
624
1,153
499
172
3,450 2,109
244
88
1,587
869
719
191
173
172,
50
792;
10
120'
9
430
24
1
473
.....
262
43
2
153
2
14
1
70
8
86
68
12
16
4
1
1
233
80
2,804
23
298
12
1,468
35
2
2,069
.....
2
458
39
13
137
1
51
3
369
8
1 --
67
19
1,344
5
146
6
764
15
1
673
.....
505
202
55
686
13
150
5
634
11
1
521
.....
201
40
25
694
3
104
3
381
3
714
.....
1
51
32
18
6
1
131
154
3 ....
18....
1 ....
94,
105
80
13 ..
76 ....
97
....
50
90
313
5
2
1
1
2
1
69
26
116
140
12
7
368
9
9
9
1
2
39
15
6
3
108
.....
2
"26i
13
5
16
17
5
5
83
6
10
1
....^
23
1
4
1
3
18
12
1
3
5
31
6
27
6
25
8
3
15
1
30
10
61
53
5
5
196
12
11
4
72
""2
1
7
31
35
3
2
83
1
2
3
.....
9
7
2
1
1
81
58
23'
42
1
4
3
1
2
17
1
2
2
12
29
12
41
58
19
3
154
2
5
6
38
7
4
22
58
25
4
G
11
19
19
22
31
10
10
25
36
'"'93
49
9
'"26
3
20
4....
11 ....
3....
2....
1
1
1
14
2
91
4
2
6
.....
12
6
2
13
59
20
1
1
5
18
10
18
5
19
10
7
22
.....
"i62
"is::::
1
1
5
""
1
2
•-
24
1
1
1 "63
1
1
1
2
30 ""h
16
1
21
264
2
1
7
29
2
4
1
9
9
84
40
e
4
3
47
10
42
5
49
10
3
16
3G5
S
6
33
2
1
2
?
2
1
?
?
19
8
10
1
2
?
74
1
1
2
3
7
3
12
2
5
2
1
3
12
1
i
10
3r
187
100
12
2
2
58
2q
20
4S
4
1
?
2
5 "i
12
4
1
1
"5
5
63
41
3
2
1
23
h
9
1
23
8
2
8
2
11
1
?
6
8
1
2
3
S
7
9
4
—
^
1
"i
1
4
1
4
4
4
2
2
4 '"2
3
1
3
1
2
4
1
i
3
3
3
50
8
SO
21
12
33J"'ici
3
•2
3
2
1
2
4
3
3
3
4
10
1 ..
4
90
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 43.-TOTAL PERSONS
10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER ENGAGED IN SELECTED
BY MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16
OCCUPATION.
TOT^.
AGE PEEIODS.
Both
sexes.
Male.
Fe-
male.
10 to 13
years.
14 to
15
years.
16 to 20
years.
21 to 30
years.
31 to 44
years.
OS
a
3
"a
3
i
226
s
4?
842
642
200
4
59
16
170
70
64
41
43
14
39
49
27
4U2
60
159
17
12
20
872
43
14
37
49
25
217
,59
159
16
3
20
360
1
9
16
6
15
16
9
85
19
55
4
1
1
64
44
Captains, masters, mates, and
pilots.
Cairiage
drivers
and
team-
sters.
Hostlers
and
stable
hands
(not on farms).
Laborers, I'oad and street
Longslioremen and stevedores
3
'IS
2
1
8
3
15
2
19
6
1
3
68
'"13
4?
3
14
1
id
A1
2
185
1
7
63
i
62
14
40;
5
1
2
6
10
84
76
4S
1
<t9
if)
Sailors and deck hands
(ex-
cept United
!-'tates).
2'
fil
1
9
5''
5?
Other transportation pursuits.
Trade
1
23
8
1
96
132
5i
512
2
1
>i5
53
348
42
156
263
10
621
39
21
25
49
471
16
261
41
29
42
97
141
10
621
12
319
2
3
2
1
10
2!
12
1
9
7
11
38
20
5
0*
3
90
14
25
56
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
venders.
Laborers, porters, and helpers
in stores.
Merchants and dealers
Salesmen and saleswomen
Other pursuits in trade
Public service
1
8
2
6
2i
28
13
14
5
43
42
5S
59
122
59
fin
1
1
16
5
41
3
124
38
fii
353
Guards, watchmen, and door-
keepers.
Officials and
inspectors
( U:pited States).
Otiicials (Army, Navy, and
Marine).
fi''
39
21
25
49
471
16
149
4
e'
Ill
is;
311,
31
8
8
11
23
37
7
49
33
6?
1
64
65
3
66
Soldiers, sailors, and marines
(United States).
Other public service pursuits.
.
Professional service
Clergymen
120
67
6S
112
4
16
?3
49
3
69
27
46
128
40
20
2,918
27
40
28
40
14
182
4
23
9
11
2
34
.....
29
791
14
5
8
14
8
31
""3
273
790
70
Musicians
and
teachers
of
music.
6
100
10
2
3
1
40
2
20
"i
360
71
4
7?
Other professional occupations
Other professional service pur-
suits.
Domestic and
personal
service.
Barbers and hairdressers
71
6
2,736
;"::;;
74
14
60
28
86
7";
12
13
348
321
l,303i
11
129
1,046'
24j
11
12
10
2
3
6
124
14
1
1
338
I
2
1
"22
2
74
3
1
1
1
2
"164
7
328
4
4
7
2
"""i
1
1
92
11
516
3
26
139
1
76
77
78
Housekeepers and stewards..
.
Lamiderers and laundresses.
.
.
30
79
80
1,300
11
123
922
10
2
3
81
3
"35
25
237
2
20
4
30
2
318
9
6
8?
Servants and waiters
14
58
28
SO
81
Other domestic service pur-
suits.
1
1
1
'Some of the "clerks" Lii stores probably ai'e "salesmen and saleswomen."
POPULATION.
91
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIKD BY AGE PERIODS, COLOR OR RACE, AND
SEX, AND
YEARS OF AGE AND OVER:
1917—Continued.
AGE PERIODS—
continued.
COLOR OR RACE
MARITAL
SONS 16
CONDITION
YEARS OF
OF OCCUPIED PER-
AGE AND OVER.
45 to 64
years.
65 years
and over.
White.
Negro.
Mixed.
All
oth-
er.
Single.
Married.
Consen-
sually
married.
Wid-
owed
and di-
vorced.
"a
n
"3
13
1
"3
"a
1
3
6
1
"3
6
"3
10
"1
"3
"a
s
"3
S
6
1
_2
S
1^
3
24
3
2
c
16
170
46
4
22
556
187
04
249
111
190
18
175
55
42
15
5
17
9
6
49
23
40
1
36
7
36
44
21
207
53
137
1
1
13
180
2
2
182
1
353
4
1
4
4
10
6
18
2
1
128
12
2
10
24
10
95
22
49
13
1
11
159
1
1
100
1
8
285
19
9
14
18
1
36
13
66
2
1
5
128
1
1
15
9
3
12
6
7
74
22
38
43
3
44
1
44
1
1
2
'"55
11
2
4
1
"is
45
1
46
47
4
1
3
4
3
48
49
4
8
1
2
14
2
1
50
51
7
1
94
1
3
31
4
1
10
3
13
59.
5
74
6
52
,53
194
13
....
4
7
59
144
7
51
—
1
28
17
1
1
1
13
....
10
4
2
96
1
74
16
5
54
8
7
7
38
14
3
150
30
11
1
48
5
6
18
18
42
32
68
2
83
3
267
18
5
21
16
15
19
85
3
495
9
152
23
101
13
7
15
62
26
5
99
'"68
18
8
""24,
2
2
55
56
57
10
21
16
4
506
7
4
32
....
28
""3
21
28
55
44
57
4
26
24...
62...
i
58
59
1
8
60
42
6 .
17
61
20
6
3
4
3
6
24
1
10
24
3
459
9
54
34
2
1
36
5
5
59
4
9
15
4
12
14
448
2
72
96
16
12
13
26
22
10
63
4
3
62
63
1
64
35
10
1
2
36
...
9
65
6
1
3
4
1
5
66
7
1
6
67
20
7
1
1
2
2
1
6
2
45 :..
68
8
1
3
10
2
29
IS
552
20
4
30
18
4
3
146
""2
31
""2
2,280
3
10
7
12
4
28
13
32
11
13
3
88
.....
86
.....
1,666
13
6
10
24
10
32
69
3
41
6
.....
348
2
1
3
70
2
97
3
24
7
4
2
4
71
72
1
432
4
3
1
4
1
1
229
73
16
347
74
3
3
5
14
2
1
5
10
7
2
3
.....
107
7
1
1
296
13
1,079
3
78
805
4
5
2
2
.....
13
5
7
2
5
1
1
191
20
733
2
93
624
1
2
8
5
.....
11
4
"'62
5
223
5
12
39
2
1
2
""2
1
75
76
108
9
327
2
27
74
2
12
1
50
2
12
16
4
.....
1
1
8
3
1
8
41
9
216
7
37
116
6
1
49
36
127
4
10
40
7
77
78
2
2
212 ....
79
SO
"2
1
'i
3
60
9
1
9
5
81
"2
1
81
82
S3
^Includes trained, practical, and children's nurses.
92
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Taple 43.—tot III- PERSONS
10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER ENGAGED IN SELECTED
iAM.1. ^o.
X
±
^^^ MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16
OCCUPATION.
TOTAL.
AGE PEEIODS.
Both
sexes.
Male.
Fe-
male.
10 to 13
years.
14 to
15
years.
16 to 20
years.
21 lo 30
years.
31 to 44
years.
.2
s
4
"3
S
f=1
"3
7
o5
1
1
_a3
1
_2
(3
S
11
"3
"3
B
84
Clerical occupations
Agents, canvassers, and col-
lectors.
Bookkeepers,
cashiers,
and
accountants.
Clerks (except clerks in stores)
Messenger, errand, and office
boys.
Stenographers and typewriters
190
170
20
33
2
43
46
4
85
S6
10
50
77
46
8
49
65
2
1
12
2
19
15
7
3
3
12
26
5
1
2
1
4
12
14
2
R7
88
89
45
1
3
^
4
'
1
POPULATIOIT.
93
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE
PERIODS, COLOR OR RACE, AND
SEX, AND
YEARS OF AGE AND OVER
1917—Continiiod.
AGE PERIODS—
M.^RIT.VL CONniTION OF OCCUPIED PER-
continued
SONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER.
45 to 64
years.
653
and
'ears
over.
White.
Ne 7,T0.
Mixed.
All
oth-
er.
Single.
Married.
Cnnsen-
snally
married.
Wid-
owed
and di-
vorced.
<r>
jj
<i5
55
£
^S
g
-3
a
H
'^
6o
hC4
^S
S
rtS
E
EC4
3
"a
a
a
"3
S
33
2
4
47
4
58
8
65
8 ...
..
81
17
64
1
8
1
6
84
3
12
1
2
18
2
8
2
4
23
3
18
1
1
4
26
1
2
1
85
86
2
1
3
11
1
1
22
3
16
4
27
5
36
11
24
1
2
3
87
7
1
1
32
1
1
8
3
21
3
4
10
.
3
ss
?
89
94
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR
RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES: 1917.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
OF PERSONS
16
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
t
m
^
\%
>-,
>>
>>
>,
>>
3 S
l-^ g
lO
o
o
TO
to
03 o
6
TS
^
6
'6
S'S i^s
q
o
o
i
O
o
53
o
s
t
d
<
02
C3
o
1^
ST. CROIX.
Males
5,073 167
5461
Aericultnre and animal
husbandry
Fanners
Farm
and
garden
foremen
and overseers
Farm and garden laborers
Farm \^•atchmen
Fishermen
Gardeners
Manulacturing and me-
chanical industries .
.
.
Apprentices to trades
Blacksmiths
Brick and stone masons
Butchers
Cabinetmakers
Carpenters and joiners
Compositors,
printers,
and
typesetters
F.neiueers (stationary)
Fireman (except lire depart-
ment)
General
and
not
speciliod
laborers
Jewelers, watchmakers, gold-
smiths and silversmiths
Laborers, sugar factories
Managers and manufacturers
(manulacturing)
Painters, glaziers, '/arnishers,
and enameiers
Saddlers
Shoemakers and cobblers
Sugar
factory
operatives
(semiskilled)
Tailors
Tinsmiths and coppersmiths
Wheelwrights
Other
manufacturing
pur-
suits.
Transportation.
Hostlers
and
stable
hands
(not on larms)
Laborers, road and street
Longshoremen and stevedores
Porters (street)
Sailors and deck hands
(e.x
cept United States)
Other transportation pursuits
Trade.
Clerks in stores
'
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
vendors
Laborers, porters, and helpers
in stores
Merchants and dealers
Salesmen
Other pursuits in trade
1 Some of the "clerks" iu stores probably are "salesmen."
POPULATION.
95
Table 44.-T0TAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
OF PERSONS
16
YEARS OF AGE AND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
t
«•
«•
*•
t3a
§0
>>
C3
O
C3
«
tJ
^
•6
si
0Jt3
11
o
o
o
CO
o
o
CO
o
to
2
15
><
§
d
<
a
3
o
o >
ST. CROIX—Continued.
Males—Contd.
155 —
27
77
28
20
3
2
~i
....
2
1
1
5
107
4
3
93
7
31
12
....
18
1
34
14 —
109
35
6
5
Guards, watchmen, and door-
16
10
27
94
8
81
4
2
11
7
4
29
10
3
4
2
1
14
14
1
17
1
1
30
2
5
7
5
4
7
90
3
33
8
4
16
4
3
39
1
4
3
Officials
and
inspectors
(United States.)
1
1
25
4
10
60
3
28
1
Soldiers, sailors, and marines
(United
States.)
Other public service pursuits.
Professional
service
1
3
1
4
4
20
1
3
7
9
16
—
2
16
15
21
29
85
2
9
7
10
14
10
3
6
10
15
4
1
2
7
18
3
12
13
2
68
8
10
8
7
42
7
4
8
20
16
1
2
10
1
Musicians
and
teachers
of
"i
15
1
2
1
18
School-teachers
I
Other
professional
service
Domestic and personal
service
2
-.
"
57
28
74
15
4
14
4
18
9
5
18
5
10
17
11
7
15
3
2
2
1
19
47
21
26
10
6
29
28
14
39
9
25
5
5
4
2
Other domestic service pur-
suits
Clerical occupations
2
Bookkeepers,
casMers,
and
23
28
19
4
4,056
4
165
1
in
6
9
1
1
1,104
6
5
3
1
928
....
1
159
8
9
"2
57
6
4
8
14
3,528
11
11
5
2
468
77
3
9
17
10
3
1,808
11
9
4
1
805
2
1
1
1
Clerks (except clerks in stores)
Messenger, errand, and oflico
9
7
1
522
4
3
1
1.17S
1
Other clerical pursuits
Females
932
.U6
'
Agriculture and animal
2,125
i
!
87^
2.591
fi.'ia
577
461
89
2.042
662
512
712
15?
1
FarKiers
22
2,098
5
332
'87
1
258
1
649
2
74
4
572
1
88
11
448
2
105
25
4
1
1
10
17
2,021
4
202
1
76 ...
5
655
2
203
6
505
1
72
2
709
1
20
9
Farm and garden laborers....
Other agricultural pursuits...
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries.
.
142
1
1
39
118
2
36
Bakers and bakers' helpers..
Dressmakersandseamstresses
General
and
not
specified
laborers
93
215
10
14
11
1
5
27
2
5
2
14
55
1
4
6
27
56
3
2
1
38
65
2
2
9
12
3
1
1
9
2
74
108
10
10
5
18
96 "2
44
144
6
9
7
29
39
1
3
3
6
11
2
1
14
21
Other
manufacturing
pur-
suits
...
4
4
...
1
Transportation.
1
96
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCrUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE
PERIODS AND COLOR OR
RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
OF PERSONS
16
YEARS OF AGE AND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
m
f
m
m
do
3 o
t>.
%
1
•A
6
1
aj
a)
o
o
o
o
IN
O
CO
O
CD
Whit
Negr
o
y.
o
.s
00
u
ds
M 2
o >r
ST. CROIX—Continued.
Females—Contd.
Trade
222
7
26
42
52
82
13
5
150
67
132
39
12
32
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
venders
95
37
81
9
56
1
2
10
5
26
1
15
22
10
IS
2
15
52
18
10
2
11
8
4
....
1
....
2
2
22
82
19
46
3
14
13
17
33
4
20
44
17
65
6
48
21
12
6
9
1
2
20
Merchants and dealers
7
Saleswomen
4
2
2
23
1
12
4
Other pursuits in trade
1
Professional service
3
3
46
10
1,301
2
67
10
2
182
14
1
386
10
5
369
9
2
266
1
31
IS
4
10
11
3
1,111
17
3
179
1
40
8
749
2
1
175
188
2
Other
professional
service
1
Domestic and personal
service
122
171
17
562
74
464
13
9
1j...
11
1
29
18
123
46
5
153
18
162
2
3
49
7
228
15
67
3
2
62
3
136
16
43
6
1
3
1
15
6
4
1
4
2
2
1
2
157
6
476
55
413
4
4
13
84
17
50
8
3
"i
82
10
298
51
305
3
7
40
3
99
10
19
4
1
27
"iog
3
49
22
Housekeepers and stewards. .
.
Laundresses
».
4
55
9
26
Other domestic service pUr-
6
Clerical occupations ....
1
2
ST. THOMAS.
Males
Agriculture
and
ani
mal husbandry
Farmers
Farm and garden laborers .
.
.
Fishermen
Gardeners
Other agricultural pursuits .
.
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries.
.
.
Apprentices to trades
Bakers and bakers' helpers. .
.
Blacksmiths
,
Brick and stone masons
,
Butchers
Carpenters and joiners
,
Engineers (stationary)
General
and
not
specified
laborers
Other
laborers
in manufac-
turing
Painters, glaziers, varnishers,
and cnamelers
Shoemakers and cobblers
Tailors
Tinsmiths and coppersmiths
.
Other manufacturing pursuits
2,611
23
27
45
62
17
184
21
199
18
45
35
38|
14
103:
87
343
40
142
12
26
39
60
29
48
1
4
2
4
58
190
53
8
ir
4
.
el
301
58
172
174
1,210
190
392
58
36
' Includes trained, practical, and children's nurses.
POPULATION.
97
'ABLE 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCrUP\TIONS
CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR
RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
OF
PERSONS
16
AGE PERIODS.
YEARSOFAGEAND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
m
M
m
«•
en p
_^
§
,
03
I
03
5!
>>
iM
d
2-T3
m 2
^73
o
O
omo
o
sO
CO o
3
feb
J3
_2
.g
ffl
3 1
2. >
o
to
?3
CO
•^
S^
;z;
S
<
S
o
is
ST. THOMAS—Continued.
Males—Continued.
Transportation
391
3i
25
102
148
107
6
12
342
37
137
110
121
20
Boatmen
40
30
15
165
25
87
29
237
1
8
2
3
51
6
23
9
54
14
11
6
65
9
36
7
62
15
16
4
33
10
21
8
41
2
1
'"3
8
3
9
35
34
29
13
156
21
77
12
107
6
1
2
9
4
7
8
95
11
8
5
69
6
25
13
109
17
11
5
27
7
32
11
82
9
10
4
58
11
25
4
16
3
Carriage drivers and teamsters
1
Laborers, road and street
Longshoremen and stevedores
Porters (street)
"i
2
22
2
12
5
5
50
1
10
1
Sailors and deck hands
(ex-
cept United States)
Other transportation pursuits
Trade
3
1
8
Clerks in stores i
.
.
.
.
23
19
19
53
117
6
464
2
3
1
4
7
4
8
4
7
35
276
6
4
4
24
21
3
64
3
4
1
12
22
1
3
3
....
5
2
4
"\b.
15
2
399
11
11
19
11
53
2
48
10
4
10
9
7
10
72
1
384
6
7
8
36
22
3
64
4
1
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
Laborers, porters, and helpers
3
1
8
11
30
49
2
11
6
6
Salesmen
15
1
34
1
97
Other pursuits in trade
Public service
1
5
Guards, watchmen, and door-
keepers
23
11
21
20
377
12
66
4
2
10
8
251
1
20
4
6
9
10
30
5
20
10
3
2
5
1
20
20
1
1
18
4
4
28
2
4
10
9
5
358
2
38
8
8
12
10
18
8
23
4
2
1
Officials and
inspectors
(United States)
1
Officials (Army, Navy, and
2
95
2
1
2
15
6
5
3
Soldiers, sailors, and marines
(United States)
1
6
9
5
366
6
23
1
Other public service pursuits.
Professional service
2
12
2
10
25
31
83
21
21
7
9
3
17
16
1
15
1
14
5
19
4
2
14
14
4
1
8
1
18
9
64
1
7
7
12
4
5
22
11
39
5
2
16
16
Musicians
and
teachers
of
1
2
Other
professional
service
5
11
4
1
15
3
2
Domestic and personal
service
2
Servants and waiters
54
29
95
11
8
25
2
12
2S
3
8
18
1
2
2
1
27
47
17
32
3
9
36
2
2
25
14
41
4
12
39
15
15
6
3
4
1
4
Other domestic service pur-
suits
2
Clerica occupations
4
Bookkeepers,
cashiers,
and
26
36
26
7
7
3
3
7
2
9
11
4
1
6
16
4
2
6
6
4
2
2
10
12
5
4
S
15
2
12
16
3
5
9
18
11
3
.....
2
2
Clerks (except clerks in stores)
Messenger, errand, and office
2
Other clerical pursuits
11...-
I Some of the "clerks" in stores probably are "salesmen."
60396°—18
7
98
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
15 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE FEEIODS.
COLOR OK RACE.
OF
PERSONS
18
YEARS OF AGE AND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OOCTTPATION.
(H
S?
r.
a
2 O
>.
03
03
O
03
<B
d
13
a;
<s
2
O
5
o
o
O
>i
^
feb
W
d
M
rtS
o >
o
to
«
n
5
S
1*
^
s
<)
Ol
S
o
ST. THOMAS—Contmued.
Females
2,463
82
242
643
740
613
143
121 1,798
541
3 1.4S6
375
258
262
AgricuJtiire and animal
56
8
18
27
3
1
46
9
19
19
4
14
22
32
2
488
1
7
7
9
2
158
12
15
2
1
....
87
16
29
1
227
6
3
10
9
5
13
1
114
1
2
1
29
5
Farm and garden laborers
Other agricultural pursuits. ..
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries .
.
.
8
7
34
127
139
23
174
275
63
Bakers and bakers' helpers.
.
.
Dressmakers and seamstresses
Hat makers (not in factory).
.
General and not specified la-
43
311
75
39
20
189
1
1
5
4
16
9
2
3
14
4
81
30
4
8
64
13
107
12
22
4
63
18
89
19
9
4
44
3
17 "\2
74
1
1
32
149
34
VS
182
11
150
1
4
8
6
27
204
8
25
11
104
7
52
49
2
4
15
3
15
1
8
2
55
5
39
12
4
Other
manufacturing
pur-
3
15
Longshoremen
and
steve-
dores
184
5
290
2
13
1
16
61
3
34
62
1
80
44
1
9
181
1
203
3
3
77
1
99
5
153
15
55
15
Other
transportation
pur-
Trade
112
46
55
16
64
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
224
22
41
3
49
18
68
4
7
1
17
98
12
1
1
9
40
6
1
6
2
185
9
9
38
7
29
3
23
22
1
247
"i
2
108
6
36
3
43
47
6
2
15
1
54
Merchants and dealers
9
Saleswomen
2
15
1
10
10
16
12
1
Other pursuits in trade
Professional service
1
1
10
10
16
4
4
2
School-teachers
48
1
1,380
12
16
1
402
9
16
42
1
882
2
Other
professional
scr\ice
pursuits
Domestic and personal
service
73
168
390
281
66
11 1,120
168
153
104
Cooks
164
12
705
49
441
9
11
"3
2
68
10
1
39
7
111
57
2
166
12
151
2
8
42
4
275
11
68
2
2
46
5
187
11
31
1
1
9
"35
6
12
4
'"4
1
6
2
136
6
574
23
376
5
4
28
2
128
20
65
4
5
""2
106
10
412
42
310
2
10
22
1
122
2
19
2
22
"98
2
31
1
14
Housekeepers and stewards..
Laundresses
1
70
Nurses
'
1
Servants and waiters
13
Other domestic service pur-
suits
5
Clerical occupations
' Includes trained, practical, and children's nurses.
POPULATTON".
99
Table 44.-TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
OF
PERSONS
16
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
E
d
t-i
»-
d
73a
is ^
>>
I
>.
s
I
>>
o3
©
d
•c
6
o
o
o
CO
o
o
CO
o
s
te
1
1
o
.9
OQ
o
ST. JOHN.
252
13
7
36
14
64
41
63
57
28
19
12
3
2
201
108
48
23
113
63
86
33
29
21
2
14
5
11
Agriculture and animal
133
31
9
21
88
23
1
56
1
28
12
3
25
3
13
14
4
8
1
....
11
82
14
1
43
9
6
8
4
47
11
1
21
11
18
4
4
Farm and garden laborers
4
3
9
5
5
Otter agricultural pursuits .
.
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries.
.
1
16
5
8
11
16
13
28
5
2
Carpenters and joiners.. .„
17
28
11
44
4
4
4
6
2
10
6
9
1
11
1
8
7
12
2
2
1
2
10
26
7
34
7
2
4
10
11
6
4
18
4
18
6
24
2
3
2
....
1
Other
manufacturing
pur-
9
....
Saflors and deck hands (ex-
cept United States)
Other
transportation
pur-
42
2
2
2
14
9
10
9
2
2
2
12
2
....
32
2
1
1
14
10
17
1
2
1
7
23
1
2 ....
Public service
1
....
1
1
Professional service. . ..
6
5
1
1
1
Domestic and personal
1
Servants and waiters
13
1
1
135
6
5
1
2
13
1
7
Other domestic service pur-
1
Clerical occupations
1
34
1
1
76
Females.
9
19
35
34
4
104
31
23
11
16
Agriculture and animal
husbandry
23
1
1
4
4
11
2
21
2
9
3
3
7
Farm and garden laborers
Other agricultural pursuits...
20
3
50
1
1
4
3
..
1
10
1
18
1
1
2 m:
19
2
29
1
1
21
18
2
1
...
9
3
3
4
3
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries .
.
7
13
10
—
27
15
2
12
1
2
.....
1
6
Dressmakers
and
seam-
22
20
5
3
...
2
3
1
1
8
5
3
5
2
8
7
r
2
1
1
.4
18
4
3
17
6
2
2
3
1
1
Charcoal burners
General
and
not
specified
laborers
Other
manufacturing
pur-
suits
1
100
THE VIBGIN ISLANDS.
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE. AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE PERIODS.
COLOE OR RACE.
OF
PERSONS
16
Total.
OVER.
SEX ANB OCCUPATION.
«
2
<n
«•
m
•O
>%
a
C3
I
o
o
o
<NO
to
o
COo
o
to
o
2
2fe
03
t>
« O
in
to
d
d
o
a
.2
1
a
a>
.2 >
ST. JOHN—Continued.
Females—Contd
.
7
2
1
3
1
5
2
5
6
1
55
2
6
1
10
3
1
4
1
49
2
4
1
35
Other
professional
service
Domestic and personal
15
19
5
6
5
6
3
3.3
17
5
1
5
6
3
1
9
5
1
13
4
2
4
29
16
4
4
1
1
23
9
3
2
1
2
5
1
1^
1
Other domestic service pur-
1
CHRISTIANSTED.
Males
1,327
35
5
161
26
320
94
369
156
12
106
36
2
124
369
189
33
113
39
4
106
73
43
7
29
7
16
62^
3
1
....
1
13
1,054 ?m
2
1
1
1
5S1
190
5
141
42
2
210
366
146
32
74
36
4
119
252
133
6
SO
37
83
471
38
51
1
326
8
92
2fi
Agriculture and animal
husbandry
513
39
54
334
119
6
458
2
64
28
11
Farm and garden laborers
4
1
18
8
25
3
Other agricultural pursuits. .
.
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries . .,
2
348
22
19
41
111
12
7
22
18
7
15
24
10
40
68
3
96
2
5
6
10
5
3
18
18
73
6
4
4
26
4
3
1
8
121
80
31
Apprentices to trades
24
24
47
122
20
10
22
32
11
2S
34
12
72
87
6
11
22
69
11
5
9
21
2
13
14
2
25
44
4
16
36
9
2
5
11
1
7
12
2
IS
25
9
13
32
5
'"io
10
5
6
'I
20
25
6
13
24
2
4
6
3
5
7
7
5
24
20
....
3
1
....
7
10
5
13
25
4
3
5
4
7
8
13
7
25
21
7
6
22
4
""s
6
1
5
7
1
13
18
1
Brick and stone masons
Carpenters and joiners
Engineers (stationary)
Jewelers, watchmakers, gold-
smiths, and silversmiths .
.
.
Laborers, sugar factories
6
6
1
2
Painters, glaziers, varnishers,
13
4
13
10
1
24
9
"i
1
1
Shoemakers and cobblers
...
6
I
8
15
2
2
Other manufacturing pursuits
Transportation
9
4
Hostlers
and stable
hands
18
28
17
24
58
2
5
2
4
4
7
5
6
2
12
11
6
9
6
5
14
1
11
5
3
20
1
"'9
9
17
26
16
9
27
11
13
6
14
26
5
5
4
7
22
6
3
3
2
2
I
22
1
Sailors and deck hands (ex-
cept United States)
Other transportation pursuits
Trade
1
,>
10
19
12
17
...|
3
2
1
2
6
1
5
3
9
2
6
....
2
3
1
3
2
8
5
12
6
8
6
2
...
6
4
4
Merchants and dealers
11 .....
2,
4
Salesmen
2
3
i
6
3
lOi
4
Other pursuits in trade
...|
1
4
1
1 Some of the " clerks" in stores probably are "salesmen.-
POPULATION.
101
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMAI,ES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OE RACE.
OF
PERSONS
16
TEARS OF AGE AND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
S2
C3
i
i
£
S
"5
>>o
>>
>>
o
d
d
.a
©
-a
5 o IS
O
O
o
CO
o
o
CO
o
to
2
feb
S
S
o
1
.g
gS -SI
CHRISTIANSTED—Continued.
Males—Coutd.
So
18
40
13
11
3
5
74
6
62
18
3
2
10
59
16
43
4
33
3
18
3
6
4
15
2
2
7
5
1
"'2
1
1
"4
11
7
58
9
20
2
1
3
12
2
56
4
21
6
3
9
18
2
Soldiers, sailors, and marines
18
Other public service pursuits .
Professional service
1
2
2
2
2
Muaieians
and
teachers
of
14
29
41
2
5
1
1
11
9
9
3
3
12
10
1
4
9
1
3
11
1
11
9
30
3
9
10
9
12
19
4
14
7
1
1
9
Other
professional
service
Domestic and personal
1
24
17
42
5
3
3
9
2
9
3
6
1
2
8
3
11
6
.....
332
5
4
9
1
2
2
1
1
43
1
10
6
"'"4
32
17
13
16
7
3
16
7
4
5
226
2
12
7
19
2
5
15
4
5
4
1
Other domestic service pur-
Clerical occupations
1
Clerks (except clerks in stores)
Messenger, errand, and ofHce
boys
18
15
9
1,187
3
3
2
307
5
2
2
312
5
11
927
8
9
2
633
8
2
5
197
1
1
2
188
1
Other clerical pursuits
Females
49
144
120
Agriculture and animal
husbandry
245
7
20
69
65
70
14
....
238
7
88
60
69
21
Farm and garden laborers
Other agricultural pursuits...
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries . .
240
5
170
7
20
69
64
1
36
67
3
71
13
1
10
5
233
5
90
7 ...
88
59
1
41
68
1
10
18
3
14
39
73
2
98
21
Bakers and bakers' helpers...
Dressmakers and seamstresses
Other manufacturing pursuits
Transportation
49
115
6
4
131
1
1
1
16
8
29
2
2
26
12
23
1
33
25
45
1
1
48
3
6
1
7
1
4
1
5
38
48
4
1
87
10
61
2
2
39
"2
23
72
3
3
81
17
22
2
3
7
6
14
1
1
Trade
18
9
22
venders
68
16
45
2
27
1
1
8
4
14
17
6
9
1
9
36
5
7
6
5
1
....
....
2
2
12
57
7
23
11
8
20
...
31
9
40
1
25
14
2
2
9
13
Merchants and dealers
5
Saleswomen
...
15
3
Other pursuits in trade
1
Professional service
6
6
3
12
1
1
20
7
5
1
5
1
5
4
5
1
9
3
1
2
10
2
...
19
6
-
- •-
-
1
1
Other
professional
service
pursuits
102
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE. AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
OF
PERSONS
16
YEARS OF AGE AND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
o
o
o
o
to
i2
I
o
o
1
«oo
6
6
&o
"A
3
a<
1
t-i
ca
d S
a
.
CHRISTIANSTED—Continued.
Females—Contd.
Domestic and personal
604
40
85
165
187
115
12
7
506
91
334
76
100
')4
62
303
22
209
8
6
'46
2
14
9
60
13
84
6
60
2
23
131
4
27
2
2
24
66
3
20
2
1
'"2
2
1
2
2
2
2
56
251
14
183
2
2
5
50
6
26
4
2
...
27
164
19
123
1
4
16
49
1
7
3
1
12
61
1
26
7
oq
1
1?
Other domestic service pur-
4
Clerical occupations
1
2
FREDERIKSTED.
Males
778
24
100
204
231
191
28
50
646
81
1
342
254
139
19
AgriCTilture and animal
262
7
22
52
84
83
14
1
255
6
105
89
55
6
19
162
80
1
244
5
41
38
11
52
19
1
47
3
10
1
8
1
5
18
161
75
1
203
....
5 -. .
3
62
40
11
56
21
'
1
82
2
37
16
3
Fai-m and garden laborers
6
1
10
12
43
9
1
9
Other agricultural pursuits...
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries .
.
.
9
40
64
76
35
1
104
43
6
Apprentices to trades
17
IS
18
61
14
11
14
12
24
55
102
8
8
7
1
4
3
19
5
4
4
2
13
16
18
56
8
11
10
8
20
43
99
2
1
...
9
9
5
28
5
2
5
7
13
21
43
4
9
26
3
4
A
3
5
10
3
2
3
7
2
12
28
....
....
6
4
4]
4
s!
4
Brick and stonemasons
Car]>enters and Joiners
Engineers (stationary)
Laborers, sugar factories
Painters, glaziers, varnishers.
'"i
...
1
6
3
1
1
3
11
8
5
5
...
24
6
4
4
3
3
26
28
8
3
4
3
2
8
7
28
....
3
4
4
11
3
"i
>
Shoemakers and cobblers
Tailors
4U
7
....
Other manufacturing pursuits
9
28
17
33
1
Hostlers and
stable
hands
17
10
4S
12
15
53
i
1
1
3
1
2
10
4
4
10
5
5
15
6
3
18
4
2
15
5
2
IG
1
4
13
1
....
1
1
5
'"4
17
8
47
12
15
37
5
24
1
21
5
3
6
7
2
9
e
4
19
3
3
1-1
5
3
10
5
1
4
1
Laborers, road and street
Longshoremen and stevedores
Sailors and deck hands (ex-
cept United States;
Other transporation pursuits.
Trade
2
1
....
11 —
3
Laborers, porters, and help-
13
19
12
9
2
6
3
4
2
4
6
4
1
1
10
13
9
10
5
3
12
1
3
6
2
3
A
4
4
Other pursuits in trade
2
1
> Includes trained, practical, and children's nurses.
POPULATION.
103
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS
CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CON'dITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
MARITAL CONDITION
OF
PERSONS
19
YEARS OF AGE AND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
c5
S
c3
c3
X)a
08
si
a
.
>,
>,
>.
>>
>.
o
>•
o
o
o
COo
o
o
|i
2S
6
t3
H
3
_2
a
03
o
2
c<
n
"4
s
I?
z
a
<!
CO
a
o
FREDERIKSTED—Continued.
Males—Contd.
Public service
Policemen
Soldiers, sailors, and marines
(United States)
Otlier public .service pursuits.
Professional service
Domestic and personal
service
Servants and waiters
Other domestic service pur-
suits
Clerical occupations
Bookkeepers,
cashiers, and
accountants
Other clerical pursuits
Females
.
Agriculture and animal
husbandry
Farm and garden laborers
Other agricultural pursuits..
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries
.
Bakers and bakers' helpers..
Dressmakers and seamstresses
Other manufacturing pursuits
Transportation.
Trade.
Hucksters,
peddlers,
and
venders
.'
Merchants and dealers
Saleswomen
Other pursuits in trade
Professional service.
School-teachers
Other
professional
service
pursuits
,
21
838
137
115
38
29
221
200
140
4
55
48
133
25
34
104
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
Tablf. 44.-T0TAL MALES AND FEMALES
10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE. AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES;
1917—Conlinuod.
MARITAL CONDITION
OF
PERSONS
18
AGE PEEIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
YE.iRS OF AGE AND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
M
m
•A
M
T3
!>.
"O
e
03
C5
Hi
o
C3
H
o
o
3
O
TO
p
o
O
« c
s
o
o
a
oo
1^
M
s
lO
t?
S?;
a
<
03
K^l
^
FREDERIKSTED—Continued.
Females—Contd.
Domestic and personal
service
447
18
63
6
141
21
2
48
5
64
1
3
117
15
6
20
98
21
2
56
3
11
5
10
2
'5
1
1
1
3
3
390
54
5
3
21
7
13
5
1
—
288
51
12
2
31
1
4
1
50
40
Cooks ...
65
10
191
22
149
7
3
60
4
173
15
130
2
2
32
112
19
116
2
3
12
'"36
S
q
Housekeepers and stewards.
.
1
1
1
16
12
8
37
9:0
Nurses
'
1
5
Other domestic service pur-
4
Clerical occupations—
CHARLOTTE AMALIE.
Males
1,849
54
233
615
532
361
54
400
2
1
1
29
1,092
8S
23
20
30
9
408
348
9
3
2
3
1
146
9
1
857
18
4
4
8
2
253
560
45
307
28
4
7
13
4
135
71
Agriculture and animal
99
27
29
33
lOi
644
2
14
4
4
4
2
195
40
8
11
19
2
200
39
13
11
10
5
141
4
2
1
....
27
n
18
15
9
3
219
I
Farm and garden laborers
2
1
3
Other agricultural pursuits. .
.
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries .
.
.
1
9
72
28
Apprentices to trades
Bakers and bakers' helpers..
.
Blacksmiths
21
24
35
45
147
19
135
10
44
32
35
97
330
7
1
"i
2
11
5
3
11
1
11
2
4
2
6
10
19
2
7
10
13
47
9
42
6
9
14
8
28
85
1
4
10
19
53
6
39
2
18
12
12
24
130
15
20
26
39
104
7
118
9
29
25
27
49
286
6
3
6
6
42
6
17
1
13
7
7
32
34
13
6
15
12
52
5
52
5
19
19
15
40
110
"'8
13
22
58
14
34
3
10
9
11
37
94
1
7
6
11
28
7
7
10
30
3
36
1
2
'"e
6
1
3
....
6
3
1
Brick and stone masons
Carpenters and joiners
Engineers (stationary)
General
and
not
specified
laborers
'"9
44
2
14
2
6
14
107
4
Other
laborers
in manufac-
Painters, glaziers, varnishers,
and enamelers
10
4
7
27
90
3
'"2
7
4
2
"i
15
10
1
Shoemakers and cobblers
Tailors
2
3
Other manufacturing pursuits
6
17
Boatmen..
.
37
21
141
22
83
26
214
7
2
42
6
21
7
52
14
9
58
8
35
6
58
15
10
31
8
20
6
37
1
"3
7
3
7
26
31
20
133
18
75
9
97
6
1
8
4
5
10
91
10
6
52
6
22
14
97
17
25
6
32
7
75
8
7
54
10
24
4
16
2
1
Longshoremen and stevedores
"
10
Sailors and deck hands
(ex-
cept United States)
Other transportation piu^uits
Trade
2
19
5
7
41
3
1
7
Clerks in stores '
23
18
50
112n
2
1
4
4
8
4
7
33
6
4
22
21
5
3
2
18
12
2
3
3
....
2
"ii
11
2
11
18
10
53
5
10
"29
48
4
...
10
7
10
68
6
7
34
21
7
4
3
1
S
1
Laborers
porters, and help-
5
Salesmen
15
1
31
2
Other pursuits in trade
i
1 Includes trained, practical, and children's nurses.
* Some of the "clerks" in stores probably are "salesmen."
POPULATION".
105
Table 44.—TOTAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE ANT) OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CONDITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Concimicd.
MARITAL CONDITION
^OE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
OP
PERSONS
16
YEARS OF AGE AND
Toial.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCUPATION.
rr
m
m
w
m
>>
o
s
CO
g
§
^-s
o
o
O
i
o
CO
so
^1
CS >
<o o
S
•a
ID
C
a
T3
ys
1^
o.S
CHARLOTTE AMALIE-Continued.
Males—Contd.
348
64
210
48
21
5
290
42
10
6
274
5S
11
fi
Guards, watchmen, and door-
18
18
20
274
IS
57
2
8
8
190
2
20
2
8
10
21
7
18
9
2
5
18
17
1
6
7
5
255
1
34
7
11
10
18
12
19
4
1
Officials (Army, Navy, and
2
62
18
4
3
27
2
1
6
11
6
5
.....
2
Soldiers, .'^ailors. and marines
(United States)
1
9
6
4
263
9
19
1
Other public service pursuits.
Professional service
^
9
2
Musicians
and
teachers
of
23
34
6S
16
7
2
14
14
6
16
2
16
12
IS
9
53
5
6
12
2
20
14
33
2
17
13
1
1
4
Other
professional service
6
9
4
1
19
1
?
Domestic and personal
?
43
25
89
16
6
13
1
14
9
7
23
1
11
26
3
6
18
1
2
1
23
39
14
31
3
9
35
1
1
...
20
13
38
8
17
10
3
1,289
4
9
37
3
1
4
.....
2
1
213
2
Other domestic service
pur-
?
ClericaJ occupations—
4
Bookkeepers,
cashiers,
and
25
33
24
2,035
6
68
3
3
6
2
199
8
10
4
1
524
6
14
4
2
614
8
6
6
4
2
501
10
2
129
1
10
10
3
37
1
3
8
IS
2
1,512
12
15
3
5
483
5
3
15
13
6
3
258
•5
Clerks (except clerks in stores)
Messenger, errand, and office
2
Other derica 1 pursuits
Females
•^07
Asricnlturc and animal
19
13
7
7
3
12
357
5
3
122
7
3
110
....
21
....
9
9
4
193
3
2
155
::.
7
233
26
176
21
10
93
3
4
54
""2
22
?
Other agricultural pursuits
.
.
Manufacturing and me-
chanical industries
.
.
1
1
20
83
47
Bakers and bakers' helpers...
Dressmakers and seamstresses
General
and
not
specified
laborers
41
268
33
15
151
1
4
11
2
3
10
4
70
4
5
53
13
88
18
3
50
17
83
7
3
34
2
16
2
1
4
1
30
125
29
9
146
11
135
3
6
5
::.
6
45
1
2
9
3
11
7
1
38
5
36
4
Other manufacturing pursuits
Transportation
2
11
Longshoremen and stevedores
Other transportation pursuits
147
4
10
50
3
'I
34
4
145
1
2
3
...
89
4
9
38
11
106
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 44.-T0TAL MALES AND FEMALES 10 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER IN SELECTED
OCCUPATIONS, CLASSIFIED BY AGE
PERIODS AND COLOR OR RACE, AND BY
MARITAL CON^DITION FOR PERSONS
16 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, FOR ISLANDS
AND CITIES:
1917—Continued.
MARITAL CONDITION
OF
PERSONS
18
AGE PERIODS.
COLOR OR RACE.
^-EARSOFAGKAND
Total.
OVER.
SEX AND OCCXXPATION.
i?
m
(3
>%
•§
.
(rt
03
CJ
03
03
«^
v
O
<B
<D
x) ®
P-,
>,
>.
>,
>,
v:
(-1
<p
® H
o
o
o
o
3
d
a
o
"So
1
03
o "
O
is o
o
2
«
n
^
^;
s
<;
a
^
CHARLOTTE AMALIE—Continued.
Females—Contd.
Trade
250
2
10
32
16
68
90
42
36
6
8
1
5
2
170
71
33
6
29
3
21
1
'"i
136
45
13
54
Hucksters,
peddler?,
and
Tenders..
186
20
41
3
43
57
3
i
16
77
11
1
1
7
152
9
9
91
6
36
3
39
38
5
12
1
45
8
Saleswomen
2
15
1
10
16
9
1
Other pursuits in trade
Professional service
1
9
13
3
1
42
1
1,205
...
10
9
15
1
348
7
1
9
13
20
1
221
2
38
1
772
3
1
Other
professional
service
pursuits
Domestic and personal
65
143
340
249
60
8
974
140
137
91
Cooks
152
616
39
385
13
10
"3
2
60
9
29
4
101
55
138
9
135
3
7
38
248
7
51
4
2
41
166
11
28
3
1
9
32
6
10
3
3
2
125
502
18
324
5
3
27
111
18
61
4
5
"2
98
306
32
271
5
9
19
102
2
14
3
22
84
2
29
1
13
Laundres.ses
61
Nurses
'
1
Servants and waiters
Other domestic service pur-
suits
11
5
Clerical occupations . . .
.
I Includes trained, practical, and children's nurses.
^
WAGES AND HOURS OF LABOR.
At the census of the Vu-gin Islands in 1917 no attempt was made
to take a general and complete census
of the wages and hours
of
labor of all employees engaged in gainful occupations.
The purpose
was merely to secure a sufficient number
of returns
of the wages
received and the hours worked by employees in a number of repre-
sentative occupations to show the prevailing rates of wages and hours
of
labor
in
these
representative
occupations and
to
indicate
the
probable prevailing wages and hours in other similar occupations.
The enumerators were instructed to secure the information as to
the wages and hours of labor of employees from the employers them-
selves
if possible, and, in cases where this was not possible, to secure
it from some other responsible person, as the manager or the foreman.
In each of the three cities the wages and hours of labor schedules were
secured by special enumerators;
in
the
rural
districts they were
secured by the regular population enumerators.
A total of 306 sched-
ules was secured.
Some of the retm-ns, however, were not tabulated
POPULATION.
107
because
incomplete,
and
some
were
not
tabulated
because
the
number of employees was considered too small to be representative
of the total number in the particular occupations.
The returns for
2,037 employees were tabulated, and the statistics are presented in
Table 45, which shows the wages received, the hoiu-s worked per day,
and the days worked per year by employees working in 28 specified
occupations m 1917.
The majority of the laundresses and most of the cooks and servants
and waiters received,
in addition to the money wages reported for
them,
board,
or
both
board
and
lodging.
Likewise,
each farm
laborer living and worldng on an estate or plantation usually received,
in addition to the money wages here reported, a room—commonly
valued at five cents a day—and, especially on the island of St. Croix,
a garden plot of not less than one-tenth of an acre of land.
On some
estates laborers who both worked and lived there were also allowed to
keep farm animals.
In lieu of these privileges granted laborers who
both worked and lived on the estate, laborers working but not living
on the estate usually were paid five cents a day higher wages than
the estate laborers of the same class.
Occasionally an employee
in some occupation
other than those
mentioned in the preceding paragraph also received board, or both
board and lodging, in addition to money wages.
In each such case,
when the value of the board or of the board and lodging, as estimated
by the employer, was returned by the enumerator,
this value was
added to and reported with the money wages.
However, in some of
the cases in which employees received board, or both board and lodg-
ing, in addition to money wages,
its value was not returned by the
enumerators.
It is probable, also, that in other cases no return was
made by the enumerators
of the fact that the employees received
board, or both board and lodging, in addition to their money wages.
In some cases the number of employees returned on the wages and
hours of labor schedule as engaged in a particular occupation exceeded
the number
returned
on
the
general
population
schedule.
Such
excess, where
it
occurs, usually
is explained by the
fact
that the
information returned on the wages and hours of labor schedule was
secured, wherever possible, from the employers
at their respective
places
of
business,
while
the information returned on the general
population
schedule
was
secured
from
the
different
individuals
enumerated, or from persons found at their respective homes by the
enumerators in
their house-to-house
visitation.
In some cases the
information as to wages and hours of labor given by employers was
from their book records; and, in the case of the sugar factories, the
information apparently was for the operating season of 1917 and not
for the census date, November
1, 1917.
This explains the compara-
tively large number
of stationary engineers and laborers
in sugar
factories reported in the wages and hours of labor table.
108
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 45.—WAGES RECEIVED, HOURS WORKED PER DAY, AND DAYS WORKED PER
YEAR, BY EMPLOYEES IN EACH SPECIFIED OCCUPATION:
1917.
(In the case of each oc<;upation the sex or the workers is male unless otherwise specified.]
KATES OF WAGES AND
HOURS AND
l>ArS OF
LABOR.
a
win
&a
•aa
-Ǥ
to.2
.2
1..
c3
.s S
la
li
oo
o ^
si
So
Eg
PC4
M
^^
oo
O
a °
fel-
a ^
O
1-,o
a
'U
0:1
S
i
i
1
Total V, orking
by week
or
rriojith
31
12
14
25
13
58
36
22
12
130
118
Dollars per ,ceek.
Total
22
11
10
20
7
32
6
15
8
32
9
Hnder 1
6
7
3
1 to 1 24
3
1
1
3
2
1
1 25 to 1 49
...
2
1 50 to 1 74
2
1
1
2
1 75 to 1 PO
3
6
4
2
2 00 to 2 2^1
.
...
1
2
2
3
2 25 to 2 49
1
2 50 to 2 74
2
1
1
2
1
10
2.75 to 299
1
1
3.00 to 3.24
1
G
3
1
2
4
1
3 25 to 3 49
3.50 to 3. 74
1
2
13
1
4
1
2
3 75 to 3 99
4.00 to 4 24
1
1
1
2
1
6
3
i
1
1
1
4
4 50 to 4 74
i
1
1
2
3
5 00 to 5 24
-1
2
1
1
1
5.50 to 5. 74
'
5 75 to 5 99
'
1
6 00 to G 24
.
..!..-.
2
1
4
2
7 25 to 7 49
1
7 50 to 7 74
2
1
1
1
7 75 to 7 99
8 00 to 8 24
1
1
4
8 00 to 9 24
.
...
Dollars per month.
Total
9
1
5
6
26
30
7
4
98
109
Under 5
3
3
1
1
2
6
8
1
1
4
3
3
3
5
9
5
1
13
6
...
1
11
7
6
8
1
15
9
8
10
2
3
10
20
11
5
12
1
1
2
5
1
1
9
1
2
9
1
7
8
7
8
9
7
6
5
2
1
4
13
14
1
15
1
2
1
1
1
4'
5
16 to 19.99
1
1
1
4
20 to 24. 99
1
1
2
6
1
5
25 to 29 99
1
30 to 39 99
2
1
2
1
1
1
40 to 49 ')9
1
$0 to 59 99
60 to 69 99
1
70 to 79.99
POPULATION.
109
Table 4S.-WAGES RECEIVED, HOURS WOilKKD PER DAY, AND DAYS WORKED PER
YEAR, BY EMPLOYEES IN EACH SPEtlFIED OCCUPATION: 1917—Continued.
[In the case of each occupation the sex of the workers
is male unless otherwise
specified.]
RATES OF -WAGES AND
HOURS AND DATS OF
LABOR.
o
a M
—
(B
»•"
p.
o.<
CI
03
s>|
fc:
o
2
.9fe
.11
li
a
gi
a
« P.
il
§
o
ti
il
X!
<D
as}
05 >,
•-S
So
1-1
-at)
a S
a®
a
M
w
a
"3
03
Hours per day.
Total
31
12
14
25
13
58
36
22
12
130
118
4 and under 5
2
3
2
1
2
6 and under 7
1
3
1
2
8
6
4
2
2
1
6
32
62
5
9
5
10
2
15
11
10
i"
10
4
2
IS
2
1
2
2
3
4
4'
7
21
18
3
1
4
3
12
7
9
2
30
9 and under 10
41
11 and under 12
18
12 and under 13
1
1
13 and under 14
15 and under 16
1
3
Hours not stated
12
Days per year.
Total
31
12
14
25
13
58
36
22
130
118
ISO to 174
1
1
1
250 to 274
2
1
275 to 299
ie
15 -
5
9
17
36
2
2
11
9
1
14
10
5
2
5
2
4'
6
79
46
5
35
300 to 324
11
3
80
325 to 349
350 to 365
2
12
10
3
110
THE VIRGIK ISLANDS.
Table 45
WAGES RECEIVED, HOURS WORKED PER DAY, AND DAYS WORKED PER
YEAR, B Y EMPLOYEES IN EACH SPECIFIED OCCUPATION:
1917—Continued.
[In the case of each occupation the sex of the workers is male unless oth erwise specified.]
KATES OF WAGES
AND
HOURS AND DAYS OF
Bakers
and
bakers'
helpers.
i.
13
O « 3
ogS
m
11
5
O
O
2^
"3
S
1O
a
o
"o
1
a
1
PL,
Serv-
ants
and
waiters.
LABOR.
"a
a
[14
6
03
a
13
Dollars per month.
Total
24
63
10
30
44
15
29
16
17
13
17
67
10
UnderS
5
37
1
6
12
4
6
7
1
4
4
1
2
1
2
1
28
10
11
2
3
4
4
1
5
6
1
7
.
8
1
1
1
2
2
9
2
10
2
1
1
11
12
2
16
2
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
13
14
15
3
2
7
3
1
3
1
2
4
1
i'
3
1
1
1
1
16 to 19.99
3
1
20 to 24 99
....
1
5
2
10
5
4
2
5
2
1
4
1
1
1
6
2
2
25 to 29 99
30 to 39 99
1
3
9
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
30
10
3
40 to 49 99
1
60 to 69 99
60 to 69 99
70 to 79 99
2
80 to 89 99
90 to 99 99
100 to 109 99
1
110 to 119 99
120 to 129.99
1
1
1
130 to 139 99
1
150 to 159 99
170 to 179 99
Hows per day.
Total
24
63
10
44
15
29
16
17
13
17
67
10
1
1
1
12
10
10
3
19
5
3
1
1
4
4
1
2
3
2
1
5
1
11
4
IS
S
7
7
1
4
6
9
9
1
8
13
5
2
1
1
3
7
20
1
9
1
4
3
5
3
7
1
8
1
1
""vi
3
2
1
1
2
7
9,
1
2
2
5
1
3
2
•1
8
10
1
30
9
44
Days per year.
Total
24
63
10
15
29
16
17
13
17
67
10
100 to 124
1
125 to 149
160 to 174
2
1
175 to 199
1
1
200 to 224
"3
3
225 to 249
4
250 to 274,
1
1
4
2
7"
275 to 299
1
6
2
2
12
15
2
i'
3
20
7
6
9
3
9
2
1
i"
1
27
7
8
2
"""is'
1
1
1
14
2
5
3
55
2
300 to 324
1
26
325 to 349
350 to 366
21
32=
=
J
POPULATION.
Ill
Table 45.—WAGES RECEIVED, HOURS WORKED PER DAY AND DAYS WORKED PER
YEAR, BY EMPLOYEES IN EACH SPECIFIED OCCUPATION: 1917—Continued.
[In the case of each occupation the sex of the workers is male unless otherwise specified.]
RATES OF WAGES AND
HOURS AND DAYS OF
Black-
smiths.
Brick
and
stone
masons.
Carpen-
ters.
Engi-
neers
(station-
ary).
Farm and garden
laborers.
Farm
watch-
men.
Labor-
ers,
susjar
LABOR.
Male.
Female.
facto-
ries.
Cents per day.
Total
19
12
13
107
529
167
11
353
10 to 14
1
7
9
2
10
5
45
9
313
111
9
3
15 to 19
1
2
8
5
20 to 24
1
i"
1
2.5 to 29
1
30 to 34
1
1
1
7
10
9
2
6
2
4
17
8
8
8
7
1
1
3.T to 39
8
40 to 44
59
23
39
30
9"
64
45 to 49
1
1
27
1
1
29
55 to 59
32
60 to 64
4
114
65 to 69.
1
70 to 74 .
.
1
2
3
30
75 to "9
1
2
21
80 to 89..
i
3
10
90 to 99
1
3
100 to 109
2
2
1
2
4
110 to 119
1
120tol29
3
1
130 to 139
6
140 to 149
.
i
3
1
3
1
2
1
150 to 174
1
4
175 to 199
..
.
200 to 224
1
2
3
1
225 to 249
275 to 299 . .
.
325 to 349
350 to 374 ..
1
13
Hours per day.
Total
19
12
107
529
167
11
353
5 and under 6
1
2
22
435
28
9
30
2
529
8 and under 9
.
1
17
3
10
3
18
77
12
154
1
1
4
9 and under 10
8
4
79
10 and under 11
274
12 and under 13
1
1
8
107
6
Days per year.
Total
19
12
13
167
11
353
Under 100
1
2
1
2
36
2
2
9
13
180
3
17
118
39
68
30
100 to 124..
.
128
125 to 149
36
150 to 174
3
1
8
32
2
127
i*
62
175 to 199
17
200 to 224.
.
225 to 249
250 to 274
4
11
3
2
3
2
3
3
4
25
1
1
26
275 to 299
1
16
1
3
8
300 to .324
54
325 to 349
350 to 365
1
78
11
10
Days not stated
AGRICULTURE.
INTRODUCTION.
This
chapter
treats
of
the
agricultural
interests
of
the
Virgin
Islands and is a summary and general presentation of the results of
the
first
census
of
agriculture
of
these
islands.
From
v^arious
sources it has been gathered that agriculture has largely been neglected
throughout the islands for a number
of years, and that there has
been
retrogression rather than
progress.
During the
existence
of
slavery on the islands
agriculture was the principal industry, and
practically all the land of every estate was devoted to the growth of
sugar cane.
With the abolition of slavery and the increase of ship-
ping labor gradually deserted these estates and centered in the ports,
chiefly St. Thomas,
as farm laborers were poorly paid, while labor
in the ports was paid a fairly good wage for that class of work.
A complete statement
is given concerning the area and value of
land in farms and the value of other property devoted to agriculture
November
1, 1917, the agi-icultural operations on farms for the year
ending October 31, 1917, and the number and value of live stock in
towns November
1, 1917.
Area oj enumeration.—The area of enumeration included the islands
of St. Thomas,
St. Croix, and St. John.
Schedules and metJiod
of canvass.—^A general farm schedule was
designed
for
the
exclusive purpose
of
collecting
data
relating
to
farmers, farm land, farm property, and farm products.
This general
schedule contained
an
inquiry
designed
for
data
relating
to
live
stock not on farms.
Each enumerator was supplied with a book of
instructions for use in preparing the schedule.
The general farm schedule was carried by the enumerators, who
also had the duty of collecting statistics of population.
An enumera-
tor who carried the general farm schedule personally visited each
farm and this same schedule was used by enumerators for securing
data pertaining to live stock not on farms.
The enumerators visited
the persons in charge of inclosures, etc., in towns, and secured from
them the
facts
desired.
Definitions.—For the purpose
of insuring comparability, and for
the
assistance
of the enumerators,
the Bureau
of
the Census has
adopted and each
of
the enumerators was provided with
certain
definitions and instructions, the more important
oi which are essen-
tially as follows:
60396°—18
8
(113)
114
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Farm.—A "farm," for census purposes, is the land under the personal management
of a single individual or firm, though consisting of different tracts, used for raising or
producing animals,
poultry, and agricultural products, and operated or farmed by
his labor, the labor of the members of his household, or by hired employees working
under his personal direction.
If an individual works one
tract
of land as a hired
manager or overseer and a second tract of which he is owner or tenafit, or if he operates
two or more farms for different individuals, the different tracts constitute different
farms.
In all other cases the land operated by a given individual or firm constitutes
a single farm, no matter if made of a number of parcels or tracts.
In rural districts
care should be taken to secure a schedule for every tract of land having an occupant
when such occupant obtains during the year products which contribute in any degree
to the support of himself or family.
Public institutions, as insane hospitals, reform
schools,
etc.,
carrying on
agricultural
openations,
are
to be
considered
as
farms.
Report only the value of the lands and buildings used for agricultural purposes for
such institutions.
FarTTi land.—Farm land is divided into (1) improved land, (2) woodland, and (3) aJl
other unimproved land.
Improved land includes all land regularly tilled or mowed,
land pastured and cropped in rotation, land lying fallow, land in gardens, orchards,
vineyards, and nurseries, and land occupied by farm buildings.
Woodland includes
all land covered with natural or planted forest trees, which produce, or later may pro-
duce, firewood or other forest products.
All other unimproved land includes
brush
land, rough or stony land, swamp land, and any other land which is not improved or
in forest.
The census classification of farm land as "improved land," "woodland,"
and "other unimproved land"
is one not always easy for the farmers or enumerators
to make, and the statistics therefore must be considered at best only a close approxi-
mation.
Clmses offarmers.—Farm oumers include (1) farmers operating their own land only,
and (2) those operating both their own land and some land hired from others.
Mana-
gers are farmers who are conducting farm operations for the owner for wages or a salary.
Farm tenants
are
farmers who,
as tenante, renters,
or croppers, operate hired land
only.
Text discusswn of tables.—The general aspects of the statistics pre-
sented
in tabular form
are
briefly discussed
in
the accompanying
text.
This explanatory text serves the purpose of calling attention
to
certain important
results
of the
census
inquiry.
It
is not
in-
tended that
this
text
shall present an exhaustive
analysis
of
the
statistics.
In the main, therefore, the discussion
is confined to the
facts
disclosed by the census
concerning the Virgm
Islands
as
a
whole.
Value of farm, products.—In the tables and text presented in this
chapter is shown the value of crops produced, the value of live stock
on hand at the date of the enumeration, and of certain farm products,
but no attempt has been made to compute or even estimate the total
value
of farm products.
FARMS AND FARM PROPERTY.
Farm data for
ihe
islands:
1917.—Table
1, which
follows, sum-
marizes for the Virgin Islands—St. Croix, St. John, and St. Thomas
the more important facts relating to population and land area, the
AGRICTJLTITKE.
115
number and acreage of farms, and the total value and average value
per farm of all farm property and the several classes thereof in 1917.
Table
1
NUMBER, AREA, AND VALUE OF FARMS.
1917
(Nov. 1).
NUMBER, AREA, AND VALUE OF FARMS.
1917
(Nov. 1).
Population" 1917
26, 051
430
84,781
69,892
.39,448
30,444
162.5
91.7
70.8
82.4
46.5
35.9
Value of farm property:
Total
$3,706,911
Land
2,402 501
Approximate area of the Islands (acres).
Buildins^s
614,840
Implements and macliinery . .
Domestic
animals,
poultry,
106,549
Unimproved land in farms (acres)
Avera EC acreat^e per farm:
Allland
582,921
Average value per farm:
All farm projicrty
8,621
Land
5,587
1,430
BuUdines
I'er cent of total land area represented
by-
Implements and machinery...
Domestic
animals*
poultry,
and bees
248
1,356
Average value of farm land per acre
34.37
Unimproved land in farms
The population of the islands in 1917 was 26,051.
Of this number,
14,590 persons 10 years of age and over were reported as gainfully
occupied,
6,084,
or
41.6
per
cent,
being
engaged
in
agriculture
and animal husbandry.
Tlie total area of land in farms was 69,892
acres, which was 82.4 per cent of the total land area.
The improved
land
in farms totaled 39,448
acres, or 56.4 per cent of
all land in
farms.
Tlie average farm for the islands comprises
162.5
acres,
of
which
91.7
acres are improved
land.
The percentage
of improved
land in the smaller farms is much larger, and up to 20 acres averages
over 85 per cent of the
total; while of those having 1,000 acres or
more less than 50 per cent is improved.
The value of farm property for the islands amoimted to $3,706,911,
including
the value
of land and buildings,
S3, 017, 341; implements
and
machinery,
$106,649; and
the
value
of
live
stock,
$582,921.
The average value of all farm property per farm was $8,621
;
of land
and buildings, $7,017;
of implements and machinery, $248;
of
live
stock,
$1,356; and
the
average
value
of farm
land
per
acre was
$34.37.
The
total area of the islands
is approximately 84,781
acres, and
the land
in farms
is about
69,892
acres.
Of
the
acres
in farms,
49,206
are reported for the island
of
St.
Croix,
the principal agri-
cultural island;
10,003
acres are reported for St. John; and
10,683
acres for St. Thomas.
The island of St. Croix, because of its physical
nature, leads in every phase of agriculture.
Reference to Tables 15,
16, and
17
(pp.
128-130)
will show in
detail a comparison
of
the
agricultural data collected for each of the islands.
116
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 2
FARMS OPERATED BY
All farmers.
.
Owners
Managers
Tenants
White farmers.
Owners
Managers
Tenants
Mixed farmers.
Owners
Managers
Tenants
Negro farmers.
Owners
Managers
Tenants
Number
of farms.
430
127
56
247
All land
in farms
(acres).
33, 890
32,290
3,712
270
41
10
219
24, 823
21,219
1,826
15,317
6,948
7,976
393
6,707
2,119
3,095
1,493
Improved
land in
farms
(acres).
18,265
18, 799
2,384
29, 895
14,056
14,474
1,365
5,995
2,916
2,782
297
3,558
1,293
1, 543
722
Valne of
land and
buildings.
$3,017,341
1,169,277
1,704,935
143, 129
2,431,195
983, 880
1,352,385
94, 930
333, 795
137, 565
187, 620
8,610
252,351
47,832
164,930
39,589
Farm tenure.—Table 2 shows, for white, mixed, and Negro farmers,
and for the total of all farmers, the number of farms, total acres and
improved acres of land in farms, and the value of land and buildings.
Each color classification is further divided according to tenancy and
the detail
is shown for owners, managers, and tenants.
Of the 430
farms reported, 127 are shown to have been operated by owners, 56
by managers, and 247 by tenants.
Negro farm operators numbered
270, of which 219 were tenants.
White operators show the largest
number of owners and managers, while only 9 white tenant operators
are reported for the three
islands.
Whiite owners occupied 24,823
acres
of farm
land,
of which
14,056
acres were improved;
white
managers occupied 21,219 acres, of which 14,474 acres were improved;
and white tenants occupied 1,826
acres,
of which 1,365
acres were
improved.
White managers occupy the largest improved
acreage.
The value of the land and buildings on farms operated by managers
amounted to $1,352,385, which was 44.8 per cent of the total for the
islands.
Negro tenants operated the largest number of farms, 219 having
been reported as operating farms with a total of 1,493 acres, of which
only 722 acres were improved.
The mixed farmers operated the smallest number of farms, although
the total and improved acreage and the value of land and buildings
was in excess of that of Negro operators.
Table 3 shows the per cent distribution for the data given in Table
2, together with the per cent of farm land improved for each color
and tenure group, average acres per farm for all land and improved
land, and
the average value
of land and
buildings per
fai*m and
per acre.
AGRICULTURE.
117
Table 3
PER CENT OF TOTAL.
Per
cent
of
farm
land
im-
proved.
AVERAGE ACRES
PER FARM.
AVERAGE VALXHE OF
LAND AND BUILD-
INGS.
FARMS OPERATED BY—
Num-
ber of
farms.
All
land
in
farms.
Im
proved
land
in
farms.
Value
of
land
and
build-
ings.
All
land.
Im-
proved
land.
P«r farm.
Per
acre.
All farmers
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
56.4
162.5
91.7
$7,017
S43. 17
Owners
29.5
13.0
57.5
48.5
46.2
5.3
46.3
47.7
6.0
38.8
56.5
4.7
53.9
58.2
64.2
266.9
576.6
15.0
143.8
335.7
9.7
9,207
30, 445
579
34.50
Manajiers
52.80
Tenants
38.56
White farmers
23.7
68.5
75.8
80.6
62.5
469.3
293.1
23,835
50.79
Owners
13.7
7.9
2.1
13.5
35.5
30.4
2.6
21.9
35.6
36.7
3.5
15.2
32.6
44.8
3.1
11.0
56.6
68.2
74.8
39.1
420.7
624.1
202.9
264.1
238.2
425.7
151.7
103.4
16, 676
39,776
10,548
5,755
39.64
Managers
63.73
Tenants
51.99
Mixed farmers
21.79
Owners
6.3
2.8
4.4
62.8
9.9
11.4
0.6
9.6
7.4
7.0
0.8
9.0
4.6
6.2
03
8.4
42.0
34.9
75.6
63.0
257.3
664.7
20.7
24.8
108.0
231. S
15.6
13.2
5,095
15,635
453
935
19.80
Managers
23.52
Tenants
21.91
Negro farmers
37.63
Owners
9.6
2.3
50.9
3.0
4.4
2.2
3.3
3.9
1.8
1.6
5.5
1.3
61.0
49.9
48.4
51.7
309.5
6.8
31.5
154.3
3.3
1,167
16,493
181
22.57
Managers
i6.29
Tenants
26.52
Of the total number of farms reported, 29.5 per cent were operated
by owners,
13 per cent by managers, and 57.5 per cent by tenants.
WTiite owners were 57.8 per cent, white managers 33.3 percent, and
white tenants 8.8 per cent of the total white farmers.
Mixed owners,
managers, and tenants were 46.6 percent, 20.7 per cent, and 32.8 per
cent,
respectively,
of
the mixed farmers.
Of
the Negro
farmers,
15.2 per cent were owners, 3.7 per cent were managers, and 81.1 per
cent
tenants.
The
Negro
farmers show
the
smallest
percentage
of managers and the largest percentage of tenants.
Of the total land in farms, 48.5 per cent was operated by owners,
46.2 per cent by managers, and 5.3 per cent by tenants.
Very httle
change appears
in the per cent distribution
of improved land.
In
the distribution of value of land and buildings the largest percentage,
56.5
is reported for managers, 38.8 per cent for owners, and 4.7 per
cent for tenants.
The average size for all farms was 162.5 acres, of which 91.7 acres
were improved.
The
three tenure groups show a very wide differ-
ence
in
respect
of average
size
of
farms.
Owned farms averaged
266.9
acres,
farms operated by managers
576.6
acres,
and
those
operated by tenants 15 acres.
The improved acreage was distributed
in about the same ratio.
The average value of land and buildings per farm and per acre was
$7,017 and $43.17, respectively.
0%vned farms reported an average
value for land and buildings of $9,207 per farm, or $34.50 per acre.
118
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Farms operated by managers averaged $30,445 per farm, or $52.80
per acre.
Tenant farms averaged $579 per farm, or $38.56 per acre.
White farmers, representing 23.7 per cent of the total farms report-
ing, operated 68.5 per cent of
all land in farms and 75.8 per cent of
the improved land.
These farms with the improvements represented
80.5 per cent of the total value of land and buildings.
Of the total
acreage operated by white farmers, 62.5 per cent was improved land;
the farms averaged 469.3 acres, of which 293.1 acres was improved
land.
The average value of land and buildings was $23,835 per farm,
or $50.79 per acre of farm land.
Of the total farmers, 13.7 percent were white owners, representing
35.5 per cent of the total
acreage in farms and 35.6 per cent of the
improved
land.
The
value
of
land
and
buildings
in
this
class
amounted to 32.6 per cent of the total value.
White managers,
although representing but
7.9 per cent
of the
total
farmers,
operated
30.4
per
cent
of
all
farm land and
36.7
per cent of the improved land.
The value of land and buildings in
this class was 44.8 per cent of the whole.
Of the total area of farms
operated by wliite managers, 68.2 per cent was improved land.
The
farms averaged 624.1 acres, of which 425.7 acres was improved land.
Value of land and buildings in this class was more than double that
of an}^ other class, averaging $39,776 per farm, or $63.73 per acre.
White tenants formed a very small percentage
(2.1 per cent)
of
the total farmers, and occupied but
2.6 per cent
of the
total farm
acreage, and 3.5 per cent of the improved acreage.
The value of the
land and buildings occupied by white tenants averaged $10,547 per
farm, or $51.99 per acre.
Mixed farmers constituted
13.5 per cent
of the
total number
of
farmers.
Of
this
percentage,
6.3
per
cent were
owners,
2.8
per
cent were managers, and 4.4 per cent were tenants.
Mixed farmers
operated 21.9 per cent of all farm land and 15.2 per cent of improved
land.
The value of land and buildings represented in this class was
but
11.1 per cent of the
total.
The average acreage per farm was
264.1, of which 39.1 per cent, or 103.4 acres per farm, was improved
land.
The average value per farm of the land and buildings for mixed
farmers was $5,755, or $21.79 per acre.
While Negro farmers were 62.8 per cent of the total number, they
operated only 9.6 per cent of the total area in farms and but 9 per
cent
of the improved land.
The value
of land and buildings was
8.4 per cent of the total.
These farms reported 53 per cent of farm
land improved.
The average acreage per farm was
24.8
acres,
of
which
13.2 acres was improved land.
The average value per farm
was $935, or $37.63 per acre.
Negro tenants occupied 50.9 per cent
of
all farms, thus
forming the
largest tenure
class.
These farms,
however, were but 2.2 per cent of the total acreage and 1.8 per cent
AGRICULTURE.
119
of the improved acreage.
The value of the land and buildings occu-
pied by Negro tenants was but 1.3 per cent of the total.
Farms occu-
pied by Negro tenants averaged only 6,8
acres, of which 3.3
acres,
or 48.4 per cent, was improved land.
The average value of land and
buildings per farm was $181, or S26.52 per acre.
Farms by size groufs.—In Table 4
is shown the number of farms,
in size groups, from imder 5 acres per farm to 1,000 acres and over
per farm.
The largest number of farms appears in the group of imder
5 acres, where 219 of the total of 430 farms are reported.
Above this
size the number of farms is fairly uniform until the size 175 to 499
acres
is reached; here the number increased to 65 farms, and from
these decreases imtil only 16 farms of 1,000 acres or over are reported.
The largest acreage of
all lands in farms
is reported in the size 1,000
acres and over;
the
largest improved acreage
is in the size 175 to
499 acres
; and the greatest value for land and buildings
is reported
in the size 500 to 999 acres.
Table 4
SIZE GROUP.
Num-
ber of
farms.
All land
in farms
(acres).
Improved
land
in farms
(acres).
Value of
land and
buildings.
Total
430
69, 892
39,448
$3,017,341
219
30
19
18
19
17
65
27
16
492
192
251
610
1,309
2,468
21,084
18, 767
24,719
480
172
215
503
763
1,801
13,388
10,260
11,866
32,584
13, 912
10 to 19 acres
21,020
20 to 49 acres
64,785
50 to 99 acres
.
57,930
100 to 1 74 acres
154,525
175 to 499 acres
917, 815
500 to 999 acres
.
972, 370
1,000 acres and over
782,400
Table 5 gives per cent distribution of size groups based on the figures
shown in Table
4, and in addition there
is shown for the total and
for each of nine size groups the per cent of improved farm land, the
average acres per farm of all land and improved land and the average
value of land and buildings per farm and per acre.
It is noted that
the farms of under 5 acres constitute 50.9 per cent of the total num-
ber of farms reporting, but these farms form only 0.7 per cent of the
total farm acreage, and only
1.2 per cent of the improved acreage.
The value of land and buildings in this size amounted
to but 1.1 per
cent of the total.
The per cent of improved land, 97.6 per cent,
is
the largest reported.
The average acres of all land per farm and the
average
acres
of improved land per farm were represented by the
same figures, 2.2 acres.
The average value of land and buildings per
farm was $149, and the average value per acre was
$66.23.
The
next largest percentage of farms occurred in the size 175 to 499 acres
15.1 per cent of the total.
Other sizes ranged from 3.7 per cent for
the farms of 1,000 acres and over to 7 per cent for the size 5
to 9
acres.
120
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Of
all land in farms, the largest percentage—35.4 per cent—was
in the size
1,000 acres and over; the next largest, 30.2 per cent, was
in the size 175 to 499 acres;
while the size 5 to 9 acres and the size
10 to 19 acres each amounted to 0.3 per cent of the total.
Each size
classification reported a larger percentage of the total improved land
than of all land, except the size 50 to 99 acres, in which the percentage
(1.9 per cent) was the same, and the size 500 to 999 acres and the size
1,000 acres and over, where in each case the land in farms formed a
larger percentage
of
the
total than
did
the unproved land.
The
value of the land and buildings in the size 500 to 999 acres was 32.2
per cent of the total for all farms;
for the size 175 to 499 acres 30.4
per cent, and for the size 1,000 acres and over 26 per cent, while the
smaller-sized farms ranged from 0.5 per cent for the size 5 to 9 acres
to 5.1 per cent for the size 100 to 174 acres.
Table 5
PER CENT OF TOTAL.
Per
ceat of
farm
land
im-
proved.
ATEP.AGE ACEES
PER FARM.
AVERAGE VALUE OP
LAND ANT) BUILD-
INGS.
SIZE GROUP.
Num-
ber of
farms.
All
land
in
farms.
Im-
proved
land
in
farms.
Value
of land
and
build-
ings.
All
land.
Im-
proved
land.
Per farm.
Per
acre.
Total
100.0
7.0
4.4
4.2
4.4
4.0
15.1
6.3
3.7
100.0
100.0
100.0
56.4
162.5
91.7
$7,017
S43. 17
Under 5 acres
0.7
0.3
0.3
0.9
1.9
3.5
30.2
26.8
35.4
1.2
0.4
0.6
1.3
1.9
4.6
33.9
26.0
30.1
1.1
0.5
0.7
2.2
1.9
5.1
30.4
32.2
25.9
97.6
89.6
85.7
82.5
58.3
73.0
63.5
54.7
48.0
2.2
6.4
13.2
33.9
68.9
145. 2
324.4
695.1
1,544.9
2.2
5.7
11.3
27.9
40.2
105.9
206.0
380.0
741.6
149
464
1,106
3,599
3,049
9,090
14.120
30; 014
48,900
66.23
6 to 9 acres
72.46
10 to 19 acres
83.75
20 to 49 acres
106. 20
50 to 99 acres
44.26
100 to 174 acres
62.61
175 to 499 acres
43. 53
500 to 999 acres
51.81
1,000 acres and over
31.65
The percentage of farm land improved for all farms reporting was
56.4 per cent;
for the farms under 5 acres the percentage was 97.6,
the percentage
decreasing as the size
of farms increases, until farms
of 1,000 acres and over show only 48 per cent improved land.
The
average acres
of
all land per farm naturally increase with
the
size
classification
from
2.2
acres for the
size under 5
acres
to
1,544.9
acres for
the size
1,000
acres
and
over.
The improved acres also
maintain a general increase from the smallest to the largest size.
The average value
of land and
buildings
per farm was
$7,017.
For the size under 5 acres the average was $149, showing a general
increase to the size
1,000
acres and over, where the average value
per farm was $48,900.
The average value of land and buildings per acre for all farms was
$43.17.
The lowest average value per acre, $31.65, was reported for
farms of 1,000 acres and over, and the highest average value per acre,
$106.20, for farms of the size 20 to 49 acres.
AGRICULTURE.
121
LIVE STOCK ON FARMS AND ELSEWHERE.
TTie census
of agriculture
deals generally only with farms, farm
property, and farm activities;
but in the case of live stock it includes
also live stock not on farms.
In this section statistics of hve stock
on farms are
first presented and foUowmg, in more condensed form,
statistics of live stock not on farms together with the total for those
on farms and elsewhere.
The term
"live stock"
as used by the Census Bureau comprises
(1) the common domestic farm animals
(cattle, horses, mules,
asses,
and burros, swine, sheep, and goats),
(2) poultry, and (3) bees.
No attempt was made to collect statistics of domestic animals by
the usual age and sex
classifications,
or of poultry by the various
classes.
It is obvious that in the consideration of live stock as a whole, or
even of the more limited group, "domestic animals," no combmation
of the numbere of the different classes into one total would have any
significance.
Live stock on farms.—Table
6, which follows, summarizes the sta-
tistics of domestic animals, poultry, and bees on farms for the Virgin
Islands, reported as of November
1, 1917.
Table 6
Total
Cattle
Horses
Mules
Asses and burros
Swine
Sheep
Goats
Poultry
Bees (colonies) .
FAKMS REPOETING.
Number.
Per cent
of all
(arms.
381
j
88.6
166
275
138
244
140
32
142
163
2
38.6
64.0
32.1
56.7
32.6
7.4
33.0
37.9
0.5
NUMBER KUT) VALDD.
Number.
12, 187
1,872
1,568
748
2,145
1,046
1,584
6,137
41
Value.
S582,921
335,688
89,548
121,095
13,719
11,414
4,920
3,360
2,976
201
Average
value.
$27.54
47.84
77.23
18.34
5.32
4.70
2.12
0.48
4.90
The total value of hve stock on farms in 1917, including domestic
animals, poultry, and bees, was $582,921.
Domestic animals alone
were valued
at $579,744.
Of
the
total value
of hve
stock, cattle
represented 57.6 per cent, mules 20.8 per cent, horses 15.4 per cent,
asses and burros 2.4 per cent, and swine 2 per cent, the other classes
forming an insignificant percentage of the total.
Of the total number of farms enumerated 381, or 88.6 per cent,
reported hve stock of some kind, the number without any hve stock
being 49.
Cattle were reported by 38.6 per cent of aU the farms in the Virgin
Islands.
The average value of cattle was reported
at $27.54, and
an average of 73 cattle to every farm was reported.
122
THE VIRGIN ISLAin>S.
Of all the farms in the Virgin Islands 64 per cent reported horses.
The farms reporting showed an average of seven per farm and were
reported at an average value of S47.84.
Mules were reported on 32.1
per cent of all farms at an average value of $77.23 and an average of
about
11
mules
to
each farm
reporting.
Asses and
burros
v/ere
reported by 56.7 per cent of
all farms in the islands and showed an
average of about three to a farm reporting with an average value of
$18.34 per animal.
Of
all farms,
32.6 per cent reported swine, an average of 15 per
farm,
and
an
average value
of
$5.32.
Sheep
and
lambs
were
reported from only 32 farms, or only 7.4 per cent of all the farms in
the Virgin Islands.
The average flock was about 33 sheep.
Goats
were reported from 142 farms, or 33 per cent of all farms in the three
islands.
Of the total number of farms enumerated 163, or 37.9 per
cent, reported poultry of some kind.
Only two farms reported bees.
Table 7 shows statistics with regard to the value of the three main
classes of live stock on farms,
classified according
to the color and
tenure of the operator.
Table 7
CLASS OF OPERATOR.
All farmers
.
Owners
Hanagers
Tenants
White farmers
Owners
Managers
Tenants
Mixed farmers
Owners
Managers
Tenants
Negro farmers.
Owners
Managers
Tenants
VALUE OF LIVE STOCK ON FARMS.
Total.
$582, 921
230, 705
318, 897
33, 319
438,612
179, 150
239, 619
19,843
85,762
40,857
41,595
3,310
10, 698
37,683
10, 166
Domestic
animals.
J579, 744
229, 703
316,847
33, 194
435, 950
178, 305
237, 847
19, 798
85,479
40,742
41,447
3,290
58, 315
10, 656
37,553
10,106
Poultry.
$2, 976
1,002
1,850
124
2,462
845
1,572
45
282
115
148
19
42
130
60
Bees.
$201
200
1
200
The value of
all live stock reported by white farmers,
$438,612,
comprised 75.2 per cent of the total value of all live stock reported in
the Virgin Islands; that of mixed farmers, $85,762, or
14.7 per cent;
and that of Negro farmers, $58,547,
or
10 per cent.
Over one-half (54.7 per cent) of the value of live stock was on farms
operated by managers; almost
two-fifths
(39.6 per cent) on farms
operated by owners,
while
only
a
little more than
one-twentieth
(5.7 per cent) was on farms operated by tenants.
AGEICULrURE,
12'3
Live stock not on iarms.—^Most of the live stock not on farms is found
in bams and inclosures in towns, and consists of animals kept more or
less permanently, such
as draft
animals,
dairy cows, and poultry.
Statistics for such live stock are found in Table 8, which follows.
Tattle 8
Total
Cattle
Horses
Mules
Asses and burros
Swine
Sheep
Goats
Poultry
Bees (colonies)
.
Number
of inclos-
ures re-
porting.
2,063
55
190
28
177
82
14
218
1,821
4
Number.
134
257
32
226
184
50
675
7,829
154
Value.
$24,962
3,005
12,849
1,306
2,415
512
173
1,209
3,303
190
Average
value.
$22.42
50.00
40.81
10.69
2.78
3.46
1.79
0.42
1.23
Horses are by far the most important class of animals not on farms
when value
is considered,
this being $12,849, or a little more than
one-half the total value of all live stock not on farms.
Poultry was
next, with
a value
of $3,303, followed by
cattle, with
a value
of
S3,005.
Live stock on farms and not on farms.—Table 9, which follows, gives
the number and total value of live stock, distinguishing that on farms
from that not on farms.
Table 9
Total.
Cattle
Horses
Mules
Asses and burros
Swine
,
Sheep
,
Goats
Poultry
Bees (colonies)
.
.
Number.
Value
$607,883
33S, 693
102, 397
122, 401
16,134
11,926
5,093
4,569
6,279
391
Number.
12,187
1,872
1,568
748
2,145
1,046
1,584
6,137
41
Value.
$582,921
335, 688
89, 548
121,095
13,719
11,414
4,920
3,360
2,976
201
NOT ON FAEMS.
Num-
ber.
134
257
32
226
184
50
675
7,829
154
Value.
824,962
3,005
12,849
1,306
2,415
512
173
1,209
3,303
190
The total value of all the live stock on the islands on November
1,
1917, was $607,883,
of which the value
of live stock not on farms
represented only 4.1 per cent.
LIVE STOCK PRODUCTS.
The returns for Hve stock products on farms at the census of 1917,
like those for crops, relate to the activities of the yeai- ending October
31, 1917.
No attempt was made in this first census of agriculture of
the Vhgin Islands to collect statistics pertaining to dairy products,
124
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
animals
sold and
slaughtered,
and
poultry
raised.
Although
the
schedule contained inquiries designed for reporting the amount
of
wool and mohair produced, none was reported.
Poultry products.—Of the 430 farms enumerated on the islands, 110
farms reported 10,980 dozens of eggs valued at $6,263.
Honey and tvax.—^Only one farm reported honey and beeswax pro-
duced, amounting to 3,000 pounds of honey valued at $120, and 150
pounds of wax valued at $45.
CROPS.
Summary.—In Table 10 is summarized the census data relative to
the farm crops for the year ending October 31, 1917.
Table 10
Value of all crops
.
Com
Dry beans
Hay and forage, total.
Guinea grass
other grasses
Coarse forage
Sugar cane
All vegetables
Cotton
Arrowroot
Fruits and nuts
FARMS EEPOETING.
Number.
137
16
1
286
184
Per cent
of all
farms.
1.6
0.5
31.9
3.7
0.2
66.5
42.8
0.5
0.2
Acres
harvested.
25
1
7,834
7,244
560
30
8,685
168
29
Amount.
17,682
90
, 138, 040
2S0, 291
300
84,129
7,933
1,500
Unit.
Pounds
Pounds
Bundles
Bundles
Tons
Tons
Pounds
.
Pounds
.
Value.
$522, 606
667
9
67, 589
63,886
2,803
900
442,120
6,537
3,850
360
1,474
The total value of crops reported in 1917 was $522,606.
The gen-
eral character of the agricultural operations on the Virgin Islands is
indicated by the fact that more than four-fifths (84.6 per cent) of the
total value
of crops in 1917 was represented by sugar cane.
The
remainder, representing in value 15.4 per cent of the total, consisted
mostly of guinea grass and vegetables.
The leading crops covered by the preceding table, in order of their
importance
as judged by
value,
ar^ sugar
cane,
$442,120; guinea
grass, $63,886; vegetables, $6,537; and cotton, $3,850.
Tro'picalfruits and nuts.—Table 1 1
, which follows, presents data with
regard
to
tropical
fruits and nuts.
The
acreage devoted
to
these
products was not ascertained.
The total value of tropical fruit in 1917 was $1,193, but this can
not be considered as representative of a normal year since practically
all the
tropical
fruit
trees were
destroyed by
the
hurricane
that
visited the islands during October, 1916.
Cocoa contributed about
two-thirds and bananas one-fifth of
this value.
The production of
nuts
in 1917 consisted
entirely of coconuts, numbering
12,180 and
valued at .$281.
A small production of grapes was reported, amount-
ing to only 40 pounds, valued at $8.
mk
^
^A
'
^
fM
'^^^^t%\4
AGRICULTURE.
125
Table 11
TREES, PLANTS, OR
VINES
NOT
OF
BEARrNQ AGE.
TREES,
PLANTS, OR
VINES
OF
BEAR-
ma AGE.
PRODUCTS.
CROP.
Farms
report-
ing.
Number.
Farms
report-
ing.
Number.
.\mount.
Unit.
Value.
Tropical fruits, total.
17,562
51,193
'
24
7
20
9
2
16
19
7,207
6,574
966
176
300
2,339
1,070
818
5,265
2, 7.50
158
300
Bunches.
Pounds.
.
Number .
Boxes
Number.
240
790
10
8
2
9
15
680
64
400
2,573
1,214
20
Oranges
79
47
17
Nuts (coconuts)
12, 180
Number .
281
FOREST PRODUCTS.
The census schedule called for "value of
all firewood, fencing ma-
terials,
railroad
ties,
telegraph and telephone
poles,
bark,
or other
forest products cut or produced in 1917, whether used on farm, sold,
or on hand November
1,
1917," and
also
in
a separate item
the
"amount received from the sale of standing timber in 1917."
There were 35 farms
in the Virgin Islands which reported forest
products in 1917, the total value of such products being $4,631.
Of
this total, $1,460 was reported as that of products used or to be used
on the farms themselves, $2,668 as that of products sold or for sale,
except bay leaves, $463 as that of bay leaves, and $40 as the amount
received for standing timber.
It should be noted that forest prod-
ucts not produced on farms are not included in this report.
SELECTED FARM EXPENSES.
Farm expenses.—Table
12 shows,
for the islands as a group,
the
number of farms reporting expenditures for labor, feed, and fertilizer,
as well as the sums expended for the year ending October 31, 1917.
Table 12
FARMS REPORTING,
EXPENSE FOR—
Number.
Per cent of
all farms.
Amount.
Labor
293
94
26
68.1
21.9
6.0
$572,016
9 147
Feed
Fertilizer
15 439
Of the 430 farms on the three islands 293, or 68.1 per cent, reported
expenses for labor aggregating $572,046;
94, or 21.9 per cent, reported
payments for feed for live stock amounting to $9,147; and 26, or 6
per cent, reported expense for fertilizers amoimting to $15,439.
The
statement of expenses for labor would appear excessive, since
it ex-
ceeds the total reported value of aU crops produced on the islands,
126
THE VTBGIN ISLANDS.
but this situation is chiefly due to the fact that some of the larger farms,
on which practically no harvested crops were produced, are devoted
exclusively to the raising of live stock.
The grazing lands are avail-
able for use for the greater part of the year, and such areas as are de-
voted to grazing produce no crop other than grass.
Labor employed
on these farms is included with that of farms devoted to crop produc-
tion.
Another factor to be considered
is
that the larger managed
farms are owned by sugar companies and are devoted almost exclu-
sively to the production of sugar cane, and the cost of production
is
most likely reported as the value by the managers of the farms.
Receipts from sales offeedahle crops.—An effort was made to secure
as complete a statement
as
possible
of the
sales,
as well
as
of the
production, of the more important feedable crops; that is, those crops
which are ordinarily fed to live stock.
While the total amount expended by Virgin Islands farmers for the
purchase of feed in 1917 was reported as $9,147, the total receipt from
sale of feed by those reporting sales amounted to $961.
AGE OF FARMERS.
This section presents data pertaining to the age of farmers by char-
acter of tenure and color of operator for 1917.
It should be noted
that "farmers," as here used, refers to farm operators and not to the
farming population of the islands.
The number of farmers
as given
in Table
13 and the various age groups
is equal to the number of
farms
carried on by operators of the designated
age, counting one
operator to each farm.
Thus, the total number of farmers of all ages
is placed at 430, the niunber of farms on November
1, 1917.
Age offarm operator.—Table
13 summarizes for the islands
as a
whole the num.ber of farms divided according to the age of the opera-
tor into groups ranging from "24 years and under" to "65 years and
over," and further classified according to tenure and color.
Table 13
TENTJBE AND COLOR.
All
ages.
24
years
and
under.
25 to
34
years.
35 to
44
years.
45 to
54
years.
55 to
64
years.
65
years
and
over.
Age
un-
known.
Total farmers
430
8
39
91
142
91
55
4
127
1
9
23
44
22
27
1
White
59
27
41
56
1
1
5
2
2
7
10
5
8
15
14
14
16
20
15
1
6
13
13
5
9
1
Mixed
Managers
White
34
12
10
247
i'
6
1
12
1
2
53
6
6
8
78
10
3
Negro
Tenants
6
23
56
28
3
White
9
19
219
2
1
3
i'
22
3
4
46
3
8
67
1
Mixed
2
54
1
27
2
Negro
AGRICULTURE.
127
Of the 426 farmers reporting their ages, 8 were reported in the age
group "24 years and under," 39 in the group "25 to 34 years," 91 in
the group "35 to 44 years."
142 in the group "45 to 54 years," 91
in the group "55
to 64 years," and 55
in the group "65 years and
over."
Four farmers were reported in the group "age unknown."
Of the 127 owners reported 44 were in the age group "45
to 54
years," and of this number
14 were white,
14 were mixed, and 16
were Negro,
There were 247 tenant farmers reporting, 53 of which
were in the group "35 to 44 years," 78 in the group "45 to 54 years,"
and 56 in the group "55 to 64 years."
As a whole there was a remarkably small number of operators in
the age group "24 years and under," only 8 having been reported
for the three islands; one of these was an owner, six were tenants, and
one a manager.
There were no managers reported in the group "65
years and over."
Every tenure and color classification shows the largest number of
operators in the group "45 to 54 years," with the single exception of
white managers, where the largest nimiber of operators is reported in
the group "35 to 44 years."
TERM OF OCCUPANCY OF FARMS.
This section presents the principal data pertaining to the length of
time farmers had occupied the farms they operated when interviewed,
November
1, 1917.
Term of occupancy.—Table 14 shows these data in period of occu-
pancy groups, which range from "less than
1 year" to " 10 years and
over," and are further classified according to the character of tenure
and the color of the operator.
Table 14
Total
number
of farms.
TEEM OF 0CCI7PANCY.
TENURE AND COLOR.
Less
than 1
year.
1 year.
2 to 4
years.
5 to 9
years.
10
years
and
over.
Not
re-
ported.
Total farmers
430
21
42
113
78
165
11
Owners
127
7
4
16
25
72
3
White
59
27
41
56
2
1
4
6
2
2
8
7
5
4
14
12
6
8
35
14
23
14
1
Mixed
1
Negro
1
Managers
6
White
34
12
10
247
6
8
6
1
1
30
8
5
1
83
5
2
1
45
4
4
6
79
5
Mixed
Negro
i
Tenants
2
White
9
19
219
2
3
78
2
1
42
4
10
65
1
Mixed
2
6
3
27
Negro
1
128
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Of the 430 farm operators in the Virgin Islands November
1, 1917,
11 made no report
for the period of occupancy.
Of the 419 farm
operators reportmg,
21 had operated
their farms
for
"less than
1
year," 42 were reported in the group "1 year," 113 in the group "2
to 4 years," 78 in the group "5 to 9 years," and 165 in the group "10
yeara and over."
This latter group represents 38.4 per cent of the
total farm operators for the islands and would indicate a stability
scarcely to be expected m view of other general conditions on the
islands.
In this group owners operated 72 farms, tenants 79 farms,
and managers 14 farms.
There is a very considerable variance in the
three classes of tenure with reference to the term of occupancy of the
farm, the owners constantly increasing with the increase in the period
groups.
Tenants increase to the group "5 to 9 years," where there
is
a faUing
off
of nearly
one-half, and again increase through
the
group "10 years and over."
Managers increase to the group "5 to
9 years," and decrease with that group.
The total number of opera-
tors
is so small that such comparisons are really of little value, and
aside from the owner group might be materially changed within a
very few years.
Table 15. -FARMS AND FARM PROPERTY, AND LIVE STOCK NOT ON FARMS-
NOVEMBER 1, 1917.
Population
Number of all farms
Color of farmers:
White
Mixed
Negro
"
Number of farms, classified by size:
Under 5 acres
5 to 9 acres
10 to 19 acres
20 to 49 acres
50 to 99 acres
lOOto 174acres
175 to 499 acres
500 to 999 acres
1,000 acres and over
LAND AND FARM
AREA.
Approximate area
acres
Land in farms
acres
Improved land in farms
!acres
Woodland in farms
acres
Other imimpro ved land in farms
acres
Percent of land area in farms
..'.
Percent of farm land improved
!!!!!!!
Average acres per farm
'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.
Average improved acres per farm
Virgin
Islands.
26, 051
430
102
68
270
219
30
19
18
19
17
65
27
16
84,781
69,892
39,448
10,553
19, 891
82.4
56.4
162.5
ei.7
St. Croix.
14,901
341
77
29
235
199
22
13
12
7
11
45
21
11
53,920
49, 206
33, 581
4, 088
11,537
91.3
68.2
144.3
98.5
St. John.
959
26
5
14
7
St.
Thomas.
12. 781
10, 003
2,086
3.619
4.298
78.3
20.9
384.7
80.2
10,191
63
20
15
28
is.oso
]0,fiSJ
3, 7.SI
2, Sir,
4,0.if)
59.1
3.-).
i
169. 6
60.
AGRICULTURE.
129
Tahi.k 16
FARMS AND FARM PROl'KRTY, AND LIVE STOCK NOT ON FARMS:
N0VP:MBEU
1, 1917—Continued.
VALUE OF FARM PROPERTY.
All farm property
dollars
Land
dollars
liiiildings
dollars
Ini|)lfiiicnts and machinery
dollars
Domestic animals, poultry and bees
dollars
Percent of value of all property in:
Land
Buildings
Implements and machinery
Domestic animals, poultry and l)ees
Average values:
All property per farm
dollars.
Land and buildings per farm
dollars
Land per acre
dollars
LIVE STOCK ON FARMS.
Farms reporting livestock
Value of live stock
dollars
Cattle:
Total number
Value
dollars
Horses:
Total number
Value
dollars
Mules:
Total number
Value
dollars
Asses and burros:
Total number
Value
dollars
Swine:
Total number
Value
dollars
Sheej):
Total number
Value
dollars
Goats:
Total number
Value
dollars
Poultry:
Number,
all kinds
Value
dollars
Bees:
Number, hives or colonies
Value
dollars
UVE STOCK NOT ON FARMS.
Inclosures reporting live stock
Value of live stock
dollars
Cattle:
Total number
Value
dollars
Horses:
Total number
Value
dollars
Mules and asses and burros:
Total number
Value
dollars
Swine:
Total number
Value
dollars
Sheep and goats:
Total number
Value
dollars
Poultry:
Number, all kinds
V^alue
dollars
Bees:
Number, hives or coloiues
Vklue
dollars
Virgin
Islands.
3,706,911
2, 402, .501
614. S40
106,649
582,921
64.8
16.6
2.9
15.7
8,621
7,017
34.37
381
582, 921
12, 187
335, 688
1,872
89, 548
1,.568
121,09.5
748
13,719
2,145
11,414
1,046
4,920
1,5.84
3,360
6,137
2,976
41
201
2,063
24,962
134
3,005
257
12. 849
258
3,721
184
512
725
1,382
7,829
3,303
154
190
St. Croix.
3, 063. 747
1,990,467
478,004
100,612
494,604
65.0
15.6
3.3
16.1
8,985
7, 239
40.45
297
494,604
8.968
268, 705
1,527
76, 900
117,735
470
11,120
1,935
10, 663
879
4,329
1,122
2,345
5,531
2,607
40
200
1,027
14,819
205
10,513
123
2,244
226
425
3,287
1,438
St. John.
167,208
94,675
38, 115
2.931
31,487
56.6
22.8
1.8
IS. 8
6,431
5,107
9.46
26
31,487
1,149
22, 881
154
5,910
23
850
63
626
55
275
45
183
297
695
119
67
54
2,381
75
1,642
7
238
24
237
124
235
St.
Thomas.
475.956
317.359
9S, 661
3,106
56,830
66.7
20.7
0.7
11.9
7, 5.55
6,603
29.71
58
56,830
2,070
44, 102
191
6,738
63
2,510
215
1,973
155
476
122
408
165
320
487
302
982
7,762
57
1,323
45
2,098
111
1.240
158
412
375
722
4,506
1.855
75
112
C039G^—18-
130
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
Table 16
NUMBER, ACREAGE, AND VALUE OF FARMS, CLASSIFIED BY TENURE
AND COLOR OF FARMERS, BY ISLANDS: NOVEMBER
1,
1917.
FARMS OPERATED BY OWNERS.
Number of farms
Per cent of all farms
Land in farms
acres
Improved land in farms
acres
Value of land and buildings
dollars
Color of owners:
White
Mixed
Negro
FARMS OPERATED BY MANAGERS.
Number of farms
Per cent of all farms
<
Land in farms
acres
Improved land in farms
acres
Value of land and buildings
dollars
Color of managers:
White
Mixed
Negro
FARMS OPERATED BT TENANTS.
Number of farms
Percent of all farms
Land Ln farms
acres
Improved land in farms
acres
Value of land and'buildings
dollars
Color of tenants:
White
Mixed
Negro
Virgin Islands.
127
29,5
33,S90
18, 265
1, 169, 277
59
27
41
56
13.0
32,290
18, 799
1,704,935
34
12
10
247
57.5
3, 712
2, 384
143, 129
19
219
St. Croix.
89
26.1
25, 734
16,271
950, 577
45
14
30
40
11.7
21,629
15,470
1,457,915
30
4
212
62.2
1,843
1,840
60,039
2
11
199
St. John.
St. Thomas.
15
57.7
3, 558
845
42,370
9
34.6
5,992
1,235
86,070
2
5
2
2
7.7
453
6
4,350
23
36.5
4,598
1,149
176,330
11
S
7
7
11.1
4,669
2,094
160,950
2
3
2
33
52.4
1,416
538
78,740
7
7
19
Table
17.—VALUE
OF
ALL
CROPS AND
PRINCIPAL
CLASSES
THEREOF,
AND
ACREAGE AND PRODUCTION OF PRINCIPAL CROPS, BY ISLANDS:
1917.
VALUE OF ALL CROPS.
Total
dollars.
Com
dollars.
Hay and forage
dollars.
Sugar cane
dollars.
Vegetables
dollars.
Tropical fruits and nuts
dollars.
Sundry minor crops
dollars.
CROPS (ACRES AND QUANTITY).
Com
Hay and forage:
Coarse forage.
(acres.
.
"ipounds
Guinea grass
All other grasses.
Special crops:
Cotton
facres...
•\tous
/acres
Mbundlos
|acres
"tbundlcs
/acres .
mounds
Sugarcane
g^^^f;;
Vegetables
acres .
.
FRUITS AND NUTS.
Tropical fruits:
Mangoes
{^her:
Bananas
{^^;
All other
trees
/trees
.
Nuts (coconuts)
|J,\----
Virgin Islands.
522.606
667
67, 589
442,120
6,537
1,474
4,219
25
17,682
30
300
7,244
,138,040
560
280,291
29
7,933
8, 6,8,5
84,129
168
966
2,750
7,207
818
9, 389
1,070
12, 180
St, CroLs.
498, 574
St. John.
8,218
655
46,803
442,104
4,362
431
4,219
24
17,500
30
300
4,039
,342,790
29
7,933
8, 684
84,126
115
200
615
690
6, ,S27
462
2,900
7,263
16
1, 390
725, 350
2
1,000
1,000
63
1,417
390
8,000
St. Thomas.
15, 814
12
13, 523
2,175
104
1
182
1,815
1,069,900
558
279, 291
734
2,750
5,592
65
1,145
218
1,280
MANUFACTURES,
INTRODUCTION.
The census of manufactures taken in connection with the special
census of the Virgin Islands, for 1917, constitutes the first industrial
census taken of the islands.
Previous census data compiled by the
Danish Government
related
chiefly
to
population and
mortality.
Tlie statistics reported are for the fiscal year most nearly conforming
to the year ending October 31,
1917,
the canvass beginning in the
latter part of December,
1917, and ending dming the early part of
January, 1918.
The principal instructions given the agents employed in the canvass
were the following:
Scope
of
census.—The
censiis
is
confined to manufacturing establishments
con-
ducted under the factory system as distinguished from the neighborhood, hand, and
building trades, and the data required
will be entered on
the general schedule.
Establishments having an annual product of less than ?500 are to be omitted from the
census.
Reports are to be secured, however, for establishments that were idle during
a part of the year or new establishments started diiring the year, although the product
is less than $500,
if such establishments are capable of an annual production of $500
or more.
Building trades.—Establishments engaged in the various building industries should
not be reported
.
Those engaged in manufacturing supplies used in building, however,
should be included.
Miscellaneous hand trades and custom work.—The small hand trades, engaged chiefly
in repair work or work to the individual order, should not be reported.
Boot and shoe
custom and repair shops, custom tailoring shops, and dressmaking establishments are
not to be canvassed.
Retail
stores.—Retail
stores and
other establishments which incidentally manu-
factiu-e small quantities of goods which they sell must not be reported.
Sugar.—Reports must be secured
for all mills engaged in the production of cane
sugar and molasses located on plantations, although only the cane grown on the planta-
tion
is
treated.
A
supplemental schedule
for
cane
sugar
calling
for
additional
information in regard to materials and products is required.
Lime-tree products.—The pickling of limes and making of concentrated lime juice,
if done for the trade, are to be reported.
Bay oil and bay rum.—The operation of stills for the production of bay oil and bay
rum may be associated with the gathering of crude materials and the care of an orchard.
In such cases the material used may be estimated at the market value.
A supple-
mental schedule
for
this industry,
calling
for additional information
in regard
to
materials and products is required.
The Virgin Islands of the United States, formerly the Danish West
Indies, comprise three principal islands,
St. Croix, St. Thomas, and
St.
Johoi,
with
a number
of
smaller
islands, most
of which
are
uninhabited.
St. Croix Island, measuring the distance between the nearest points
of land; is about 50 miles southeast from Porto Rico.
It is the largest
(131)
iS2
THE 'ViR^jijji- ;isr4i^D3;
and most productive island of tlio group and has a population of 14,901.
There are two
towns, Chris tiansted on
the
east
end,
locally called
Bassin, with a population
of 4,574, and Frederiksted, or West End,
with an open roadstead harbor and a population of 3,144.
The sugar
and runi industries, the most important of
the Virgin Islands,
are
carried on entirely on St. Croix, or Santa Cruz, as it is locally called,
the Santa Cruz rum being world-famous.
St. Thomas
is the most important
islnnd
of the group, due to its
magnificent harbor on which is located Charlotte Amaiie, the largest'
town in the islands, having a population of 7,747.
St. Thomas Harbor
has facilities for repairing and coalijig up-to-date vessels and supplying
them with water and provisions.
The only important product of St.
Thomas manufactured for export is bay rum.
St. John is the smallest and the least important of the three princi-
pal islands, and is situated 3 miles from St. Thomas.
The only manu-
facturing industry is the distillation of bay oil from the bay leaves
which are gro\\m only on this island.
GENERAL SUMMARY.
The following summary gives the more important statistics for 1917
relative to aU classes of maDufactm'es for the islands as a group and
for each of the three islands:
Table 1
Number of establishments
Persons engaged in manufactures
Proiirietors and flirm members
Salaried employees
"Wage earners (average number)
Primary horsepov.er
Capital
Services
Salaries
Wages
Materials
Value of products
Value added by manufacture (value of products less
cost of materials)
Virgin Islands.
84
842
77
79
686
2,595
, 429, 524
199, 3H\
70, !)2(i
12X, 4'iO
7S1,417
, 292, 247
510, S30
St. Croix.
65
055
03
oS
534
2,494
SI, 309, .343
152, 861
59, 500
93, 355
642, G20
1, 0S4, 653
442, 033
St. John.
$3, 300
113
113
514
1,220
St. Thomas.
16
182
12
21
149
101
$110, 881
46, 412
11, 420
34, 992
13S, 2S3
20r., 374
68. 091
Table 2 shows the relative importance of the leading manufacturing
industries of the islands, in 1917, with a percentage distribution.
Table 2
Num-
ber of
estab-
Ush-
ments.
WAGE EARNERS.
VALUE OF PRODUCTS.
VALUE ADDED BY
MANUFACTURE.
INDUSTRY.
Average
num-
ber.
Percent
distribu-
tion.
Amoimt.
Per cent
distribu-
tion.
Amoimt.
Per
cent
distri-
bution.
All industries
84
688
100.0
?1, 292, 247
100.0
S510, 830
100.0
Sugar, cane
5
48
4
9
5
3
10
423
135
12
24
34
5
53
61.7
19.7
1.7
3.5
5.0
0.7
7.7
978, 188
192,544
38, 745
16,907
13, 723
10,609
41, 531
75.7
14.9
3.0
1.3
1.1
0,8
405, 766
43, 613
15,457
11,511
11,152
4,389
IS, 942
79.4
Bread and other bakery products...
Bay rum
8.5
3.0
Mineral and soda water
2.3
Printing and publishing, newspapers
and periodicals
2.2
Liquor, distilled (rum)
0.9
All other industries
3.7
MANUFACTURES.
133
The industries shown in the table arc arranged according to the
value
of
their products,
the sugar industry being by far the most
important;
this
is shown by the fact that the sugar manufactures
contributed 75.7 per cent of the total value of the manufactures for
the islands.
The next industry, as measured by value of products, was "bread
and other bakery products."
This formed 14.9 per cent of the value
of products.
The manufacture of bay rum was third in importance,
contributing
3
per
cent
of
the
value
of
products.
All
the
other
industries shown, with the exception of the
distilling of rum, were
confined to supplying local requirements and together formed only
5.6 per cent of the total value of products.
Sugar, cane.—The manufacture of sugar from cane grown on the
islands is the chief industry.
The statistics include the making of
molasses
as
a by-product,
but
this product has
little commercial
value.
The
sugar
industry employed
61.7
per
cent
of
the wage
earners
of
the
islands and
the product amounted
to
$978,188,
or
75.7 per cent of the $1,292,247—the total value of products, while
the value added by manufacture by this industry was 79.4 per cent
of the total amount reported.
Liquors, distilled—Rum.—The manufacture
of rum
is one
of the
important industries of the islands; though only three establishments
reporlcd, the product of the distilleries was valued at $10,609.
Rum
is a by-product of the sugar mills, being made from the waste sugar
product or from the molasses which
is a by-product of the sugar
industry.
Baij rum.—The
distillation
of bay rum was formerly one
of the
chief industries on St. Thomas Island, carried on largely for export
purposes, but in 1917 only 3 per cent of the value of products for the
islands was reported by the bay rum industry, due to lack of bay oil.
The bay oil from which bay rum is distilled is a product of St. John
Island; but this is not shown as a separate industry, as it amounted
to very little in 1917, a hurricane almost entirely destroying the bay
leaves from which the oil is made.
Bread and other halcery products.—This industry, second in impor-
tance in value
of products, reported more than one-half
(57.1 per
cent) of the total number of establishments, 19.7 per cent of the aver-
age number of wage earners, 14.9 per cent of the total value of prod-
ucts, and 8.5 per cent of the value added by manufacture.
The bak-
eries of Christiansted and Frederiksted, except for the home baking
do]ie, supply the island of St. Croix.
The shops are conducted by
individuals, who operate only on a small scale, having no
facilities
for baking in large quantities.
In Charlotte Amalie, which supplies
all the bread for St. Thomas, however, the industry comprises two
large bakeries.
134
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
WAGE EARNERS EMPLOYED, BY MONTHS.
The following table shows the number of wage earners employed
on the 15th day of each month during the year beginning November
1,
1916, and ending October 31,
1917, for
all industries combined,
and
for
the principal industry
(the manufacture
of sugar and
its
by-products—rum and molasses), and for
all other industries com-
bined
:
Table 3
November, 1916.
December, 1916.
January, 1917...
February, 1917..
March, 1917
April, 1917
May, 1917
June, 1917
July, 1917
Aupist, 1917....
September, 1917
October, 1917...
WAGE EARNERS.
All industries.
Num-
ber.
553
544
571
649
819
970
993
924
574
560
548
527
Per cent
of maxi-
mum.
55.7
54. 8
57.5
65.4
82.5
97.7
100.0
93.1
57.8
56.4
55.2
53.1
Sugar and
by-products.
Num-
ber.
276
294
326
405
568
716
702
647
296
293
279
274
Per cent
of maxi-
mum.
38.5
41.1
4.5. 5
.56. 6
79.3
100.0
9S.0
90.4
41.3
40.9
39.0
38.3
All other indus-
tries.
Num-
ber.
277
250
245
244
251
2,5.1
291
277
278
267
269
253
Per cent
of maxi-
mum.
95.2
85.9
84.2
83.8
86.3
87.3
100.0
95.
2
95.5
91.8
92.4
86.
9
The
principal
industry,
the manufacture
of
sugar and
its
by-
products,
is a seasonal industry employing a majority of the wage
earners the year round, but the number was largely increased during
March, April, May, and June.
Employment in the other industries
shows
little variation from month to month,
the smallest mmiber
employed
in February being
83.8
per cent of the
largest number
employed in May,
PREVAILING HOURS OF LABOR.
In the next table the average number of wage earners reported for
all industries and for each industry separately have been classified
according
to number of hom's
of labor per week prevailing in the
establishments in which they were employed.
The sugar industry
gave emplo3niient to
61.7 per cent of the total average number of
wage
earners,
but
the
division
of
this number
of wage
earners
according
to hours worked
per week is not
satisfactory, as this is
a seasonal industry, and during the busy season the plants ran
12
hours or more per day, while during the off season 9 hom-s constituted
a working-day.
This industry reported practically all the wage earners
in establishments operating 72 or more hours per week,
the wage
earners so employed constituting 59.9 per cent of the total number.
For the manufacturing industries, exclusive of
the sugar industry,
29.3 per cent of
the employees shown worked between 54 and 60
houi;s per week and 62.4 per cent worked 54 hours per week or
less.
MANUFACTURES.
135
Table 4
AVERAGE NUMBER OF WAGE EARNERS.
BroqsTET.
Total.
In establishments where the prevailing hours of
labor per week wore
48 and
under.
Be-
tween
48
and
54.
54.
Jie-
tween
54
and
60.
60.
Be-
tween
60
and
72.
72.
Over
72.
686
133
4
47
77
11
3
212
199
12
135
5
24
34
423
53
100.0
10
2
5
7
15
""iS
2
2
Bread and other bakery products
80
3
Mineral and soda waters
6
19
20
8
19.4
4
7*
Printing and publishing, newspapers and
periodicals
.
t..
212
191
Another
ae
8
6.9
29
11.2
8
Per cent distribution
1.6
0.4
30.9
20.0
LOCATION OF ESTABLISHMENTS.
The largest city in the islands
is Charlotte Amalie, on the island
of St. Thomas, with
a population
of
7,747;
the
other
towns
are
Christiansted, with a population of 4,575, and Frederiksted, with a
population of 3,144, on the island of St. Croix; these three towns em-
brace
59.4 per cent of
the
population.
Of the 84 manufacturing
establishments 73, or 86.9 per cent of the total number, were located
in these three towns; but the outside districts reported 76.6 per cent
of the value of products, 80.4 per cent of the value added by manu-
facture, and
62.8 per cent
of
the wage
earners
employed on
the
islands.
This
is
largely due
to
the
fact that the most important
establishments, the sugar mills, are located on the plantations outside
the limits of the towns.
There is another incorporated town in the
Virgin Islands, Cruz Bay, on St. John Island, but the population was
only 50, and there were no manufactures.
The following table shows the manufactures of the islands as to
location in cities and outside districts:
Table 5
Number of places
Population
Number ofestablishments
Average number of wage earners
Value of products
Value added by manufacture
Aggre-
gate.
26, 051
84
686
«1, 292, 217
510,830
CITIES HAVING A POPULATION OF 3,000
AND OVER.
Total.
3
15, 465
73
255
*302, 230
99, 969
Per
cent
of
aggre-
gate.
59.4
86.9
37.2
23.4
19.6
3,000 to
5,0U0.
2
7,718
57
106
$95, 856
31,878
Per
cent
of
aggro-
gate.
29.6
67.9
15.5
7.4
6.2
5,000 and
over.
|g
ag;
1
7,747
16
149
«206, 374
68, 091
Per
cent
of
gate.
29.7
19.0
21.7
16.0
13.3
Districts out-
side of cities
having a
population
of 3,000
and over.
So
1°^
Per
cent
of
aggre-
gate.
10, 586
11
431
S990,O17
410,861
40.6
13.1
62.
76.6
SQ.4
136
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
CHAEACTER OF OWNERSHIP.
The table
tliat follows shows,
for
1917,
statistics concerning the
character
of
ownership
of
the manufacturing
enterprises,
with
a
percentage distribution.
Table 6
CHARACTER OF OWNERSHIP.
Number
of estab-
lish-
ments.
Average
number
of wage
earners.
Value or
products.
Value
added
by manu-
facture.
84
686
$1,292,247
S510,830
76
8
100.0
305
381
100.0
455. 235
837, 012
100.0
169, 843
340, 987
100.0
90.5
9.5
44.5
55.5
35.2
64.8
33.2
66.8
1 Includes one establishment under a dilTerent form of ownership.
Establishments
under
individual
ownership
(including
one
of
another form) constitute 90.5 per cent of the total number, but these
reported only 35.2 per cent of the total value of products and 33.2
per cent of the value added by manufacture.
On the other hand,
the eight corporations, though forming only 9.5 per cent of the estab-
lishments, reported 64.8 per cent of the value of products and 66.8
per cent of the value added by manufacture.
Again, the sugar mills,
the largest of which are under corporate ownership and which repre-
sent the most important industry of the islands, are responsible for
this condition.
ENGINES AND POWER.
Table 7 shows the number and horsepower
of engines or motors
employed in generating power (including electric motors operated by
purchased current).
Electric motors operated by current generated
in the establishments reporting are also shown.
Table 7
Number
of
engines
Horse-
power.
Per cent
dis-
tribution
of horse-
power.
Primary power, total
Owned
Steam
Gas
Rented—Electric
Electric power
Run by current generated in establishments reporting
Run by rented power
2,595
100.0
99.9
92.9
7.0
0.1
103
100
3
100.0
97.1
2.9
It will be noted that practically
all the power was generated by
steam and gas engines, there being no streams on the islands that
could be used for water power
The primary power reported was
MANUFACTURES.
137
largttly iis«d by tlie sugar mills;
those reported 78.4 per cent of the
engines and motors and 88
1 per cent of horsepower.
FUEL.
Closel}' related to the subject of power emplo)''ed in manufactures
is that of
the
fuel consumed
in generating this power or otherwise
used for manufacturing purposes.
The kinds and quantities of fuel used other than wood were anthra-
cite, 27 tons;
bituminous coal, 2,942 tons;
coke, 25 tons;
and
oil,
228 barrels, most of which was used by the sugar mills.
"Basse," or
crushed cane stalks, in great quantities was also used for fuel by the
sugar miUs.
All fuel used in manufactures was imported, although
charcoal burning is carried on in the rural districts.
SPECIAL STATISTICS.
For the sugar industry the Census Bureau provides a special sched-
ule which requires details regarding quantities and values of mate-
rials and
products.
The most
important
products
of
the Virgin
Islands
are sugar and rum, rum being
a by-product
of the sugar
industry.
In former
j^ears
there were many
plants on
St.
Croix
Island that distilled rum exclusively, but in later years this industry
has gradually decreased until in 1917 there were only throe establish-
ments manufacturing rum,
to the value of $10,609.
Distinct from
this product
is the rum manufactured as a by-product of the sugar
mills, which was valued at $59,148 in
1917.
Molasses as a product
of the islands
is of
little importance commercially or for consump-
tion and is shown only as a by-product of sugar.
The following table shows supplementary data for the sugar indus-
try, giving the quantity and cost of cane used as material and the
quantity and value of products, with capacity of the mills:
Tabic 8
MATERTAL.
Cane-sujjar
industry:
1917.
PKODUCT.
Cane-sugar
industry:
1917.
Materials, total cost
S")72, 422
Products, total value.
S978 ISS
Sugar, raw or brown:
Tons (2,000 lbs.)
Cane crushed:
Tons (2,000 lbs.)
86,171
$449,012
$41, 443
S81,967
1,900
8, 149
Cost....
.
Value..
8913,873
Cost of fuel and rent of power
Molasses:
Gallons
All other materials
16S 000
Value
$5, 167
Capacity of mills (tons crushed per day
Rum:
Gallons
90, 470
of 24 hours;
S59 148
GENERAL TABLE.
Table 9 presents statistics in
detail for 1917, for the islands as a
group, for each
island, for each
city, and
lor each industry
ot
the
islands that can be sho-svn without disclosing the operations of indi-
vidual estabUshments.
138
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
c3 p ^ be
t* S S
c«
;
C
IJ
>-! S^ W)
-o
PI s § ^
.-H
OO
r-l
CO
o«
lo
in
CO
Oi
w
>0
00
00
1-1
2
S
C^
O
CO
CO
OO
.-I
OS
»H
^-t
i-H
t*
-^
»-<
CO
rH
1-1
»H
CS
CO
(N
O
i-H
lO
CO
CO
(N
00
C<1
C/i
M
C/3
«
;5
s
to
lO
00
rt
l-H
«S
<>•
Ol
o
.1
il
CO
00
05
W
CO
—l
-<
i
S
MANUFACTTTRES.
139
o^s^
(U
3
03
d
g
O >i
k
ca
oH
^
,11M
o
fcl
rti2
•
C3
f^a
!5
Sgo
W
£^»
X
"5
oH
f d
^g
9
OJ
S
r«
TS
O
C3
S
t^'
o
(3
o
e^
c5
O
f^
>JH
U
Q
^
t"K
t<
P
5
^'
i-H
vH
tc
"'
^
o
to
M
«
>o
r-
«»
R
?5
S
R
^
s
ft
s
•^
^
^
V
r~
(O
fe
IN
-^
M
-t"
;^
M<
<-,
^5
-*
(M
o
-J<
(N
lO
ss
_j
Ifl
TO
o
on
o
VO
i~.
<N
o
«3
-,*<
Tl
»<
^
«
t-
t^
t^
o
Tf
??
00
„
^
o:
CM
"5
*
rH
««
o
c-
^
f^
*
•—
r^
IQ
?
^
^
(N
««
tr
CM
c
c
^
kT"
"<f
R
-*
cc
c
c
c
O
C
a
t--
t^
o-
<-
CD
C
e<i
•>t
tr
IT
c
CO
»-
't
=^
o-
CO
C«"
N
Tt
^
ccT
M
Of)
t^
c
r-
^
5
eo
-^
O
CO
00
o-
oc
t^
<c
c
1
•oa
C3
<D
t
a,
•C
^
1-
c
C-
a
c
F
"
?
•f
r
^
rM
-*
1
•c
1.
i|
i
:
1
1
.2
1a
u.
(/
(/
F
•1
c
Hi
Pi
GO
^
- 5
c
PC
cr
C
c
W
.-H
1-1
^^
,_4
s
o>
ira
lO
o>
«>
-^_
s
M
tn
«»•
«
s
e
~
1
s^
•*
A
M
^
•J
LO
u^
r>.
c^
^
o
io
t^
&
l^
If*
c/»
03
c^
c<
ir
ir
01
<>
T
l^
Xi
a
^
2
•)
o
cq
cc
CV
r^
^
TO
^
to
IN
fn
8l
00
a
4
03
C
cc
o
-^
•a
^
"
3o
t^
;^
s
t~
O)
^
(N
05
.^
tc
*^
^
T
-
f^
t-
»S
o
,^
t7
y
IN
<c
s
cs
'r
*
J^
c
a
3
a>
If
Ec
1
.2
1
.3
E
c
(J
cu
r
E-
5
o
a
s
:!
T3
c
"
B
C
c
g
-tt
c
1-
T
c
•fJ
«
5
^
£
1
FISHERIES.
INTRODUCTION.
The census
of
fisheries for the Virgin Islands for the year 1917
formed a part of the industrial census taken in connection with the
special census of the Virgin Islands for 1917.
This was the first at-
tempt ever made to collect statistics of the fisheries industry.
The
following instructions were given for the guidance
of the agents in
the collection of data:
Scope of census.—The census of fisheries must include the fishing operations of all
shore and
offshore or vessel fisheries.
In addition to sea food and fish products, the
census must cover shellfish,
turtles, crabs, sponges,
etc.
All commercial fisheries,
vessels engaged in fishing, and vessels engaged in transi)orting fish from the fishing
grounds must be reported.
No reports, however, are to be secured
for vessels en-
gaged in transporting fish from port to port.
Vessels engaged in fishing or transporting fish for a portion of the year and in other
work for the remainder of the 12 months must be reported and in such cases the reports
must cover the operations of the entire year.
For census purposes the term "commercial fishery" includes all fisliing operations
conducted
for
profit, but does not include the operations
of individuals
or clubs
catcliing fish for their own consumption or for sport.
If an establishment is engaged primarily in the purchase and sale of fish, and inci-
dentally in catching fish, the statistics for the mercantile portion should be segre-
gated and the census report relate exclusively to the fishing portion of the business.
The census reports should cover the year ending October 31,
1917, or the fishing
season which most nearly conforms to this period.
The period covered by each re-
port must be given on the title-page of each schedule.
Fishing is commonly engaged in by the inhabitants of the islands
as a means of livelihood; but commercial fishing is carried on only
from the three larger islands, and the catch is
all disposed of in the
markets of Charlotte Amalie, Christiansted, and Frederiksted.
All
fishing is confined to salt water, there being no fresh-water streams
of any size on the islands.
The canvass covered St. Thomas, St. John, and St. Croix, the three
principal
islands, and the
statistics
are
for the period conforming
most nearly to the year ending October 31, 1917.
The enumeration
began the latter part of December,
1917, and ended
early in Jan-
uary,
1918.
The majority of the fishermen on
St. Thomas are white men
of
French extraction, most of whom speak the French language only;
they
are
locally
called
Cha-Chas and
live
in
a commmiity
called
Honduras just outside the limits of Charlotte Amalie.
The fishermen
on St. John and
St. Croix are colored people and speak English ex-
clusively, this being the language of the islands.
(141)
142
THE ^aRGIN ISLANDS.
The report for the Virgin Islands covers fishing designated by the
Census Bureau as "shore fishing,"
i.
e., that carried on from shore or
from boats
of
less than
5
tons, motor boats,
sailboats, rowboats,
scows, etc.
There was no "offshore" or "vessel" fishing.
No boats
of over 5 tons were used.
Auxiliary power on the fishing boats of
the islands
is financially impossible on accoimt of the high price of
fuel oil, etc.
It was very difficult to obtain reliable information as to the quan-
tities
of
fish caught
or amount
received from
sales,
as
in no
in-
stance were records kept; and the fact that several fishermen often
fish from one boat, each disposing of his share of the catch individu-
ally, caused further complications.
The statistics shown are largely
estimates made by the fishermen.
To aid in the preparation of these
figures, however, an agent personally visited each boat owner and
questioned him as to the nmnber of trips per week, the average size
of the catch, and the amount received when the fish were sold under
different circumstances.
It was impossible to separate the quantities of fish caught by any
given apparatus,
as in many cases set pots,
seines, and hand lines
were all used by fishermen, who had no idea as to the amount caught
by each;
this also applies to the showing of the catch by species, as
all kinds of fish sell at practically the same price.
These conditions
are unlike those in the United States, where there are many operators
who use certain apparatus for catching certain species and are, there-
fore, able to give fairly accurate figures as to the various kinds caught
and the method of capture.
GENERAL SUMMARY.
The following table summarizes the number of persons employed,
capital invested, and value of products, for the islands as a whole and
for each of them separately, with per cent of total for each:
Table 1
Number of persons employed
Capital
Boats, sail and row
Apparatus of capture
Value of products
Total.
168
$11,002
6,690
4,312
44, 436
St. Croix.
103
$6, 198
3,386
2,812
23,059
St. John.
26
$991
420
571
5,186
St.
Thomas.
39
$3,813
2,884
929
16, 191
PEB CENT OF TOTAL.
St.
Croix.
St.
Tohn.
St.
Thom-
as.
St. Croix, the largest of the three islands, with the towns of Chris-
tiansted and Frederiksted, shows 61 per cent of the total number of
persons engaged in fishing, 56 per cent of capital invested, and 52 per
cent of total value of products,
FISHEKIES.
143
Capital invested is represented by the value of sail and row boats,
and apparatus of capture.
Most of the fishermen operate on a very
small scale and have no shore property in use for fishing purposes.
The value of products, amounting to S44,436, shows approximately
the value
of fish marketed on the islands for 1917, and
it does not
include the fishing of individuals for sport and for home consumption.
The prices paid for fish during the year 1917 were the highest ever
paid on the islands, making
fish
to a large extent unobtainable by
the poorer classes.
PERSONS ENGAGED.
A separation between proprietors and wage earners was difficult in
that both proprietors and wage earners work together on shares and
in many instances all own apparatus which is operated from the same
boat.
The fisherman who owned the boat and received a share of the
catch for the boat was classed as a proprietor and those working with
him were classed as wage earners.
Table 2 gives the number of proprietors and of wage earners and
theii' wages for the islands as a whole and for each island separately
with a per cent distribution.
Table 2
Total
St. Croix..,
St. John...
St. Thomas
PERSONS ENGAGED IN THE INDUSTRY.
Num-
ber of
propri-
etors.
119
8
85
Wage earners.
Num-
ber.
103
26
39
Wages.
168
$12,940
7,771
3,178
1,991
Per cent distribution.
Propri-
etors.
56.1
3.8
40.1
Wage earners.
Number. Wages,
61.3
15.5
23.2
100.0
60.0
24.6
15.4
The total amount paid in wages in St. Thomas in comparison with
that paid in St. John and St. Croix was small; but this is accounted
for by the fact that in the town of Charlotte Amalie, comprising most
of the population of St. Thomas and situated on St. Thomas Harbor,
men are employed in various kinds of harbor work and other indus-
tries and so are not engaged steadily at fishing; whereas in St. John
and St. Croix fishing is practically the chief occupation and is carried
on the entire year.
EQinPMENT.
In the fisheries of the islands only sail and row boats were employed.
There were 28 sailboats and
176 rowboats used in the operations.
The kinds of appai'atus are confined almost exclusively to set pots,
144
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
seines, hand
lines,
turtle
nets, and cast nets.
The latter are used
mostly
for
catching
sprat,
a very
small
fish,
sometimes
locally
called
"frys."
Cast nets
are
also used for catching
fish for
bait.
Set pots
are
utilized more than any other apparatus.
There were
1,263 of these used, of which St. Croix reported 907, St. Thomas 295,
and St. John 61.
The following table gives the number and value of the boats and
apparatus of capture employed for the islands combined and for each
of the three islands separatel}^
Table 3
BOATS AND APPAR.VTUS ENGAGED.
aa
c
,~
o 2
Boats.
Apparatus.
ISLAND.
Tota'.
Sail-
boats.
ROM'-
bouts.
Set rots.
Cast
nets.
Seines.
Lines.
Tur-
tle
nets.
2|
3
ffl a
^
03
t-r
t-(
>
j-i
^
Oi
X.'
^
^
^
O)
Ai
^
©
U3
3
"3
a
fa
3
e3
o
u
33
!= 3
3
3
g3
3
g
3
"3
e
'A
>
'A
28
18
>
'A
>
E-c
A
>
•A
64
>
S376
291
A
26
~9
>
•a
K- A
66
23
>
Total
.^1,002 204 $6,690
.'$2, 6,S3 176 .?4,007 S4,312 1,263 $2, 126
$1,552 159
68
3595
47
$163
St. Croix
6, 198
9<S
3,3Sfi
1,365
80
2,021
2,812
907
1,575:49
.'\32
67
St. John
991
11
95
420
2,884
2
8
175
1,143
9
87
245
1,741
571
929
61
295
54
497
6
11
440
280
13
78
5
43
31
12
72
St. Thomas
15
85
24
PRODUCTS.
The catch
is disposed
of by the
''strap"
only, never by actual
weight.
The "strap" is a piece of tough grass, or fiber, and takes the
place of a string.
Selling by the "strap"
is practically the same as
selling by the "string of fish," and as a unit of measure is about as
exact as the fisherman's usual string of
fish.
Roughly, a "strap"
varies in weight from 1 to 2 pounds, and its market value varies from
10 to 18 cents per strap in the forenoon, to 5 to 10 cents in the after-
noon, this variation being due to lack
of means for
refrigeration.
In instances where the entire catch was sold to dealers the price re-
ceived was much smaller;
but, as a rule, the fisherman disposes of his
catch, either by peddling from house to house or in the public market
which each town provides.
Quantity and value of catch are shown
in Table 4.
-^^^^^ *
ISLAND.
Pounds
of fish.
Value.
Total
590,057
$44
-136
St. Croix
239, 575
168, 815
181,667
23 059
St. .1obn
5 186
St. Thomas
le' 191
FISHERIES.
145
As already stated, it was impossible to classify the different species
of fish caught by quantity or value, but the principal kinds were:
Barracuda.
Bluelish.
Bonito.
Cravelle.
Doctorfish.
Goatfish.
Grouper.
Grunt or Margate fish.
Hogfish.
Jackfish.
Kingfish.
Mackerel.
Mullet.
Oldwife.
Porges.
Redfish.
Red Snapper.
Rock fish.
Shell or Trunk fish.
Yellowtail.
Spiny Lo})8ter.
Turtles.
Crabs, oysters, and clams are caught to some extent, but not in
commercial quantities, those for sale being imported.
There were
also a few conchs caught, but these
are caught mostly by divers.
They are of very little commercial value, the value being in the shells
when polished up to be sold as souvenirs,
etc.
Although fish form
such a large product of the islands, no canning or preserving is done.
The following table shows, for
1917, for the Virgin Islands as a
group and for the thi'ee islands separately, statistics in detail for the
fishing industry:
Table 5
Persons engaged
Proprietors aad firm members.
AVage earners (average number)
Wages, total
Capital invested, total
Boats engaged-
Number, total
Value, total
Sailboats-
Number
Value.
Rowboats
Number
Value
Apparatus
Value, total
Set pots
Number
Value
Cast nets
Number
Value
Seines
Number
Value
Lines-
Number
,
Value
Turtle nets
Number
,
Value
,
Total catch for year:
Pounds
,
Value
,
FISHERtES OF THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
Total.
380
212
168
$12,940
$11,002
204
$G, 090
28
«2,683
176
$4,007
$4, .312
1,263
$2,126
64
$376
26
$1,552
159
$95
66
$163
590,057
$44, 436
St. Croix.
222
11-9
103
$7, 771
$6, 19S
98
$3,386
18
$1,365
80
$2,021
42,812
907
$1,575
49
$291
9
$832
68
$47
23
$67
239, 575
$23,059
St. John.
34
8
26
$3, 178
$991
11
$420
2
$175
$245
$571
61
^54
6
$440
31
$72
108, 815
$5, 186
St. Thomas.
124
85
39
$1,991
$3,813
95
$2,884
$1,143
87
$1, 741
$929
295
$497
11
$280
78
$43
12
$24
181,667
$16, 191
60396°—18-
-iO
APPENDIXES.
I.—GENERAL ORDER
149, 150
II.—INSTRUCTIONS TO ENUMERATORS—GENERAL INSTRUC-
TIONS, AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR PUNCHING CARD
151-163
III.—ENUMERATION DISTRICTS AND ENUMERATORS
164-165
IV.—SCHEDULES
167, 174
(147)
APPENDIX
I.
GENERAL ORDER.
The Secretary of Commerce having directed, at the reqfuest of the Secretary of the
Navy and with the approval of the President of the United States, that a census be
taken of the Virgin Islands of the United States, the following order is promulgated:
1. The census herein provided for shall refer to population and to the products of
agriculture, manufactures, and the fisheries.
2. The census shall be taken as of the date November 1, 1917, and the work of enu-
meration shall be completed, as far as practicable, within two weeks from that date.
3. The supervision of the enumeration will be under the charge of Mr. Eugene F.
Hartley, who is hereby designated as supervisor in charge and made responsible for
the rapid and efficient conduct of the work.
4. The area comprised in the Virgin Islands shall be divided into as many enumer-
ation districts as may be necessary for the proper and prompt compliance with the pro-
visions of this order, and the boundaries of all of the enumeration districts shall be
clearly described by civil divisions, roads, or other easily distinguishable lines.
5. The work
of the enumeration shall be performed by special agents acting as
enumerators, to be appointed by the Director of the Census, upon the recommenda-
tion of the supervisor in charge.
They will proceed in accordance with sections 12,
16, and 18 of the act of July 2, 1909, providing for taking the Thirteenth and subsequent
censuses.
The enumerators so appointed shall be, so far as possible, residents of the
enumeration districts they are to canvass and shall be selected because of their fitness
for the work and their personal knowledge of the districts they are to canvass.
G. The compensation of the enumerators shall be fixed by the Director of the Census
for each day of eight hours' actual field work.
7. Each enumerator shall be required to make a daily report to the supervisor in
charge.
_ If the daily reports of any enumerator shall indicate that he is not faithfully
discharging his duties, the supervisor in charge
is authorized to suspend him from
duty and to submit to the Director of the Census the reasons why he should be dis-
missed from the service.
8. Attention is called to the fact that section 22 of the act of July 2, 1909, prescribes
certain penalties for the failure of enumerators to perform their duties, or ii-regularities
in the same.
Neglecting or refusing to perform duties prescribed; communication of
information gained through performance of duties to persons not authorized to receive
the same; swearing or affirming falsely, willingly, and knowingly making false certifi-
cate or fictitious return are all covered by appropriate penalties and fines.
9. Attention is also called to sections 23 and 24 of the same act, which read as follows:
Sec. 23. That it shall be the duty of all persons over 21 years of age, when requested by the Director of the
Census or by any supervisor, enumerator, or special agent, or other employee of the Census Oftice acting
under the instructions of the said director, to answer correctly, to the best of llieir knowledge, all questions
on the census schedules applying to themselves and to the family to which they belong or are related, and
to the farm or farms of which they or their families are the occupants; and any person over 21 years ol age
who, under the conditions hereinbefore stated, shall refuse or willfully neglect "to answer any otthese ques-
tions, or shall willfully gi\e answers that are false, shall be guilty of "a misdemeanor, and upon conviction
thereof shall be fined not exceeding $100.
And it shall be the duty of every owTier, proprietor, manager, .superintendent, or agent of a hotel, apart-
ment house, boarding or lodging house, tenement, or other building, when requested by the Director of
the Census, or by any super\'isor, enumerator, special agent, or other employee of the Census Office, acting
under the instructions of the said cUrcctor, to furnish the names of the occupants of said hotel, apartment
house, boarding or lodging house, tenement, or other building, and
to give thereto free ingress and egress
to any duly accretUted rejiresentative of the Census Olllce. so as to permit of the collection of statistics for
census purposes, including the proper and correct enumeration of all persons having their usual place of
abode in said hotel, apartment house, boarding or lodging house, tenement, or other building: and any
owner, proprietor, manager, superintendent, or agent of a hotel, apartment house, boarding or lodging
house, tenement, or other building who shall refuse or willfully neglect
t o gi\ e such information or assistance
under the conditions hereinbefore stated shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof
shall be fined not exceeding S.'jOO.
Sec. 24. .\nd it shall be the duty of every owner, president, treasurer, secretary, director, or other olTieer
or agent of any manufacturing establishment, mine, quarry, or other establishment of productive industry,
(149)
150
THE VIRCIN I^^LANDS.
^/llbtller eonductea as a corporation, firm, limited,
lialiility company, or by private individiia Is, •when
requested by the Director of the Census or by any supervisor, enumerator, special agent, or other employee
of the Census Office acting under the instructions of the said director, to answer completely and correctly
to the best of his knowledge all questions on any census schedule applying to such establishment; and any
owner, president, secretary, director, or other officer or agent of any manufacturing establishment, mine,
quarry, or other establishment of producti\e industry, who under thf conditions hereinbefore stated shall
refuse or willfully neglect to answer any of these questions, or shall willfully give answers that are false, shall
be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon "conviction thereof shall be fined not exceeding S10,()00, or imprisoned
for a period not exceeding one year, or both so fined and imprisoned, at the discretion of the court.
The
provisions of this section shall also apply to the collection of the information required and authorized by tho
act entitled "An act to provide for a permanent Census Office," and by acts amendtitory thereof orsupijle-
mental thereto.
Sam.
L. Rogers,
Director oj the Census.
Apf^ved:
VVlLLIAM
C. ReDFIELD,
Secretary of Covivurce.
Washington, D. C, October 1, 1917.
APPENDIX
II.
INSTRUCTIONS TO ENUMERATORS.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS.
1. Appointment
of
special
agents.—Under
your appointment
as
a
special
agent of the Bureau of the Census you are required to take and subscribe to an oath
or affirmation (Form 8-068 e 1), in accordance with the instructions printed thereon,
and to return said oath or affirmation to the supervisor in charge.
Upon its receipt an
appointment certificate (Form 8-1847 a) and a certificate of authority (Form 8-1319 d)
will be issued, under which your work is to be performed and which will constitute
your authority for taking the census required by the terms of the general order pro-
mulgated October 1, 1917.
2. Schedule and supplies.—There are four schedules to be used in your work,
as follows: Population (Form 8-4862), agriculture (Form 8-4858), manufactures (Form
8-4859),
fisheries (Form 8-4863).
The other supplies to be used in your work con«
sist of a circular of instructions, a set of daily report cards, a certificate of completion
card, addressed return labels, letterheads and addressed envelopes
for official corre-
spondence only, a piece of twine
for retying bundles, and a duplicate set of pay
vouchers.
The daily report
cards,
return
labels, and addressed envelopes are
for
official use only and do not require postage.
3.
If any of these schedules or supplies are missing or the number received
is not
likely to be sufficient for your needs, send notification at once, in order that there
may be no delay on this account in the completion of your work.
4. The portfolio furnished you is to be used in your daily canvass.
It will not be
necessary for you to carry in it on any one day any more schedules than will be re-
cjuh'ed in that day's work.
5. Blank schedules not in use and schedules already filled must be carefully put
away where they will not be in danger of destruction or of examination by unau-
thorized persons, and will be kept clean.
6. Description of
district.—The number and
description
of your
district
are
given on the inside of the front cover of the portfolio, and within the boundaries of
said district you are required to make an enumeration of the inhabitants and of agri-
cultural and
other
products,
in accordance with
the
printed
instructions
herein
contained and any other instructions which you may receive from duly authorized
persons.
7. Daily report cards.—A supply of report cards (Form 8-4867)
is furnished
for
your use in making a report each day of the number of hours and minutes during
which you were occupied.
8. At the close of each day's work fill out and send,
if possible, one of these report
cards; but
if not, send them
as soon and as often as you have opportunity.
Since
they will be used in the settlement of your account
for services rendered,
it
is im-
portant that pains should be taken to insure accuracy in filling them and in arranging
for sending them promptly.
9.
If the supply
of report cards
fiu-nished should not prove
to be
sufficient
for
your needs, send notification in ample time for an additional supply to reach you,
so as not to delay the sending of your daily reports.
10. Completion of enumeration.—As soon as the work in your district
is
fin-
ished you are required to fill out and send the certificate of completion of enumeration
card (Form 8-4868).
This
is an important requirement and is a necessary prerequi-
site to the prompt certification of your account for services rendered.
11. Compensation.—Vouchers (Form 8-4543) corresponding to the rate of com-
pensation to be allowed
for your services in taking the census of your district have
been furnished to you in duplicate.
On the completion of your work
fill out and
sign these two vouchers and inclose them in the portfolio with the completed sched-
ules.
They will be compared with your daily report cards and,
if upon examination
they are found to be correct, the amount due you will be sent in the form of a United
(151)
152
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
States Treasury draft payable to your ordec.
Any
failure on your part strictly to
observe the instructions as to the
filling of the vouchers will postpone the date of
final settlement of your account.
12. Return of schedules.—After inclosing your completed schedules, pay vouch-
ers,
filled out in duplicate, certificate of authority (Form 8-1319 d), and
all unused
supplies, the package
is
to be wrapped
for forwarding.
For
this purpose use the
manila paper in which it was originally sent.
This paper,
if preserved and turned,
will form a suitable wrapping.
Each package must be neatly wi-a])ped and securely
tied with the twine supplied for the purpose.
The label (Form 8-8-498-2) bearing
the address of the supervisor in charge is to be pasted on the outside of the package.
If the wrapping paper is not turned, paste
it over the old label bearing your own
name and address.
13. Obligations and duties.—As stated in the general order, you can not under
your oath of office disclose any information obtained by you in the discharge of your
official duties, and the law provides a penalty
for any infraction of this obligation.
Under this provision you are not permitted to show your schedules, when filled, or
to retain copies of the same, or to furnish the population of your district, or any por-
tion thereof, to newspapers, local officials, or individuals.
14. Penalties are also provided
for failure to perform your duties in accordance
with your official oath and instructions, and
for making
false or
fictitious returns;
and there
is a penalty also to cover the failure of any person, when requested,
to
furnish the information required by the law and
these
instructions.
This
latter
requirement need not be referred to except in extreme cases, as much can be done by
tact and persuasion.
If, after proper and courteous effort, you fail to secure the de-
sired information, report the fact to the supervisor in charge and continue the work
of enumeration.
16. You are not at liberty to delegate your authority to any other person, or to be
accompanied by or assisted in your work by any unauthorized person.
16. You will be expected
to devote at least eight hours each day (except Sun-
days)
to the diligent canvassing
of your
district, but
it
is not permissible
for you
to combine with this work any other occupation, such as soliciting subscriptions to
newspapers and magazines, or the sale or advertisement of any article whatever.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING SCHEDULES.
17. General.—The entries in the schedules are to be made in ink.
Write plainly
and neatly.
Do not rub out or interline, and be sure to make each entry upon the
proper line and in the proper column.
18. Sign every schedule, wherever a space is left for your signature, as a certificate
that the work upon it has been done wholly by yourself.
19. Try to make the entries on the schedule with such care that copying will not
be required.
But if copying is necessary, copy line by line, crosswise.
Never copy
one column down and then another.
Use a ruler to keep the place, and be careful
that the ruler is not displaced.
Otherwise you are liable to copy entries on the wrong
lines.
POPULATION SCHEDULE.
20. Definite answers.—Try to get a definite answer to each inquiry, according
to the instructions herein given.
But if after every effort you can not obtain the desired
information write "Un"
(for unknown).
21. Persons to be included in the enumeration.—The enumeration
of the
Eopulation of your district is intended to cover every man, woman, and child who had
is or her residence or usual place of abode in your district on the 1st day of November,
1917, the day as of which the census is taken.
You will include, therefore, every
person living on November
1,
1917,
or during any part of that day, and omit chil-
dren born after that date; that
is, an entry is to be made of every person who was
a resident of your district upon the
1st day
of November,
1917, but who between
that date and the day of your visit shall have died, precisely as if he were still living,
but no entry is to be made of a child born between the 1st day of November, 1917,
and the day of your visit, say November 5, November 10, etc., as the case may be.
22.
It is difliicult to guard against the danger that some persons will be reported
in two places and others not reported at all.
Much must be left to your judgment,
but you can usually satisfy yourself in the great majority of instances as to the pro-
priety of including or not including doubtful cases in the enumeration of any given
family.
The following explanations, however, will be of service to you in your work
and should be carefully studied:
APPENDIX
II.
153
23.
Usual place of abode.—This means the place where a person may be said to
live or belong, or the i)lace which
is his home.
As a rule the usual place of abode
is
the place where a person regularly sleeps.
Note, however, that where a man happens
to sleep at the time of the enumeration may not be the place where he regularly sleeps,
as more fully explained below.
24. Residents absent from home.—If a member of any family in your district
is temporarily away from home on a
visit,
or on business, or traveling for pleasure,
or attending school
or college,
or sick
in a hospital, such absent person should be
enumerated and
included
with the other members
of
the
family.
But
a
son
or
daughter permanently
located
elsewhere
should not be included with the family.
Under this instruction it will be noted that a person visiting a family
is not to be
enumerated with the family in which he is
visiting, but with the family of which
he is a member.
26. Servants.—Servants,
laborers,
or other employees who live with the family
and sleep in the same house or on the premises should be enumerated with the family.
26. Boarders and lodgers.—Boarders (that is, persons eating and sleeping at the
same place) or lodgers should be enumerated at the place where they are rooming or
lodging,
if they
are
there permanently.
On the other hand,
transient
boarders
or
lodgers, at hotels, or elsewhere, should not be enumerated at their temporary rooming
or lodging place unless it is practically certain that they will not be enumerated any-
where
else.
This refers
to persoJis rooming or lodging
for a short time at a hotel or
boarding or lodging house or with a private family while temporarily absent from
their usual places of abode.
27. Construction camps.—Members of construction camps, road camps, or other
places which have shifting populations, composed
of persons with no fixed places
of abode, should be enumerated where found, except in so far as certain members of
such camps may have some other usual place of abode from which they are likely
to be reported.
28. Students at school or coUege.—If there is a school, college, or other educa-
tional institution in your district which has students from outside of your district, you
should enumerate only
those students who have
their homes or regular places
of
abode in your district.
29. Inmates of medical or surgical hospitals.—Most inmates of medical and
surgical hospitiils are there only for temporary treatment and have other regular places
of abode.
Therefore you should not report as a resident of the hospital any patient
unless he claims to have no other usual place of abode from which he is likely to be
reported.
30. Inmates of prisons, asylums, and institutions other than hospitals.
If there is within your district a prison, reformatory, or jail, an almshouse, an asylum
or home, or any similar institution in which inmates usually remain for long periods
of time, all the inmates of such an institution should be enumerated as of your dis-
trict.
It
is
to be
specially noted in the case of jails the prisoners should be there
enumerated, however short the term of sentence.
31. Persons engaged in railway service or traveUng.—Railroad men, canal
men, expressmen, railway mail clerks, sailors on merchant ships, traveling salesmen,
and the like, usually have homes to which they return at intervals and which con-
stitute their usual place of abode within the meaning of the census act.
Therefore
any such persons who may be in your district temporarily on November 1, 1917, are
not to be enumerated by you unless they claim
to have no other regular place
of
abode.
But
if their homes are in your district, they should be enumerated
there,
even though absent on November
1, 1917.
Sailors on voyages are to be reported at
their land homes, no matter how long they have been absent,
if they are supposed
to
be still alive.
32. All buildings to be visited.—Be careful to include in your canvass every
occupied building or other place of abode in your district.
Before leaving any build-
ing make sure that you have included
all persons living in that building.
Inquire
specifically whether any members of the family you are enumerating are temporarily absent,
and xvhether there are any boarders or
lodgers or servants in that family or any other per-
sons in the same house.
If any dwelling house or apartment is closed on the day of
your visit, do not take it for granted that the place is unoccupied.
Find out whether
anyone is living there.
If a building appears to be used for business purposes only,
do not take it for granted that no one lives in it.
Make inquiries.
33. Individuals out of families.—Be careful not to overlook persons living en-
tirely alime, such as a person occupying a room or rooms in a public building, store,
warehouse, factory, or stable, and having no other usual place of abode; or a person
living alone in a cabin, hut, or tent;
or a person sleeping on a boat and having no
other place of abode.
154
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
THE HEADING OF THE SCHEDULE.
34.
Fill out the spaces at the top of each page above the heavy black line in ac-
cordance wth the following explanations.
Do this on each page before entering any
names on that page.
35. Number the sheets of the population schedule in the exact order in which
you
fill them as you progress with the enumeration.
Each sheet must be numbered
the same on each side, as sheet No. lA, IB, 2A, 2B, etc.
36. Enter at the head of each sheet, and on both sides, the number of your enu-
meration district and the name of the island in which your district is located.
37. Enter at the head of each sheet, and on both sides, the name of the city or
district.
38. WTien signing the schedule, be sure to enter the day of the month on which
the entries were made.
THE BODY OP THE SCHEDULE.
39. Notice that each sheet is divided into 50 horizontal lines,
25 to each page
(A and B), and that they are numbered from 1 to 50.
The answers concerning each
person enumerated should be entered on one of these horizontal lines, and so the facts
required for 50 persons can be entered on each sheet, if completely filled.
40. Column
1. Name of street or road,
etc.—Write lengthwise the name of
the street, court, place, alley, or road, as the case may be.
41. Column 2. House nvimber,
if any.—Write the house number,
if there is
one, in the second column opposite the name of the first person enumerated in that
house.
If a house is in the rear of another one fronting on a street and has no number
of its own, give it the same number as the front house and add the letter "R."
42.
If you
are enumerating the population
of an institution, such
as a prison,
jail, almshouse, or asylum, enter lengthwise the full name of the institution in the
column provided for house number.
43. The places at which you begin and end work on any street, road, etc., are to
be marked by drawing heavy lines
(
) across the first and second columns.
44. Column 3. Number of dwelling in order of visitation.—In this column
the
first dwelling house you visit should be numbered as "1," the second as "2,"
and so on until the enumeration of your district is completed.
The number should
always be entered
opposite
the name of the first person enumerated in each dwelling
house, and should not be repeated for other persons or other families living in the
same house.
45. A dwelling house, for censiis purposes, is a place in which, at the time of the
census, one or more persons regularly sleep.
It need not be a house in the usual
sense of the word, but may be a room in a factory,
store, or office building, a loft
over a stable, a boat, a tent, or the like.
46. Column 4. Number of family in order of visitation.—In
this column
number the families in your district in the order in which they are enumerated,
entering the number opposite
the name of
the head of each family.
Thus the
first
family you visit should be numbered as "1," the second as "2," and so on, until
the enumeration of your district is completed.
47. The word "family," for census purposes, has a somewhat different application
from what it has in popular usage.
It means a group of persons
living together in
the same
dwelling
place.
The persons constituting this group may
or may not be
related by ties of kinship, but if they live together forming one household they should
be considered
as one family.
Thus a servant who sleeps in the house
or on the
premises should be included with the members of the family
for which he or she
works.
Again,
a boarder or lodger should be included with the members
of the
family with which he lodges; but a person who boards in one place and lodges or
rooms at another should be returned as a member of the family at the place where
he lodges or rooms.
48.
It should be noted, however, that two or more families may occupy the same
dwelling house without
living
together.
If they occupy
separate portions
of the
dwelling house and their housekeeping is entirely separate, they should be returned
as separate families.
49. All the occupants and employees of a hotel, boarding house, or lodging house,
if that is their usual place of abode, make up, for census purposes, a single family.
50. The officials and inmates of an institution who live in the institution building
or buildings form one family.
But any officers or employees who sleep in detached
houses or separate dwelling places containing no inmates should be returned as eeptt-
rate families.
APPENDIX
II.
155
51. The census family may likewise consist of a single person.
Thus a clerk in a
store who regularly sleeps there is to be returned
as a family and the store as his
dwelling place.
52. Home tenure.—Entries
are to be made in columns 5 and 6 opposite the
nan^e of the head of each family only.
If a dwelling is occupied by more than one
family
it is the home of each of them, and the questions should be answered with
reference to each family in the dwelling.
53. Column 5. Owned free or mortgaged.—If the home is owned and fully
paid
for, with no incumbrance of any kind upon
it, write "OF," meaning owned
and free from mortgage.
If the home is owned and not fully paid
for,
of
if there is
an incumbrance of atiy kind upon it, write "OM," meaning oumed but mortgaged.
54. Column 6. Rent paid or not.—If the home is not owned and rent is paid
for it, write "Yes."
If the home is not owned, but no rent is paid or required, write
"No."
55. Column 7. Narue of each person enumerated.—Enter the name of every
person whose residence or usual place of abode is in the family or dwelling place for
which the enumeration is being made.
The census day, that is, the day as of which
the enumeration is taken,
is November
1,
1917.
Include,
therefore,
every person
living on November 1, 1917, or during any part
of that day, and omit children born
after that date.
56. Enter the members of each family in the following order, namely: Head
first,
wife second, children (whether sons or daughters) in the order of their ages, and
all
other persons li\'ing \vith the family, whether relatives, boarders, lodgers, or servants.
57. Enter
first the surname, then the given name in
full, and the initial
of the
middle name,
if any.
Where the surname is the same as that of the person on the
preceding line indicate this by drawing a horizontal line
(
) there-
under.
58. Colirmn 8. Relationship to head of family.^Designate the head
of the
family, whether husband or father, widow, or unmarried person of either sex, by the
word "Head";
for other members of a family write, wife, father, mother, son, daughter,
grandson, daughter-in-law, uncle, aunt, nfpheiv, niece, hoarder,
lodger, servant,
etc., ac-
cording to the particular relationship which the person bears to the head of the family.
59. Occupants of an institution or school, living under a commi n roof should be
designated as oflicer, inmate, pupil, patient, prisoner,
etc.; and in the case of the chief
officer his title should be used, as warden, principal, superintendent,
etc., instead of
the word "Head."
60.
If two or more persons share a common abode as partners, write head for one
and partner for the other or others.
61. In the case of a hotel or boarding or lodging house family (see paragraph 49),
the head of the family is the manager or the person who keeps the hotel or boarding
or lodging house.
62. Column 9. Sex.—Write "M" for male and "F"
for female, as the case may
be.
63. Column 10. Color or race.—Write "W"
for white, "N" for negro, "M" for
mixed (white and negro), amd "Ch " for (?hiuese, as the case may be.
64. Column 11. Age at last birthday.—For each person of one year of age or
over enter the age at
last birthday in whole years, omitting months and days.
For
children who, on the 1st day of November. 1917, were less than one year of age, enter
the age in twelfths of a year, as
-^, ^, ^, or for a child less than one month old, y\.
65. An answer given in round numbers, such as "about 30," "about 45," is likely
to be wrong.
In such rases be always careful to A'orify the statement of age.
66. Column
12. Whether
single,
married,
widowed,
or
consensuaily
married.—If the i^erson is single or unmarried, write "S";
if married, write "il";
if widowed (man or woman), write "Wd";
if divorced, write "D";
if Uving together
by mutual consent, write "MC."
67. Coliimn 13. Place of birth of person.—If the person was born in the Virgin
Islands or in the United States enter the name of the island or the name of the state or
territory in which he was born.
68.
If the person was boru outside of the Virgin Islands or the United States enter
the name of the coimtry in which he was born.
By country is meant usually a region
whose people have direct relation with other countries.
Tlius, do not write Prussia
or Saxony, but Germany.
To this rule, however, note the following exceptions:
69.
If the person reported was born in the West Indies, write the name
of the
island in which born, and not the group of islands or the country to which said island
belongs.
70. Instead of Great Britain, write Ireland, England, Scotland, or Wales.
156
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
71.
If the birthplace reported is Canada, ask whether the person
is of English or
French descent.
Write "Canada English"
or "Canada French," according
to the
answer.
72.
If the person was bom at sea, write "at sea."
73.
If the person was born abroad
of American or Virgin
Island parents,
write
both the birthplace and either "Am. Cit." or "V.
I. Cit."; that is, American citizen
or Virgin
Island
citizen,
as the
case may be.
With these two exceptions do not
abbreviate in this column but spell out the names of states, islands, and countries.
74. Column
14. Citizenship.—Write
"Virgin
Island"
for
citizens
of
Virgin
Islands and "Danish" for citizens of Denmark, but for citizens of Denmark who have
not yet declared
their
intention
of
retaining
allegiance
to Denmark write "Not
declared."
For
citizens
of the United
States,
either by
birth
or
naturalization,
write "United States."
For persons of foreign birth and of foreign citizenship write
"Foreign."
75. Column 15. Whether able to speak English;
or, if not, give language
spoken.—This question applies to
all persons 5 years of age and over.
If such a
person is able to speak EngUsh write English.
If he is not able to speak English
and in such cases only—write the name
of the language which he does speak,
as
Danish,
French, German,
Italiun.
If he speaks more than one language, but does
not speak English, write the name of that language which
is his native language
or
mother tongue.
For persons under 5 years of age, leave the column blank.
76. Column 16. Whether able to read in any language.—Write " Yes"
for
all persons 5 years of age and over who can read any language, whether English or
some other, and ''No"
for
all such persons who can not read any language.
For
persons under 5 years of age, leave the column blank.
77. Column 17. Whether able to write in any language.—Write " Yes"
for
all persons 5 years of age and over who can write any langua.^e, whether English or
some other, and "No"
for
all such persons who can not wnte any language.
For
persons under 5 years of age, leave the column blank.
78. Column 18. Whether attending
school.—Write
" Yes"
for any
person
who was attending school, college, or any educational institution on November 1, 1917,
and "No" for any person of school age—5 to 21 years—who was not attending school
on that date.
For persons below or above school age, leave the column blank, unless
they actually attended school.
79. Column 19. Trade or profession.—An entry should be made in this column
for every person enumerated.
The
entry should be either
(1) the occupation pur-
sued—that is, the word or words which most accurately indicate the particular kind
of work done by which the person enumerated earns money or a money equivalent,
as physician, carpenter, dressmaker, laborer, newsboy; or (2) none (that is, no occupation).
The entry none sliould be made in the case of all persons who follow no gainful occu-
pation.
80. Persons retired or temporarily unemployed.—Care should be taken
in
making the return for persons who on account of old age, permanent invalidism, or
otherwise are no longer following an occupation.
Such persons may desire to return
the occupations formerly
followed, which would be
incorrect.
If
Living on
their
own income or if they are supported by other persons or institutions, the return should
be none.
On the other hand, persons out of employment when \isited by the enumer-
rator may state that they have no occupation, when the fact is that they usually have
an occupation but merely happen to be idle or unemployed at the time of the visit.
In such
cases the retiim should be the occupation
followed when the person
is
employed.
•81. Persons having two occvipations.—If a person has two occupations,
return
only the more important one—tliat is, the one from which he gets the more money.
If you can not learn that, return the one at which he spends the more time.
82. Column 20. Industry.—^An
entry
should be made
in
this column in
all
cases where the entry in column 19 has been that of an occupation.
But where the
entry in column 19 is none, leave column 20 blank.
The entiy, when made, should be
the name of the industry, business, or establishment in which this person works, as
general farm, dry-goods store, bank.
(See also illustrative examples on page 21.)
83. Farm workers.—Return a person in charge of a farm as a farmer, whether he
owns it or operates it as a tenant or renter; but a person who manages a farm for some
one else for wages or a salary should be reported as a farm manager or farm overseer;
and a person who works on a farm for some one else, but not as a manager or tenant,
should be reported as a /arm Za6orer.
84. Women doing housework.—In the case of a woman doing housework in her
own home and having no other employment the entry in column 19 should be nom.
But a woman working at housework for wages should be returned in column
19 as
housekeeper, servant, cook, or chamhermaid, as the case maj^ be; and the entry in column
APPENDIX n.
157
20 should state the kind of place where she works, as private family , hotel, or hoarding
house.
Or,
if a woman, in addition to doine housework in her own home, regularly
earns money by some other occupation, whetner pursued in her own home or outside,
that occupation should be returned in columnis 19 and 20.
For instance, a woman who
regularly takes in washing should be reported as laundress or washerwoman, followed
in column 20 by at home.
85. Women doing farm -work.—A woman working regularly at outdoor farm
work, even though she works on the home farm for her husband, son, or othei relative
and does not receive money wages, should be returned in column 19 as
2, farm laborer.
Distinguish, however, such women who work on the home farm from those who work
away from home by writing in column 20 either home farm or working out, as the case
may require.
Of course, a woman who herself operates or runs a farm should be
reported as a farmer, and not as a "farm laborer. "
86. Children on farms.—In the case of children who work for their own parents
on a farm the entry in column 19 should be /arm laborer and in column 20 home farm;
but for children who work as farm laborers for others the entry in column 20 should be
working out.
87. Children working for parents.—Children who work
for
their parents at
home merely on general household work, on chores, or at odd times on other work,
should be reported as having no occupation.
Those, however, who somewhat regu-
larly assist their parents in the performance
of work other than household work or
chores should be reported as havmg an occupation.
88. Officers, employees, and inmates
of institutions or homes.—For an
officer or regular employee of an institution or home, such as an asylum, penitentiary,
jail,
etc., return the occupation followed in the institution.
For an inmate of such
institution,
if regulaily employed, return the occupation pursued in the institution
whether the employment be at productive labor or at other duties, such as cooking,
scrubbing, laundrj^ work,
etc.; but
if an inmate
is not re";ularly employed—that is,
has no specific duties or work to perform—write none in column 19.
89. Avoid general or indefinite terms.—Give
the occupation and industry
precisely.
For example, return a worker on a sugar farm or plantation as foreman—
sugar farm; laborer—sugar farm; teamster—sugar farm, etc., as the case may be.
90. The term "laborer" should be avoided
if .any more precise definition can be
secured, as /oreman, inspector, watchman, etc.
\\Tiere the term "laborer" is used, be
careful to state accurately the industry or business in column 20.
91. Avoid in all cases the use of the word "mechanic, " but give the exact occupa-
tion, as carpenter, painter, machinist, etc.
92. An assistant in a store engaged in selling goods should be called a saleman and
not a clerk.
A stenographer, typewriter, bookkeeper, or cashier, etc., should be reported
as such, and not as a clerk.
93. Illustrations of how to return occupations:
CSolumn 19.
Column 20.
Column 19.
Colnmn 20.
farm laborer
working out
retail merchant
groceries
farm laborer
home farm
cashier
bank
laborer
street work
farmer
general farm
laborer
garden
fanner
sugar farm
civil engineer
general practice
gardener
private estate
carpenter
shipyard
manager
general farm
carpenter
house
president
bank
blacksmith
own shop
newsboy
street
cook
hoUl
teamster
sugar plantation
servant
private family
EMPLOYER, EMPLOYEE, OR WORKING ON OWN ACCOUNT.
94. Column
21. Whether
employer, employee, or working on own ac-
count.—For one employing persons, other than domestic servants, in transacting his
oivn business, write "Emp"
(for employer).
For a person who works for wages or a
salary, write "W " (for wage earner).
For a gainful worker who is neither an employer
nor an employee, write "OA" (for own account).
For all persons returned as having
no occupation, leave the column blank.
95. Employer.—An employer is one who employs helpers, other than domestic
servants, in
transacting
his own business.
A
person employing domestic servants
in his own home but not employing any helpers in his business should not be returned
as an employer.
But, on the other hand, a person who is the proprietor of a hotel or
boarding or lodging house and employs servants in running that hotel or boarding or
158
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
lodging house should he returned as an emploj^er, because he emijloys these servants
in his business.
96. Einployee.^^4n7/ person who works for wages or a salary and is subject to the
control and direction of an employer,
is an employee, whether he be president of a
large corporation or only a day laborer, whether he be paid in money or in kind, and
whether he be employed by his own parent or by another.
97. Working on own account.—Persons who have a gainful occupation and are
neither employers nor employees are considered to be working on their own account.
They are the independent workers.
They neither pay nor receive salaries or regular
wages.
Examples of this class are: Farmers and the o^vners of small establishments
who do not employ helpers; professional men who work iorfecs and employ no helpers;
and, generally speaking, hucksters, peddlers, newsboys, bootblacks, etc.
AGRICULTURAL SCHEDULE.
98. Object.—The
census
of
agriculture
is taken
for
the
purpose
of obtaining
accurate information concerning the area and value of land in farms, and the value
of other property devoted to agriculture November
1,
1917, the agricultural opera-
tions on farms in 1917 and the number and value of domestic animals in cities and
towns November 1, 1917.
99. Not connected with taxation.—The information reported on this schedule
will not be used as a basis of taxation, nor communicated to any assessor.
It will,
under all circumstances, be treated as strictly confidential.
100. Schedules.—For
securing the
desired information
relating
to
farms,
the
enumerators
are provided with the general farm schedule; and
for obtaining the
number and value of domestic animals in cities and towns, inquiry 44 of this same
schedule should be used.
101. All questions applying to be answered.—Give data asked for by schedule
for every crop produced and every kind
of animal on farm.
Inability
to secm-e
exact data does not justify failure to answer a question.
The most accurate returns
that the circumstances permit must be secured.
If farm records or accounts are kept,
take data from them.
If such records are not available, careful estimates should in
all cases be secured or made.
Where there are no crops or animals corresponding to
names listed in schedule, leave spaces opposite such names blank.
102. Instructions.—Some important instructions
relating
to the general farm
schedule are printed upon that schedule,
to which your attention
is
specifically
directed.
In addition
to the
instructions
there given, which
are here
repeated,
observe the following definitions, explanations, and general instructions:
103. Farm.—^A farm, for census piu-poses, is the land under the personal manage-
ment of a single individual or firm, though
consisting
of
different
tracts,
used
for
raising
or
producing
animals,
fowls,
and
agricultural
products,
and
operated
or
farmed by
his
labor,
the
labor
of
the
members
of
his
household,
or by
hired employees working under his
personal
direction.
The farm
of an "owner"
includes
all lands owned by him and operated
or farmed by him,
or upon which
agricultural operations are conducted under his personal direction; that of a "part
owner," which should be reported as an "owner," includes
all lands operated
or
farmed by him which are in part owned by him and in part leased from others, but
the farm of an "owner" or "part owner" does not include land owned by swh person
and leased or rented to or cropped by others.
The farm of » "tenant" (sometimes called
a renter) includes the land leased or hired by him from others and farmed under his
management or direction.
The farm of a "manager " includes all land for the manage-
ment of which such person (who may be known as a manager, overseer, or superin-
tendent) receives salary or wages.
If an individual works one tract of land as a hired
manager or overseer and a second tract of which he is owner or tenant, or if he operates
two or more farms for different individuals, the different
tracts constitute different
farms.
In all other cases the land operated by a given indi\-idual or firm constitutes
a single farm, no matter if made of a number of parcels or tracts.
104. SmaU farms.—In rural districts care should be taken to secm-e a schedule
for every tract of land having an occupant when such occupant obtains during the
year products which contribute in any degree to the support of himself or family.
105. Public institutions.—Public institutions, as insane hospitals, reform schools,
etc., carrjdng on agricultural operations, are to be considered as farms.
In returning
schedules for such institutions, report, after inquiries 12 and 13, only the value of the
lands and buildings used for agricultural purposes.
106. Farm operator.—All answers on
this schedule should relate
to the land
operated or farmed November
1, 1917, by the person named in answer to inquiry
1,
who is here called "farm operator."
All answers regarding crops or other products
APPENDIX
II.
159
of 1917 must cover the land occupied by the farm operator on November
1,
1917,
whether such land was farmed by him diu-ing 1917 or not, and ghould not cover any
other land which the farm operator may have farmed in 1917.
107. Crosses on schedules.—Make no entries in spaces marked thus (X).
108. Inquiry 1. Name.—For each farm operated by one individual, whether aa
owner, tenant, or manager, write only one name.
But in all cases where an owner
and a tenant on shares,
or two owners or two tenants are residing upon and jointly
working the farm, write tAvo names.
109. Inquiry 4. Age.—Give exact age at last birthday, but where this can not be
done get as nearly as possible the exact years of age.
110. Inquiry 5. Citizenship.—^Write
"Virgin
Island"
for
citizens
of
Virgin
Islands and "Danish"
for citizens
of Denmark, but
for citizens
of Denmark who
have not yet declared their intention of retaining allegiance to Denmark write "Not
declared."
For citizens of the United States, either by birth or naturalization, write
"United
States."
For
persons
of
foreign
birth and
of
foreign
citizenship
write
"Foreign."
111. Inquiry 6. Tenure.—This inquiry is to be answered as follows:
112. Owner.—If a farm is operated by a person who owns all of it, by a man whose
wife owns all of it, by the heir or heirs thereto, or by the trustee or guardian for such
heirs, write "owner."
Report as owner a ijerson who has bought land on a contract
for a deed or a person who holds over for redemption.
113. Part owner.—If a farm is operated by a person who owns a part of
it, or by
one whose wife owns a part of it, and the rest of such farm is leased from others, write
"owner."
114. Owner and share tenant.—If a farm is operated by two persons, one own-
ing and one working for a share of the farm products, write "owner."
115. Share tenant.—If a farm
is operated by a tenant,
renter,
or share hand
who pays a share (as one-third or one-half) of the crops raised, write "tenant."
116. Cash tenant.—If a farm is operated by a tenant or renter who pays a fixed
rental in money,
or a stated amount of labor or farm prodiicts (not a proportionate
share of all), or occupies land by permission of the owner without making specified
payment therefor, write "tenant."
117. Share-cash tenant.—If a farm is operated by a tenant or renter who pays a
share of the crops and also a fixed rental in money or a stated amount of labor or farm
products, or by one who pays a share of the crops for part of the farm and pays a fixed
rental in money or a stated amount of labor or farm products for another part, write
"tenant."
118. Manager.—If a farm is operated for its owner or for a public institution by
one who receives wages or a salary for his services as manager, superintendent, or
overseer, write "manager."
But a husband is never to be reported as manager of hia
wife's farm.
(See
' 'Owner'
' and
' 'Part owner. ")
119. Inquiries 9 to
11. Farm acreage.—The sum of the answers
to inquiries
9 to 11 must be the same as the answers to inquiry 8.
120. Change of owners or tenants.—Never omit the report of a farm because
it has changed owners, tenants, or managers, during the crop year 1917, but report in
full in the name of the person in possession, giving the statistics of hve stock, imple-
ments, machinery, and farm values as for any other farm.
121. Changes in size of farms.—If a tract of land which prior to November 1,
1917, Avas divided and cultivated by two or more persons is cultivated by one person
November 1, 1917, report it as only one farm.
Or, vice versa,
if that which prior to
November 1, 1917, was one farm is operated November 1, 1917, as two or more distinct
farms, report as many farms as there are separate owners, managers, or tenants.
122. Duplication in enumeration of farms.—Great care should be taken by
enumerators in agricultural districts when reporting farms and farm products to avoid
dupUcation.
Numerous cases
Avill be found where persons are operating tracts
of
land Avhich form parts of a larger farm, as where the operator of a large farm permits,
under one arrangement or another, persons to live on and cultivate for their own use
small parts of his farm.
In all such cases a farm schedule should be obtained for each
person occupying and cultivating a part of a larger farm, and great care should be
taken that the schedule secured for the larger farm does not include in the acreage and
products returned the acreage and products to be reported in the schedule for these
small tracts.
To avoid duplication and at the same time insure that schedules are
secured for all such small tracts, the operator of the large farm should first be approached
and a schedule be obtained
for his farm, excluding
all
tracts
occupied
as above
described, and a
list of the persons so occupying and cultivating small tracts of his
farm should be obtained from him to serve as a guide in obtaining schedules for them.
160
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CROPS.
123. Crops harvested in 1917.—Give acreage, ciuantity, and value of each crop
harvested in 1917 on any land reported under inquiry
8, whether the present farm
operator operated such land in 1917 or not.
Do not report any crop not on the land
covered by inquiry 8.
124. Units of measure.—If you can not secure a report
of quantities in the
measure stated on the schedule, erase "Cwt.," "Lbs.," "Gals.," etc., and insert the
measure used by the farm operator.
125. Acres.—In reporting number of acres, give the nearest whole number for
tracts of 3 acres or over.
For smaller tracts give acres and fractions of an acre.
126. Values.—The values of animals, crops, and other products should be based
on the amounts for which they are sold at the usual market town under average con-
ditions.
Express values in dollars only, and in no case make use of cents.
Thus,
one hundred and twenty-seven dollars should be written
' '$127 " (not
' '$127.00 ").
127. Others.—If any crops are raised
other than those specified on schedule,
even though in small quantities, give names and data concerning them on blank hnes
provided for such purposes.
128. Inquiry 33. Grains and seeds.—The crops to be reported here are those
grown exclusively for gi-ain and seed, and harvested after ripening.
The quantities
called for are those of thrashed or "shelled" grain.
"When ripened grain has been
fed to stock untlirashed, include its acreage with that of thrashed grains of the same
kind, and include careful estimates of the quantity raised and its value in the proper
columns.
129. Com.—Always report in
quintals
(cwt.)
the quantity
of corn harvested.
Eighty pounds of shelled corn is equivalent to 100 pounds of dry corn in the ear.
130. Frijoles.—Report here
frijoles
(beans)
usable
for human
food
that were
harvested when ripe.
131. Inquiry 34. Malojillo (forage) and yerba (grass) guinea.—When fields
of malojillo and yerba guinea were mown two or three times in 1917, report the acreage
of such fields only once, but give the total number
of tons of malojillo and yerba
guinea cut and its total value.
132. Inquiry 35. Weight of cotton.—In answering that portion
of inquiry 35
relating to cotton, the weight of the cotton reported should be that of the cotton in
the seed.
133. Inquiry 36. Tropical fruits.—The object of this inquiry
is to obtain the
number of trees and plants on November
1, 1917, that have not yet reached bearing
age, and the number which are of bearing age, giving the quantity of fruit produced
in 1917 by those bearing, with the value thereof.
In reporting trees and plants which
have not reached bearing age, do not include those in nurseries.
134. Inquiry 37. Sugar cane.—When a plantation or farm raising sugar cane is
operated by a tenant who sells his cane to his landlord, the amount reported on the
schedule as receipts from the sale of cane should be the total value of such cane, and
not the total value less the rental paid for the use of the land.
When a plantation or
farm raising sugar cane is operated by a person who sells his cane to a central, the
amount reported on the schedule as receipts from the sale of cane should be the total
value of such cane, and not the total value less any deductions that may be made by
the central.
Where a farmer raises sugar cane and has it reduced to sirup by a neigh-
bor, the schedule should exhibit the acreage of the cane grown, its weight in tons, the
gallons
of sirup produced, and
its value.
In
all
cases
the information procured in
answer
to
the several inquiries under
this heading should pertain
to
the sugar crop of
1916-17;
that
is,
cover
the crop period for 12 months,
which was approximately from
October 1, 1916, to September 30, 1917, inclusive.
135. Inquiry 39. Vegetables.—When vegetables are grown for farm use or for
sale in small quantities, mark a cross (X) in the margin after the name of the vegetable
so grown, and on the line "Farm garden" report the total acreage and value of all
crops so marked.
For each vegetable grown for sale in considerable quantities report
separately the acreage, quantity, and value, writing in the column provided therefor
the unit of measure, as "cwt.," "pounds," "boxes," "number," etc.
136. Inquiry 43. Irrigation.—"Part A."—If the water used
is obtained from
a river or stream, enter the name of said river or stream;
if obtained from a well, write
the word "Well."
APPENDIX n.
161
MANUFACTURES SCHEDULE.
137. Scope of census.—The census is confined to manufacturing establishments
conducted under the factory system as distinguished from the neighborhood, hand,
and building trades, and the data requirM will be entered on the general schedule.
Establishments having an annual piwiudi of less than $500 are to be omitted from the
censtis.
Reports are to be secured, however,
for establishments that were idle dur-
ing a part of the year or new establishments started during the year, although the
product is less than $500,
if such establishments are capable of an annual production
of $500 or more.
138. Building trades.—EstaJblishments engaged in the various building indus-
tries should
not be
reported.
Those engaged
in manufacturing supplies used
in
building, however, should be included.
139. MisceUaneous hand trades and custom work.—The small hand trades,
engaged chiefly in repair work or work to the individual order, should not be reported.
Boot and shoe custom and
repair shops, custom
tailoring shops, and dressmaking
establishments are not to be canvassed.
140. Retail stores.—Retail stores and other establishments which incidentally
manufacture small quantities of goods which they sell must not be reported.
141. Sugar.—Reports must be secured for all mills engaged in the production of
cane sugar and molasses located on plantations, although only the cane grown on the
plantation is treated.
A supplemental schedule for cane sugar, calling for additional
information in regard to materials and products, is required.
142. Lime-tree products.—The pickling of limes aiid making of concentrated
lime juice,
if done for the trade, are to be reported.
143. Bay oil and bay rum.—The operation of stills for the production of bay oil
and bay rum may be associated with the gathering of crude materials and the care of
an
orchard.
In such
caries the material used may be estimated at the market value.
A 6Lipi)Iemental schedule for this industry, calling
for additional information in re-
gard to materials and products, is required.
FISHERIES SCHEDULE.
144. Scope of census.—The census of fisheries must include the fishing opera-
tions of
all shore and offshore or vessel
fisheries.
In addition
to sea food and
fish
products, the census must cover shellfish, turtles, crabs, sposges,
etc.
All commer-
cial fisheries, vessels engaged in fishing, and vessels engaged in transporting fish from
the fishing grounds must be reported.
No reports, however, are
to be secured
for
vessels engaged in transporting fish from port to port.
145. Vessels engaged in fishing or transporting fish
for a portion of the year and
in other work for the remainder of the 12 months must be reported, and in such cases
the reports must cover the operations of the entire year.
146. For census purposes the term "commercial fishery " includes all fishing opera-
tions conducted for profit, but does not include the operations of individuals or clubs
catching fish for their own consumption or for sport.
147.
If an establishment
is engaged primarily in the purchase and sale of
fish,
and incidentally in catching fish, the statistics for the mercantile portion should be
segregated and the census
report
relate
exclusively
to the
fishing portion
of tie
business.
148. The census reports should cover the year ending October 31,
1917,
or the
fishing season which most nearly conforms
to this period.
The period covered by
each report must be given on the title-page of each schedule.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PUNCHING CARD.
The punch card
is to be used by a separate set of enumerators in order to test, on
a limited scale, the advisability of substituting a punch card for a ^vritten schedule
at the next decenial census of the United States.
Each enumerator selected for this work will be furnished with a supply of punch
cards and a punch.
One card
is to be used for each person enumerated.
The answers to the inquiries
on the upper half of the card are to be in writing, while the information called for on
the lower half of the card
is to be punched.
The following inquiries are contained,
in the order given, on the part of the card that
is to be punched: Tenure of home;
sex; color or race: age (in single mouths and single yearsj; marital condition; place of
60396°—IS
11
162
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,
birth; citizenship; language spoken;
ability
to read and
write; school attendance.
The part of the card beyond these inquiries is not to be used by the enumerator.
The following inquiries are to be answered in writing:
Island and city or rural district.—Write the name of the island and also the
name of the city,
if any, or rural district.
^
Enumeration district number.—Write*he number of the enumeration district
to which you have been assigned.
Schedule number.—Write the number of the card being
filled, beginning with
number 1 and continuing in numerical order until all the inhabitants of your district
have been enumerated.
Street or road, and house number.—Write the name of the street or road, and
house number,
if any, in which the person enumerated resides.
Dwelling nvunber and family number.—Write in the order of visitation the num-
ber of the dwelling and the number of the family being enumerated, beginning, in
each case, with number 1 and continuing in numerical order until your work has been
completed.
All jjersons residing in the same dwelling must be given the same dwell-
ing number and all persons belonging to the same family must be given the same family
number.
If tivo or more/amilie", reside in the same dwelling each family must be given
a separate number.
Name of person enumerated.—Write the name of the person enumerated, writ-
ing first the last or surname, then the given name, and the initial of the middle name,
if any.
Belationsliip to head of family.—Write for the recognized head
of family the
word "Head;"
for other members of a family write wife, father, mother, son, daughter,
grandson, uncle,
boarder, lodger, servant, etc., according to the particular relationship
which the person bears to the head of the family.
Trade, profession, or particular kind of v/ork done, and industry, business,
or establishment in wiiich at work.—Write in these two spaces, first, the partic-
ular kind
of
work done
by the
person enumerated
and,
second,
the industry or
business in which engaged or employed.
(See special instructions.)
Employer, employee, or working on own account.—Write whether the person
enumerated
is an employer, employee, or is working on own account.
(See special
instructions).
Date and signature.—Each card must be dated and signed by the enumerator in
the spaces provided for this purpose.
The following information is to be punched on card:
Tenure of home.— This inquiry applies only
to heads of families.
If the home
occupied
is owned by the head and
is free from mortgage, punch Owned free;
if the
home occupied
is owned by the head but
is mortgaged, punch Owned Altgd;
if the
home occupied is rented and rent is paid, punch Rent— Yes;
if the home occupied is
not owned and rent is not paid or required, punch Rent—No.
For other persons in
family, punch X.
Sex.—For males, punch Male;
for females, punch Female.
Color or race.—For whites, punch
White;
for negroes, punch Negro;
for mixed
bloods, punch Mixed;
for all other, punch Other, and write color or race on card.
Age.—Provision has been made to punch the age in single months and single years,
and the age field is subdivided, the first four columns of the field representing the age
group and the last the unit year of age.
Punch the age as follows:
Under 1 month
Mos-0
1 month
Mos-1
2 months
Mos-2
3 months
^fos-3
1 months
^fos-4
5 months
Mos-5
ti months
G ^JoS'0
7 months
6'
^^0!-!
8 months
6 Mos-^
9 months
G Mos-S
10 months
6 Mos-^
11 months .....
6 Moa-o
1 year
0-1
2 years
0-2
3 years
OS
4 years
O-If
5 years
5-0
6 yea rs
5-1
7 years
5-2
8 years
5-S
9 vear.«
6-^
10 years
10-0
11 years
...
10-1
12 T^ars
10-2
13 years
10-3
14 years
lO-J^
15 years
to-O
16 years
15-1
17 vears
i5-g
18 years
15-3
19 years
l.^-j^
and so on to 99 years.
For a person 100 years of age or over punch 100+ and write exact age on card.
Marital condition.—For single persons, punch Single;
for married persons, punch
Married;
for widowed ])ersons, punch Widowed;
for persons living together by mutual
consent, punch
Cons' I Mar'd;
for divorced persons, punch Divorced.
Place of birth.—Punch the place of birth as follows:
Virgin Islands:
St.
Croix, St. John, St. Thomas.
Other
islands: Bahamas,
Barbados,
Ctiba, Guadeloupe, Ha'ti, Jamaica, Porto Rico,
Martinique,
Trinidad.
Countries: Br. Guiana, China, Denmark, Dtch. Guiana, England, France, Fr. Guiana,
Germany, Inland, Italy, Spain,
U. S.
FoT persons born
in any other island or country, punch
^' Other" and write place
of birth on card.
APPENDIX
II.
163
Citizenship.—For citizens of the Virgin Islands, punch Virgin Islands;
for citizens
of Denmark, punch Danish;
if citizenship has not been declared, punch Not declared;
for citizens of United States, punch
U. S.;
for citizens of any other country, punch
Foreign and write name of country on card.
Language spoken.—Punch
the
language spoken
as
follows:
Chinese,
Danish,
Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, iSpanuh.
If not speaking any
of the above languages punch "Other" and write language
spoken on card.
Ability to read and wTi-ite.—If able to read in any language, punch Bead— Yes;
if not able to read in any language, punch Read—No;
if able to write in any language,
punch Write—
• Yes;
if not able to write in any language, punch Write—No.
School attendance.— If attending school, punch School— Yes;
if not attending
sthool.
])UTH'li Si-hoi)l— No.
The part oi the card beyond this inquiry is not to be uaed by the enumerator.
APPENDIX
III.
ENUMERATION DISTRICTS AND ENUMERATORS—CENSUS OF THE
VIRGIN ISLANDS.
No.
ISLAND OF ST. THOMAS.
Special Offents.
Charlotte Amalic:
General
Niels C. A. Kjeldsen.
Wages and hour! of ln^nr
Victor C. Peterson.
Manufactures
Anthony L. Audain.
Messenger
Joseph Morrill.
ENUMERATION DISTRICTS.
Designation.
Enumerators.
Charlotte A malie Town.
Kine's
King's
King's
Queen'
Queen'
Queen
Crown
Crown
Crown
Crown
Quarter.
Quarter.
Quarter.
s Quart
f
s Quarts
s Quarti-
Prince's
Prince's
Prince's
Prince's
<.L'uarter
.
Quart
t r
.
Quarter.
Quarter
.
Kut
(Frenchman's Bay Quarter.
\Red Hook Bay Quarter
East End Quarter
New Quarter
Great Northside Qiiart'T...
(Little Northside QuarUr...
\South'^ide Q'larter.
Flma U. Smith.
IrvLna N. Meyers.
Anna M. Ve^suup.
Amadeo I. Francis.
Ivanna E. Kean.
Cleoda H. Boiielli.
Etnmy A. Williams.
Eulalie M. Stevens.
Adina M. Petrus.
Estella A. Martine.
Ixiels C. A. Kjcldsen.
Niels C. A. Kjcldsen.
James C. Roberts.
Ludvig Rogers.
Vuiises A. Gimenez.
West End Quarter
i Amadeo I. Francis.
ISLAND OF ST. JOHN.
No.
ENUMERMION DISTRICTS.
Desienarion.
Enumerators.
Cruz Bav Quartf-r
John E. I,indq%-ist.
Mahol Bav Quarter
Carl E. Francis.
Reef Bav "Quarter
Alfred B. White.
Coral Bav Quarter
Ernest W. Marsh.
East End Quarter
John E. Lindqvist.
ISLAND OF
ST. CROIX.
Special agent'').
Chnstiansted:
ManufacturcJ
Ifiporffp A Jackson
AVages and hours of labor
|ueorge A. Jackson.
Fisheries
Halvor E. Andreasen.
Fisheries
Frederick C. Jackson.
Messengrr
Ludvig Bertrand.
Frederiksted
Manufactures
\Emanuel B. Oliver.
Wanes and hours of labor
/
'"""">='
Fisheries
Frank M. CorneUas.
(164)
APPENDIX IIL
ISLAND OF ST. CROIX—Continued.
165
No.
ENUMERATION dSTRICTS.
Designation.
Enumerators.
Christiansted Town
Ilva A. Forbes.
r!hristiansted To^vn
Halvor Gordon.
Thristiansted Town
i I^dna B . Forbes.
Thristiansted Town
Haidee E. Rcngger.
I'hristiansted Town
Wilfred E. Messer.
Christiansted Town
r>
.Toseph E. Ritzberg.
Thristiansted Town
'
^>lias Williams.
Christiansted Town
'• Medora A. Jackson.
Fredorik-sted Town
1
Vgnes M. Golden.
Fre4eriksted Town
Maud E. Flanna-an.
Frederikstcd Town
^^nos Kerr.
Frederiksted Town
1 Alexandra M. Grandjean.
Frederikstcd Town
,.
Walter A. Browne.
Frederikstcd Town
•
.Mtagracia M. Milligin.
RuraL
East End ("A" and "B"') Qiiartor.
Company's Quarter
Queen's Quarter
King's Quarter
Prince's Quarter
Northside "B" Quarter
Northside "A" Quarter
West End Quarter
,
Eugene A. Schuster.
(Malcolm K- Armstrong.
m. Mackay.
(David DeLeon.
Arthur W. Elliott.
Gustave Nordby.
Francis Lunney.
c.eorge B. Fleming.
Mnlcolm M. Skeoch.
Carl Neuman.
Arthur Queale.
Andrew J. Blackwood.
Thomas Gaffney.
'Wm.
II.
Floniin:;.
APPENDIX
IV.
Schedules op Population, Agriculture, Manufactures (General), Fisheries,
AND Wages and Hours of Labor, and the Punch Card Used in the Enumer-
ation OF THE Town of Charlotte Amalie.
Page.
Population schedule
167
Agriculture schedule
168
Manufactures schedule
170
Fisheries schedule
172
Wages and hours of labor schedule
174
Punch card (population)
174
(166)
APPENDIX
IV.
167
CO
UJ
<
\-
co
o
UJH
2D
3
U.
z O 2
Id
/-.
"
CO 2
^ z 5
fe < 3
3 —I
Q.
<
CO o
g —
Q.
i ?o
DC>
UJ
f
i
o
s
CO
^
Z
o
O
2
e
"r.?dn7-V.'°"i.l
s
i
j
"1"
i
"T
1!
1
•
1
j
j
I
i
i
1
It
1
If
1='
-
J
1
1
i
j
2
<
M,,.:!^;-,?,,..*
5
i
1
.ZT."::z:i.
:
i
1
1
j
1
i
..ro;:r,'j ;.?,.":„
1
I
i
!
-if i
fill
:
;
'
i
j
ill
;
1
>
<
=
1
\
\
*
1
'H'^H
=
i
j
....
;|
:
i
I
j
—
i
1
1
.^,.,0,0.
S
1
j
i
i
...
»
i
!
i
;
i
2:c
III
-
1
i
i
1
til
-i
„ It It
si
5
|«
a=. II
•^ f =
il =;
1:1
M
f
1
i
i? u" "•"'.'yVo' ""
'
1
i
"t-
.„..,r,:;,%„.„|-
;
:
.
.,"r!|i';;',v;,vr.
'
i
1
e
c
<
ft.
.v:i-.t",r£i
-
;
j
\
„
.,«:r. „...
-
\
1
\
MM
-
168
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
|3J in
II
liliifi!
I
•*
-r a 3
si
' .
s
ill i IS Si
i
I
1
!
illfl
I
liil
I
i
sic
:
3
c
i
'
ill
III
II
J ll P
-
a.
jS
I
I'
1°
:3
=
ai
31
t
I
I
»
a
-a
s
a
s
J
J ri
I
1
1
i
•a
*
-
i
-
S
1
-3
J
LIu
q:
(J
|5
2
(A ;
OgS
Oo|
u°
0*-5
o: a
<
0.uQ
a:
ID
* i
Lu
:
o
I
en
COz
LJO
CO
Ul
o»
CO
M
C9
CO3
CO
S
i
a
i
I
I
i
i
lilHfFHIflPMIf
1
=
i|i|!iiiii|i a
= i-3 3 2 J 31 y-,?| ! 3 1 1 2-3 a .|
!l|ill1jliiliilpll|il
1 ^3S3
Si-asis'^Si-saa
»
APPENDIX
rv.
169
\
1
3
1
i
!
J
' i=
i
i
"~[
}!
1
1
= = ?=
r
' n
\
i
^
«.
i
1
1
1
: h
1
s
1
1
i
J
1
i
sa
!
1
,i
.
III
i
1
j
i
i
1
^
i
!
'
III
s
H
; 1|
I
t
I
a
^
^
1
3
1
1
!
-
II
!
IS
!
.
pi.
5
1
I
1
J
s
ss
s T
i
!
1
i
i
1
i
I
1
!
1
II
\
\
\
\
\
j
i
.3
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
^"1 h
i
sS
-
s
s
1
'
?M
t
1
*
i
'
1
-
.11
it
II
if
a
i
i
!
i
i
1
i
j
!
li
8
3
3
!j
3
5
1
»l 1
1
1
a
I
1
1
i
3
i
i
i
11
i
III
III
I
1
.
1
i
;
i
!
M
i
i
i
il
i
i
i
1
1 M
i
I
!
1
!
i
J
i
J
1
1
1
1 II
S 3
ll'tllillti^i
1
JiS
s
J
1
i
1
170
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
ilKI
III
::^:s.|
iillt!
ill
iHi
Piiii
II
i
li
11
ll
1
rl
li
i
11
i
i
i
ii
1^
1
i
1
li"
S
£
i
i
1
i
1
i
!
-
j
-
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
s
4
•9)i
E
I
i
I
.
1
''
a 1 II
1
iS!
l«1
i
Si
ll
1
j
—
1
^
i
j
1
3
:
!
i
i
i
;
if
s
1?
;tyii
l!iai
lip
1
1^
1
"^
1
1
£
i
:
!
1
i
i
\
\
»
"i
i
ri
}
!
1
i
1
i
1
i
!
1
1
s
^
^
1
1
^
1
ilili ^1
1
3*
1
"
[
uua
iii
5
5
O
>-
E
^ °l
i= IS
q: o
<
Q.
IllO
CO
UJ
a:D
I-O<
Ll
Z>Z<
li.o
0)D
(0zuo
tf)
0)
Ox
»|3
I
I
E
I
i
f
I
i
5
5
til
i|0 iiipii
§111^1,>5g-S.
^1
4*" -sis o Sl-la 2.5*-
a a
•• g = «
' si
£^£?
||-s
^
ill
|"!||l|fyi"|g-l !&
fc^
?1
i-.is,-:j*faEi|^ .i§.f
APPENDIX
IV.
171
»
i
i
1
1
i M
1
^
1
.
1
i
i
i
i
i
1
^
!
i
i
i
1
&
8
1?
i
j
1
M
i
i
i
i
!
=
II
It
It's
i
'
i
i
i
i
i
1
1
1
is
1
1
i Hi
S
i 1
\
c a
e. -
'
S
S
g
i
j
1
1
j
i
!
j
i
i
i
i^ —
i
j M
i
1
1
j
1
if
\
s i
!
1
1
i
i
1
i
ill
i
1
!
1
li
-s
1-
in
^
^
ll
i
i
j
1
1
liil
1
^
5."
i
Ml
"
S
•
i
"
1
1
1i
t
;
1!
!
i
i
M
i
!
i
r
§
s
1
i
!
5
-
"S
11
i
5
i
1
Ml
i M
i
it
11
1
i
i
i
i M
I
\ n
II
II
1
1
:
'
i
i
Mi
I
if
If
11
J
i
1
1
"^
1
1
1
II
i
i
i
1
i
-
[ 'SI
g
s
1
i M
i
!
1
J
i
!
s
i
i
If
L
•.
j|| l|S.i
f
'- ll I 5 1
P S-y
" E
i s'j
1
e
E.
•
c. 5 c
i
. S
i- = f _ I -5 s
111 111-
a I -2 s
§ ; I
6
jtt.se lis I
4 .3 S 1 £ til
" .5 I J i £
mm
= | E= I
* •
c
" i
S
•; £ t- =
=
1;
II
H
if
8 a J
»i
K B S
'
5
£
S
f
f
I
f
f
1
172
THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.
COaz
2
?o
s
<
2 Z
5
o g
i
O " 5
_l
CO
fefs
z
-S?
o
UJ 3 J
QC
5Si
>
CO
UJ
QC
tuX
CO
u.
1
i
:
1
J
*
s3u
2
p
i
5
•;
i
-
2
2 I
^ I
-
-^
J3
a
S s a
•€
f 1 1 1 1 1
i
"a i
i
3
§
-3
1
= i
a
i
i
"
"
-3 ^ _
ill
ill
•5
Tj
.a o
-3
s
i
I
=
-S
s a
S3
.lull
3| |J
S
-^
5 5
a
S
1
« ; « : I
=-
•3
a ^ o
- -
i
s a J
i
»?
s
» s
§
i
w
9
3
a a
S
fi
5
(3
i
.
3
s i
a 3
I
3
•^ I I
ill
Jrf "
>»
-g
.a
5
•^
? 3
ill
s = |
a
§ z
"2 J ^
lit
o
§
S
*
•^11
"4
iirj^
J
APPENDIX
IV.
1.73
i
1
3
i
'
s S
PI
ill
til
lilli
sill
i
a
S
<
1
j
2
1
i
i
i
1
1
i
1
i
i
f
1 M M
1
1 M
i M
1
M
' M
j M M M M
i
i
1
CERTIFICATE.
CEETiFT
that
the
information
contained
in
this
echedxile
and
in
the
supp
,
is'
complete
and
correct
to
the
best,
of
my
knowlodgo
and
belief,
and
co
191
tn
101
M M M
1 M
1
1 M M
W
i
i
i
i
!
i
!
i
!
i
i
i
1
1
s
%
1
1
1
i
1
I
1
1
!
i
1 M
i M
i
M
M
1 M
!
i
1
1
-
1
i
:
i
iii'
i
iii
1
1
i
j
i
i
!
1
iii
1
•
iii!
i
:
;
i
;
!
!
i
i
!
;
1
!
i
1
1
i
1
: M
i
1
i
i
1
i
i
1
1
I
>
i
i
III
II
i
r
1
i
fill
1
'Ml
1
i
i"
i
i
i
1
1
1
t
ill
!
1
!
1 M M
1
1
i
5
I
g
g
'
S
-
E
i
1
1
174
THE VIEGIN ISLANDS.
Department^f commerce
BUREAU OF THE CENSUS
CENSUS OF THE VIRGIN ISLANDS OF UNITED STATES. 1917
WAOES AH9 HOURS OF LABOR
IdLA^^>
„
Name of city or rcral district
_
_..
Enumeration district No
_....
Name of proprietor or emploteb
Inddstry or business of p'roprietor or employer
Wame and position of person furnishing information
.
occurxnott.
WaOU OB aiLAXT POZV.l
NoHBBiteoumtr;
Mb'*.
Feaiale.
Uaja.
FvBulft
' Indicate whether the wage, reported paid a.-o by the day, week, Eonth, or year, respectively, by srjliiig after tlie amount do; for d- v
tfi. for week, mo. for month, and yr. for year.
^
""',««j joru,*>.
-
-
-
^.
Date— Nov.
, 1917.
Enumerator
THE POPULATION PUNCH CARD.
8—9t01
Island
sus
Department
BUREAU OF
Of Commerce
THE CENSUS
Fr,
'ation
Sche
So
_..
rNo
_..
-
i
CEN
City or rural
OF THE VTOGIN ISUNDS OV UNITED STATES: 1917
POPULATION
aule .Vo.
Famil
Street o
Dwelling No.
fession, or partic-
kind of work done
1 Trade, m
1
lodujfry, business, or cstab-
l:.«t.mi.nt m whir-h
.-It WDri.
L-
eniuluyi't*
o-
work.
Enumerated by mo on tho _
day of November, 1917.
_
_._
_
-.., Special Ag-nt.
1¥
X
Croli
Bafc-
/or.'o
1 Itutcit
July I'l
C.'.i-
li„l-
\".''
u
i
S
=
•
1
•
1
%
gs
|p
1
1
1
^
"7
Joki:
J..
'"'*•
S?.,-;.
°!h'
Oan.
Span-
M.
-
.
.
-
1
2
1
r=
•'
u> t'lf"]?'
SI.
Thaa-
Cuba
io.)
/"rcTTC^-
U.S.
N.10..
clu.d
v..
-
~
„
,
,«
„
Tr fs isjrs
r-u fs
't""""
iJ>.
Oniano
fr.
<>""
U.S.
Eng-
^
(W«..
-
~
"
-
1 a r3.Ni?s|rs r^
..red
•
"- «™X
f...
ut^.
-
~
"
-
.
1
.
r+
^"ii'°
i""
1*3
™i»
f:,"
:ln.
•
•
0:t-
^ir''
-
-
"
•I"l
?» j^
5.. ?» 5_ j^ H
PLACE Oi 318IH
SKIP
Li;;ci;.'.C£
let
-
~
"
o
This book is DUE on the last date stamped helow
JUN 9
1932
ilW 2 1 195b
Form L-9-10m-2,'31
^^7
U.S. Bureau
TT/V?
of
tHe
the
Virj
Leiisus__of_
"^^
.States .November
AA
000 559 965
HA!$7
U7V7
1917
ur-iivKKsrrY of CALIFORNIA
AT
LOS ANGELES
LIBRARY